دانيال الرجل المحبوب أبونا داود لمعي

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﺎﺭﻣﺮﻗﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺛﻮﺫﻛﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺠـﺪﻳـﺪﺓ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴــــــــــﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺲ‪ /‬ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻟﻤﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﺩ‪ /.‬ﻟﻴﻠﻴــــﺎﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﻲ‬ ‫ﺩ‪ /.‬ﻫﺎﻧــﻲ ﺻﺒﺤﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘـــــــــﺎﺏ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺲ‪ /‬ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻟﻤﻌﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗــﺄﻟــﻴـــــﻒ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩ ‪ /.‬ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﺩ‪ /.‬ﻫﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﺒﺤﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋـــــــــﺪﺍﺩ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﺎﺭﻣﺮﻗﺲ ﺑﻤﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷــــــــﺮ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ – ﺩﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ ‪۲۰۰۹‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟـﻄـﺒـﻌــــﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻮﺑﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤــﻄــﺒـﻌﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﺪﺍﻉ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺪﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﺎ ﺷﻨﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺮﻳﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫"ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ"‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ‪٦ ...........................................‬‬

‫•‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﻲ؟ ‪۸ ............................‬‬

‫•‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻳﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﻲ ‪۱٤ ...............................‬‬

‫•‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺗﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻭﻥ ‪۳٦ .........................‬‬

‫•‬

‫ﺣﻠﻡ ﻧﺑﻭﺧﺫ ﻧﺻﺭ ‪٥۰ .................................‬‬

‫•‬

‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻝ ‪٥۸ ...............................‬‬

‫•‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻳﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﻭﺩ ‪٦٦ .........................‬‬

‫•‬

‫ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻳﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺳﻳﺭﻫﺎ ‪۸۰ ...........................‬‬

‫•‬

‫ﺻﺩﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ‪۱۱۲ ...........................‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻣـﻘـﺪﻣـﺔ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺑ�ﻴﻦ ﺻ�ﻔﺤﺎﺗﻪ ﺣﻴ�ﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴ�ﺮ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴ�ﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤ�ﺎء‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺑﻄ��ﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻤ��ﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻜ��ﻦ ﻭﺍﺣ��ﺪﺍً ﻣ��ﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻘ��ﻂ ﻟ�ـ ُﻘﺐ ﺑﺄﻧ��ﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ��ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒ��ﻮﺏ‪ ,‬ﺫﻟ��ﻚ ﻫ��ﻮ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒ�ﻲ‪ ,‬ﺳ�ﻨﺠﺪ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ ﻗ�ﺪ ﻭﻗ�ﻒ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻣﻔﺘ�ﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄ�ﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻻ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ‪....‬‬ ‫ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻭﻳﻨﺴ�ﻰ ﺇﻟﻬ�ﻪ ﻭﻛ�ﻞ ﻣ�ﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ�ﻖ ﺑ�ﻪ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻁﻘ�ﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﻭﺻ����ﺎﻳﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺘﻤﺘﻌ�����ﺎ ً ﺑﻜ�����ﻞ ﻣﻠ����ﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ�����ﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺑﻜ�����ﻞ ﺃﻁﺎﻳ����ﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻌ�����ﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸ�����ﺮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫ��ﺬﺍ ﻫ��ﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳ��ﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳ��ﻊ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﻬﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﻳﺴ��ﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤ��ﻰ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ��ﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭ ﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﺳﻴﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻨ�����ﺎﺯﻝ ﺑﺈﺭﺍﺩﺗ�����ﻪ ﻋ�����ﻦ ﻛ�����ﻞ ﻫ�����ﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﺨﺘ�����ﺎﺭ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘ�����ﻨﺠﺲ ﺑﺄﻁﺎﻳ�����ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�����ﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﺧﻤ��ﺮ ﻣﺸ��ﺮﻭﺑﻪ ﻭﺑ��ﺬﻟﻚ ﻗ��ﺪ ﻳﻌ��ﺮﺽ ﺣﻴﺎﺗ��ﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﻄ��ﺮ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﺭﺿ��ﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣ��ﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴ��ﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫ����ﺬﺍ ﻫ����ﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳ����ﻖ ﺍﻟﻀ����ﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜ����ﺮﺏ‪ ,‬ﻁﺮﻳ����ﻖ ﺍﻟﺼ����ﻠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟ����ﺬﻱ ﻳﺴ����ﻠﻜﻪ ﻗﻠ����ﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑ�ﻴﻦ ﻫ�ﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻄ�ﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﻁﺮﻳ�ﻖ ﺍﻟﻌ�ﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳ�ﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ً ﻭﺍﻗﻔﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻨ����ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺨﺘ����ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳ����ﻖ ﺍﻟ����ﺬﻱ ﺳﻨﺴ����ﻠﻚ ﻓﻴ����ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺜﻴ����ﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨ����ﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺟ����ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺑ���ﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄ���ﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﻳﺴ���ﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻓ���ﻲ ﻁﺮﻳ���ﻖ ﷲ ﻭﻟﻜ���ﻦ ﻫ���ﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻨ���ﻊ ﻣ���ﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜ���ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺗﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪......‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻯ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻨﺨﺘﺎﺭ؟!‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻫﻴ��ﺎ ﺑﻨ��ﺎ ﻧ��ﺪﺭﺱ ﺷﺨﺼ��ﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ��ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒ��ﻮﺏ‪ ,‬ﻭﻧﻌ��ﺮﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻄ��ﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ؟ ﻓﻨﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴ�ﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻣ�ﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺗ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ ﻗﻀ�ﻰ ﻣﻨﻬ�ﺎ ﺳ�ﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺳ�ﻨﺔ ﻓ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺑ�ﻞ‬

‫ﻭﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﻳﺸ��ﻐﻞ ﻣﺮﻛ�ﺰﺍً ﻣﺮﻣﻮﻗ�ﺎ ً ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟ�ﺒﻼﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜ�ﻲ )ﺭﺋ��ﻴﺲ ﻭﺯﺭﺍء(‬

‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸ�ﻐﻮﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤ�ﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﻬ�ﺎ‪ ,‬ﻅ�ﻞ ﺃﻣﻴﻨ�ﺎ ً ﻹﻟﻬ�ﻪ ﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﻟ�ﻮ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ��ﺜﻤﻦ ﻫ��ﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻠﻘ��ﻰ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺟ��ﺐ ﺍﻷﺳ��ﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜ��ﻦ ﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺘ��ﺮﻙ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻨ��ﺎء ﺑ��ﻞ ﻣ��ﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻼﻛﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺪ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻤﺴﻪ ﺑﺴﻮء‪.‬‬

‫* ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‪....‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ؟‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪ :‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻹﻟﻬﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺗﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻮﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫* ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ؟‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ؟‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﻜ���ﻲ ﻧﻌ���ﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﻗ���ﻊ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ���ﺎﻝ ﻋﺒ���ﺮ ﺻ���ﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘ���ﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻻ ﺑ���ﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺮﻳ���ﺚ ﻗﻠ���ﻴﻼً‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺁﺩﻡ ‪ ...‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻓﺎﻥ ‪ ...‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﺑ�ﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ )‪ ۲۰۰۰‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ�ﺎ ً( ﻭﺇﺳ�ﺤﺎﻕ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺼ�ﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﻌ�ﻪ ﺃﺧﻮﺗ�ﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘـُﻌﺒ�ـِﺪﻭﺍ ﻫﻨ�ﺎﻙ ﺣﺘ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﺎء ﻣﻮﺳﻰ )‪ ۱٥۰۰‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ً( ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳ�ﻴﻨﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛ�ﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻬ�ﻢ ﻳﺸ�ﻮﻉ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺕ ﻳﺸﻮﻉ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸ�ﻤﻞ ﺟ�ﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻔﺘ�ﺎﺡ ﻭﺷﻤﺸ�ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺻﻤﻮﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻁﺎﻟﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻌﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜ�ﻮﻥ ﻟﻬ�ﻢ ﻣﻠ�ﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﻭﻝ ﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻠ�ﻚ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ�ﺔ ﺇﺳ�ﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺗﺒﻌ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ )‪ ۱۰۰۰‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ً( ﺛﻢ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺩﺓ‬ ‫)ﺷﺎﻭﻝ – ﺩﺍﻭﺩ – ﺳﻠﻳﻣﺎﻥ(‬ ‫‪ 931 -1050‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ )ﺇﺳﺭﺍﺋﻳﻝ(‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺻﻣﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﺿﻡ ‪ 10‬ﺃﺳﺑﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻠﻭﻛﻬﺎ ﻳﺭﺑﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﻥ ﻧﺑﺎﻁ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻠﻭﻛﻬﺎ ‪ 19‬ﻭﻛﻠﻬﻡ ﺃﺷﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻧﺣﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﻭﻛﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ‪ 4‬ﺃﺳﺭ ﻭﺁﺧﺭﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﻫﻭ ﻫﻭﺷﻊ ﺑﻥ ﺃﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻧﻭﺑﻳﺔ )ﻳﻬﻭﺫﺍ(‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺻﻣﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻳﻡ ﻭﺗﺿﻡ ﺳﺑﻁﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﻬﻭﺫﺍ ﻭﺑﻧﻳﺎﻣﻳﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻠﻭﻛﻬﺎ ﺭﺣﺑﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﻥ ﺳﻠﻳﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻠﻭﻛﻬﺎ ‪ 20‬ﻣﻠﻛﺎً ﻳﻧﺣﺩﺭﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻬﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺳﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺭ ﻣﻠﻭﻛﻬﺎ ﺻﺩﻗﻳﺎ ﺑﻥ ﻳﻭﺷﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺩُﻣﺭﺕ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﻭﺭ ﺑﻘﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﻠﻣﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻙ‬ ‫ﺳﻧﺔ ‪722‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‬

‫ﺳﻘﻁﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺩ ﺑﺎﺑﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺑﻭﺧﺫ ﻧﺻﺭ ﺳﻧﺔ ‪586‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﻲ ‪ 70‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎً‬ ‫ﺛﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻣﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪8‬‬

‫* ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻠﻜ��ﺔ ﻳﻬ��ﻮﺫﺍ‪ :‬ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨ��ﻮﺏ ﻭﻋﺎﺻ��ﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﺭﺷ��ﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻀ��ﻢ ﺳ��ﺒﻄﻲ ﻳﻬ��ﻮﺫﺍ ﻭﺑﻨﻴ��ﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻘ��ﻂ ﻭﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﺑﻌ��ﺾ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﻭﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪U‬‬

‫‪U‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ‬

‫ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺇﺳ�ﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪،‬ﻋﺎﺻ�ﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺎﻣﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻀﻢ‪ ۱۰‬ﺃﺳﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﻛ�ﻞ ﻣﻠﻮﻛﻬ�ﺎ ﺃﺷ�ﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﻭﻛ�ﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺳﺮ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫‪U‬‬

‫‪U‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ ۹۱٥-۹۳۱‬ﺭﺣﺒﻌﺎﻡ ‪۹۳۱‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪۹۲٥‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﺑﻌﺎﻡ ‪۹۱۰ – ۹۳۱‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫‪۸٤۰-۸٥٥‬‬ ‫‪۷۹٦- ۸۳٥‬‬

‫‪U‬‬

‫‪ ۷٦۷-۷۹٦‬ﺃﻣﺼﻴﺎ‬

‫‪- ۷٤۰‬‬ ‫‪٦۸۰‬‬ ‫‪٦۲۰-٦٤۰ ٦٥٤-٦٦۳‬‬ ‫‪٥۸٦ - ٦۲۷‬‬

‫)ﻣﻴﺨﺎ ﻭ ﺃﺷـﻌـﻴــــﺎء( ﻧﺎﺣﻮﻡ ﺻﻔﻨﻴﺎ )ﺣﺒﻘﻮﻕ ﻭ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ(‬

‫‪۷۳٤-۷۳۹‬ﻳﻮﺛﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪ ۷۲۸-۷۳٤‬ﺁﺣﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪٦۹۹-۷۲۸‬ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫‪۸۰۰‬‬

‫‪۷٥۰‬‬ ‫‪۷۲٥‬‬ ‫‪۷۰۰‬‬ ‫‪٦۷٥‬‬

‫‪٦٤۰-٦٤۲‬ﺁﻣﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪ ٦۰۹-٦٤۰‬ﻳﻮﺷﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪ ٦۰۹‬ﻳﻬﻮﺁﺣﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪ ٥۹۷-٦۰۹‬ﻳﻬﻮﻳﺎﻗﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٥۹۷- ٥۹۸‬ﻳﻬﻮﻳﺎﻛﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪ ٥۸۷ -٥۹۷‬ﺻﺪﻗﻴﺎ‬ ‫‪٥۸٦‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫ﻳﻬﻮﺁﺵ ‪۷۸۲-۷۹۷‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮﺑﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪۷٤۷-۷۸۲‬‬

‫‪۷۷٥‬‬

‫‪U‬‬

‫‪٦٤۳-٦۹۹‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﻣﻨﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻳﻬﻮﺁﺣﺎﺯ ‪۷۹۷-۸۱۳‬‬

‫ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪۷٤۷‬‬ ‫ﺷﻠﻮﻡ ‪۷٤۷‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺤﻴﻢ ‪۷٤۲-۷٤۷‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺤﻴﺎ ‪۷٤۰-۷٤۲‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺢ ‪۷۳۱-۷٤۰‬‬

‫ﻫﻮﺷﻊ ‪۷۲۲-۷۳۱‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﻲ ﺁﺷﻮﺭ ‪۷۲۲‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﺷﻠﻤﻨﺄﺳﺮ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺃﺷﻮﺭ‬

‫‪۷۱٥ - ۷٥۳ ۷٥۰-۷٦۰ ۷٥۳-۷۹۳‬‬

‫‪۷۳۹ -۷٦۷‬ﻋﺰﻳﺎ‬

‫‪۸۲٥‬‬

‫ﺃﺧﺰﻳﺎ ‪۸٥۲-۸٥۳‬‬ ‫ﻳﻬﻮﺭﺍﻡ ‪۸٤۱-۸٥۲‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻫﻮ ‪۸۱۳-۸٤۱‬‬

‫‪۸٤۸-۸۷٥‬‬

‫ﻋﻮﺑﺪﻳﺎ ﻳﻮﺋﻴـــــــــﻞ‬

‫‪U‬‬

‫‪۷۹۷ – ۸٤۸‬‬

‫‪ ۸٤۱ -۸٤۸‬ﻳﻬﻮﺭﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪ ۸٤۱‬ﺃﺧﺰﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪ ۸۳٥-۸٤۰‬ﻋﺜﻠﻴﺎ‬ ‫‪ ۷۹٦-۸۳٥‬ﻳﻮﺁﺵ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫‪۸٥۰‬‬

‫‪U‬‬

‫ﺇﻳﻠﻴــﺎ ﺃﻟﻴﺸــــــــــــــﻊ ﻳﻮﻧــــــﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﻫﻮﺷــــــﻊ‬

‫‪ ۸٤۸-۸۷۱‬ﻳﻬﻮﺷﺎﻓﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫‪۸۷٥‬‬

‫‪۹۰۹ – ۹۳٤‬‬

‫‪۹۰۰‬‬

‫ﺃﺧﻴـــــﺎ‬

‫‪ ۹۱۲-۹۱٤‬ﺃﺑﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪ ۸۷۱-۹۱۲‬ﺁﺳﺎ‬

‫ﻧﺎﺩﺍﺏ ‪۹۰۹-۹۱۰‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺸﺎ ‪۸۸٦-۹۰۹‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻠﺔ ‪۸۸٥-۸۸٦‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺮﻱ ‪۸۸٥‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺮﻱ ‪۸۷٤-۸۸٥‬‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺂﺏ ‪۸٥۳-۸۷۳‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪٦٥۰‬‬

‫‪U‬‬

‫‪٦۲٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٦۰٥‬ﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﺷﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ(‬

‫‪٦۰۰‬‬

‫‪ ٥۹۷‬ﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ )ﺷﻤﻞ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ(‬

‫‪٥۸٦‬‬

‫‪ ٥۸٦‬ﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ )ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ(‬

‫‪9‬‬

‫* ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ؟‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻪ ﻟﻜﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﺸﺠﻌﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻸﺳﻒ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ )ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﺪﻡ ﻣﺬﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻞ ﻭﻗﺘﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎءﻩ ﻭﺻﻌﺪ ﺣﻴﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺃﻟﻴﺸﻊ‪ :‬ﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﺻﻨﻊ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﺎ ﻧﻴﻨﻮﻯ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺔ )ﻋﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﺷﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻋﺎﻣﻮﺱ‪ :‬ﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻫﻮﺷﻊ‪ :‬ﷲ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺸﺒﻬﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺋﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ )ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺑﻴﺔ(‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻳﻮﺋﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺷﻌﺐ ﷲ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻳﻐﺰﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻣﻴﺨﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺃﺷﻌﻴﺎء‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻧﺎﺣـﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﻮﺭ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺔ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺻﻔﻨﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻣﺤﺎﺑﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻳﺐ ﻭﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺳﺒﻲ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺣﺒﻘـﻮﻕ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺩﺏ )ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺪﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ( ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺰﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ - ۱‬ﺳﺒﻲ ﺃﺷﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ(‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻊ ﺃﺷﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ ﻭﻋﺎﺻ�ﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﻨ�ﻮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻗ�ﺪ ﺳ�ﻘﻄﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ�ﺔ ﺇﺳ�ﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺷﻠﻤﻨﺄﺳﺮ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺃﺷﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻮﺷﻊ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓ�ﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟ�ﻮﻻء‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋ��ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ��ﻪ ﻋ��ﺎﺩ ﻭﺗﻤ��ﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴ��ﻪ ﻣ��ﺘﻜﻼً ﻋﻠ��ﻲ ﻓﺮﻋ��ﻮﻥ ﻣﺼ��ﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼ��ﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﻠﻤﻨﺄﺳ �ﺮ ﻭﺣﺎﺻ��ﺮ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﺎﻣﺮﺓ ﺛ��ﻼﺙ ﺳ��ﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﻬ��ﺖ ﺑﺘ��ﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨ��ﺔ ﻭﺇﺟ��ﻼء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ‪ ۷۲۲‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪ ۲) .‬ﻣﻞ ‪(٦-۳ : ۱۷‬‬ ‫‪ 10 ‬‬

‫* ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ؟‬

‫‪ - ۲‬ﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺑﻴﺔ )ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ(‪:‬‬

‫ﻁﻭ‬

‫ﺑﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺇﻣ‬

‫ﻧ‬

‫ﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻓﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻧﻬﺭ‬

‫ﺇﻣ‬

‫ﺱ‬

‫ﻬﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺩﺟﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻁﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟ‬

‫ﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺎ‬

‫ﻔﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺑﺣﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺯﻭﻳﻥ‬

‫ﺩﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺑﻝ‬

‫ﺇﻣﺑﺭﺍﻁﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‬

‫ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﻲ ﻣﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻳﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ‬

‫ﻧﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻳﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺧ‬

‫ﻠﻳﺞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌ‬

‫ﺭﺑﻲ‬

‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻳﻡ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎً ‪ 1300‬ﻛﻡ‬

‫ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻵﺷﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗ��ﺪ ﺗ��ﻢ ﺳ��ﺒﻲ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ��ﺔ ﻳﻬ��ﻮﺫﺍ ﻋﻠ��ﻲ ﻳ��ﺪ ﺍﻟﺒ��ﺎﺑﻠﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﻘﻴ��ﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼ��ﺮ ﻋ��ﺎﻡ ‪٥۸٦‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ ۷۰‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼ�ﺮ ﺍﻟﺜ��ﺎﻧﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧ ﱠ‬

‫ﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﻈ��ﻢ ﻣﻠ��ﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﺑ��ﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻜﻤﻬ��ﺎ ﻣ��ﺪﺓ ‪ ٤۳‬ﺳ��ﻨﺔ‬

‫) ‪ ٥٦۲ - ٦۰٥‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ‪ (.‬ﺯﺣ�ﻒ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧﺼﱠ�ﺮ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻳﻬ�ﻮﺫﺍ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺛ�ﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺣ�ﻞ ﻓﻔ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ٥۹۷‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺃﺳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻬﻮﻳﺎﻛﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻪ " ﺻﺪﻗﻴﺎ "‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧﺼﱠﺮ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺴﺎﻛﻴﻦ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺈﺣﻀ�ﺎﺭ ﺭﻫ�ﺎﺋﻦ ﻣ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻓﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺻ�ﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛ�ﺔ )ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ‪(۱‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤ��ﺎ ﺃﺧ��ﺬ ﺧ�ﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺑﻴ��ﺖ ﺍﻟ��ﺮﺏ ﻭﺧ��ﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺑﻴ��ﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻛ ﱠﺴ��ﺮ ﻛ��ﻞ ﺁﻧﻴ��ﺔ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺒﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﺳﺎء ﻭ ﺟﺒﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺄﺱ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼ�ﻨّﺎﻉ‬ ‫) ‪۲‬ﻣﻞ ‪.(۲٤‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗ����ﺪ ﺗﻨﺒ����ﺄ ﻛ����ﻞ ﻣ����ﻦ ﺃﺷ����ﻌﻴﺎء )ﺃﺵ‪ (۷-٦ :۳۹‬ﻭﺇﺭﻣﻴ����ﺎ )ﺇﺭ‪ (۱۱ :۲٥‬ﻭﻣﻴﺨ����ﺎ‬ ‫)ﻣﻲ‪ (۱۰ :٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﺎءﺕ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺃﺷﻌﻴﺎء ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬ ‫‪ 11 ‬‬

‫* ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ؟‬

‫ﺑﺤ��ﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ۱۰۰‬ﺳ��ﻨﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻣ��ﺎ ﺇﺭﻣﻴ��ﺎ ﻓﻘ��ﺪ ﺗﻨﺒ��ﺄ ﺑ��ﺄﻥ ﻣ��ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﺒﻲ ﺳ��ﺘﻜﻮﻥ ‪ ۷۰‬ﺳ��ﻨﺔ ﻭﻟﻜ��ﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺪﻗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺭﻏ��ﻢ ﺗﺤ��ﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒ��ﻲ ﺇﺭﻣﻴ��ﺎ ﻓﻘ��ﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸ��ﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻤ��ﺮﺩ ﺿ��ﺪ ﺑﺎﺑ��ﻞ ﻭﻗ��ﺎﻡ ﻧﺒ��ﻲ ﻛ��ﺬﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺣﻨﻨﻴﺎ ﻓﺄﻋﻠﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩﻭﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳ�ﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ ﺇﺭﻣﻴ�ﺎ ﻛ�ﺬﺏ ﺃﻗ�ﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺣﻨﻨﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻮﺍﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﺪﻭء ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻠ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺘﻄﻮﻝ ) ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ‪ .(۲۹‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺻﺪﻗﻴﺎ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻳﻬ�ﻮﺫﺍ ﻟﻤﺸ�ﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺼ��ﺮ‬ ‫ﺇﺭﻣﻴ��ﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻤ��ﺔ ﻟ�ﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗ��ﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﻨ��ﻪ ﻋ��ﺎﺩ ﻓﺘﻤ��ﺮﺩ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﺑﺎﺑ��ﻞ ﻓﺄﺭﺳ��ﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺟﻴﺸﻪ ﻟﻴﺤﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻥ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﻤﺪﺕ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ‪ ۳۰‬ﺷﻬﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ٥۸٦‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﺳﻔﺮﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ ۷۰‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٥۳٥-٦۰٥‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﻭﻋﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺗﻨﺒﺄ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﻳـُﻌﺪ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪۱٤‬‬ ‫ﺇﺻﺤﺎﺣﺎ ً )ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﺻﺤﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺻﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻮﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰء ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ )ﺇﺻﺤﺎﺡ ‪ :(٦-۱‬ﻭﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺳﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﺃﻣﻴﻨﺎ ً ﻹﻟﻬﻪ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﺰء ﻧﺒﻮﻱ )ﺇﺻﺤﺎﺡ ‪ :(۱۲-۷‬ﻭﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﻠ�ﻪ ﻳﻌﻤ�ﻞ ﻟﺤﺴ�ﺎﺏ ﺑﻨﻴ�ﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻤﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟ�ﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼ�ﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻌ�ﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ�ﺎء‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﻳﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 12 ‬‬

‫* ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ؟‬

‫‪ ‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺼ�ﺪﺍﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻘ�ﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﺣ�ﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻓ�ﻊ ﻗﻠ�ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴ�ﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻋﺎﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﺔ ﻛﻤﺴﺒﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﷲ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﻳ�ﻪ ﻭﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻴ�ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫ�ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺒﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺘﺴﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺐ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻮﻫ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﺒﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﷲ ﻭﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻴﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺎ ً ﻟﻠﺮﺅ ً‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺻﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣ�ﺔ ﻋ�ﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴ�ﺮ‬‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤ�ﺎ ﺗﻨﺒ�ﺄ ﻋ�ﻦ ﻣﺠ�ﻲء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧ�ﺔ ﺍﻷﺷ�ﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀ�ﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻳﺪ ﺗﻴﻄﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻁﻮﺭﻳ�ﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑ�ﻊ ﺃﻱ‬‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ )ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓ�ﺎﺭﺱ( ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴ�ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴ�ﺔ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺷ�ﻲء ﻣ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘ�ﺪ ُﺩﻋ�ﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ "ﻧﺒ�ﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨ�ﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴ�ﺮﺓ" ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻭﻫﺒ�ﻪ ﷲ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻻ ﻟﻴﺮﻱ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻠ�ﺔ ﻓﺤﺴ�ﺐ ﺑ�ﻞ ﻳﻌﺒ�ﺮ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﻣ�ﺎ ﻭﺭﺍء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻟﻴﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ "ﺳﺮ ﷲ ﻟﺨﺎﺋﻔﻴﻪ"‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﺈﻧ�ﻪ ﻣﻮﺟ�ﻪ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﻛ�ﻞ ﻣ�ﺆﻣﻦ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻌﺐ ﻟﻴﻌ�ﺮﻑ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺤ�ﻲ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺣﻴ�ﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1T‬‬

‫‪1T‬‬

‫‪ 13 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺣﻈﻲ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﷲ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻁﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ...‬ﻓﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻟﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﷲ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺘﻪ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍً ﺟﻴﺪﺍً ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺤﻖ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ...‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﺰﺍﻍ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﻧﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﺎﺓ ﷲ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍً‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﺩﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻼً ﺛﻢ ﻳﻌﻮﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺮﻗﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻳﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺒﻲ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻴﺔ )ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺷﻮﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺟﺮﺱ‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺘﻬﺎ )ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ( ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺘـُﺐ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﺨﻴﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻴﺮ ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ِﻏـﻴـﱢﻬﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺫﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻮﻉ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍً ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺬﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ‪ ...‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﺪﻯ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻈﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻬﻮﻳﺎﻗﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻗﺼﺘﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻮﺏ ‪ ....‬ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫َ�ﺐ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺻ� ُﺮ َﻣﻠِ� ُﻚ ﺑَﺎﺑِ� َﻞ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫�ﻚ ﻳَ ُﻬ�ﻮ َﺫﺍ‪َ ،‬ﺫﻫ َ‬ ‫�ﻚ ﻳَ ُﻬﻮﻳَ�ﺎﻗِﻴ َﻢ َﻣﻠِ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟِﺜَ ِﺔ ِﻣ�ﻦْ ُﻣ ْﻠ ِ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﺾ ﺁﻧِﻴَ� ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃُﻭ ُﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺻ َﺮﻫَﺎ‪َ .‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺷﻠِﻴ َﻢ َﻭ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﱠ َﻢ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱡﺏ ﺑِﻴَ ِﺪ ِﻩ ﻳَ ُﻬﻮﻳَﺎﻗِﻴ َﻢ َﻣﻠِﻚَ ﻳَ ُﻬﻮ َﺫﺍ َﻣ� َﻊ ﺑَ ْﻌ� ِ‬

‫ﺖ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬ� ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَﺩ َْﺧ� َﻞ ﺍﻵﻧِﻴَ�ﺔَ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺷ� ْﻨ َﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺭ)ﺑﺎﺑ�ﻞ( ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﺑَ ْﻴ� ِ‬ ‫ﺽ ِ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻓَ َﺠﺎ َء ﺑِ َﻬ�ﺎ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﺃَ ْﺭ ِ‬

‫ﻀ� َ�ﺮ ِﻣ��ﻦْ ﺑَﻨِ��ﻲ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬ � ِﻪ‪َ ۳ .‬ﻭﺃَ َﻣ� َ�ﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ � ُﻚ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫�ﻴﺲ ِﺧ ْ‬ ‫ﺷ �ﻔَﻨَﺰَ َﺭﺋِ� َ‬ ‫ِﺧﺰَ ﺍﻧَ� ِﺔ ﺑَ ْﻴ � ِ‬ ‫ﺼ �ﻴَﺎﻧِ ِﻪ ﺑِ��ﺄَﻥْ ﻳُ ْﺤ ِ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ﺴ�ﺎﻥَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻨ َ‬ ‫ﻈ� ِﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳ َﺮﺍﺋِﻴ َﻞ َﻭ ِﻣﻦْ ﻧَ ْ‬ ‫ﺇِ ْ‬ ‫�ﺐ ﻓِ�ﻴ ِﻬ ْﻢ‪ِ ،‬ﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻞ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﻠ ِﻚ َﻭ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍﻟﺸ َﱡﺮﻓَﺎ ِء‪ ،‬ﻓِ ْﺘﻴَﺎﻧًﺎ ﻻَ َﻋ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫‪ 14 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫َﺣﺎ ِﺫﻗِﻴﻦَ ﻓِﻲ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ِﺣ ْﻜ َﻤ ٍﺔ َﻭﻋَﺎ ِﺭﻓِﻴﻦَ َﻣ ْﻌ ِﺮﻓَﺔً َﻭ َﺫ ِﻭﻱ ﻓَ ْﻬ ٍﻢ ﺑِﺎ ْﻟ ِﻌ ْﻠ ِﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﻓِﻴ ِﻬ ْﻢ ﻗُ ﱠﻮﺓٌ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺴ��ﺎﻧَ ُﻬ ْﻢ‪َ ٥ .‬ﻭ َﻋ �ﻴﱠﻦَ ﻟَ ُﻬ � ُﻢ‬ ‫�ﻮﻑ ﻓِ��ﻲ ﻗَ ْ‬ ‫�ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻴُ َﻌﻠﱢ ُﻤ��ﻮ ُﻫ ْﻢ ِﻛﺘَﺎﺑَ �ﺔَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ ْﻠ �ﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﱢﻴﻦَ َﻭﻟِ َ‬ ‫ﺼ � ِﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻮﻗُ� ِ‬ ‫ﺸ � ُﺮﻭﺑِ ِﻪ‬ ‫�ﻚ َﻭ ِﻣ��ﻦْ َﺧ ْﻤ � ِﺮ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ � ُﻚ َﻭ ِﻅﻴﻔَ �ﺔً )ﻁﻌ��ﺎﻡ( ُﻛ � ﱠﻞ ﻳَ� ْ�ﻮ ٍﻡ ﺑِﻴَ ْﻮ ِﻣ � ِﻪ ِﻣ��ﻦْ ﺃَﻁَﺎﻳِ � ِ‬ ‫ﻟِﺘ َْﺮﺑِﻴَﺘِ ِﻬ ْﻢ ﺛَﻼَ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻨِﻴﻦَ ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﻧِ َﻬﺎﻳَﺘِ َﻬﺎ ﻳَﻘِﻔُﻮﻥَ ﺃَ َﻣﺎ َﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(٥-۱ :۱‬‬ ‫ﺙ ِ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧﺼﱠﺮ ﻗ�ﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﻠﻚ ﺭﺳ�ﻤﻴﺎ ً ﺑﻌ�ﺪ ﺑ�ﻞ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺋ�ﺪﺍً ﻟﻠﺠﻴ�ﻮﺵ ﻭﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﻣ�ﻊ ﺃﺑﻴ�ﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻠﻤ�ﺎ ﺃﻋﻠ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻬﻮﻳﺎﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﺗﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧﺼﱠﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﺪﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﺠﻴﻮﺷﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺎﺻ�ﺮ ﺃﻭﺭﺷ�ﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺳ�ﺒﻰ ﺑﻌﻀ�ﺎ ً‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻤﻴﻤﺎ ً ﻟﻨﺒ�ﻮﺓ ﺃﺷ�ﻌﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻨﺒ�ﻲ ﻋﻨ�ﺪﻣﺎ ﻗ�ﺎﻝ ﻟﺤﺰﻗﻴ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺠﻨُﻮ ِﺩ‪٦ :‬ﻫ َُﻮ َﺫﺍ ﺗَﺄْﺗِﻲ ﺃَﻳﱠ�ﺎ ٌﻡ ﻳُ ْﺤ َﻤ� ُﻞ ﻓِﻴ َﻬ�ﺎ ُﻛ� ﱡﻞ َﻣ�ﺎ ﻓِ�ﻲ ﺑَ ْﻴﺘِ�ﻚَ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪» :‬ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ َﻤ ْﻊ ﻗَ ْﻮ َﻝ َﺭ ﱢ‬ ‫َ�ﻲ ٌء‪ ،‬ﻳَﻘُ�ﻮ ُﻝ ﺍﻟ� ﱠﺮ ﱡﺏ‪َ ۷ .‬ﻭ ِﻣ�ﻦْ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻣﺎ َﺧﺰَ ﻧَﻪُ ﺁﺑَﺎ ُﺅﻙَ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍ ْﻟﻴَ ْ�ﻮ ِﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﺑَﺎﺑِ� َﻞ‪ .‬ﻻَ ﻳُ ْﺘ َ�ﺮ ُﻙ ﺷ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ� ِﺮ‬ ‫ﺼ�ﻴَﺎﻧًﺎ ﻓِ�ﻲ ﻗَ ْ‬ ‫ﺑَﻨِﻴﻚَ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﻳَ ْﺨ ُﺮ ُﺟ�ﻮﻥَ ِﻣ ْﻨ�ﻚَ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﺗَﻠِ� ُﺪ ُﻫ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳَﺄْ ُﺧ� ُﺬﻭﻥَ ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻴَ ُﻜﻮﻧُ�ﻮﻥَ ِﺧ ْ‬ ‫َﻣﻠِ ِﻚ ﺑَﺎﺑِ َﻞ«‪) .‬ﺃﺵ ‪(۷-٦ :۳۹‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻻ ﺷ��ﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻣ��ﻮﻉ ﻫ��ﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻤﺴ��ﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻗ��ﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﺰﺟ��ﺖ ﺑﺂﻫ��ﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﻫ��ﻢ ﻳﻠﻘ��ﻮﻥ ﻧﻈ��ﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺩﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺫﺍﻫﺒ�ﻮﻥ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﻏ�ﺪ ﻣﺠﻬ�ﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻼﺩ ﻭﺛﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ....‬ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺪﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﺬ ‪۱٤‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻧﺎ ً ﻟﻴﺮﺙ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﺪ ‪ ....‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﻌﻮﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﻏﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺗﻀﺎﺭﺑﺖ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ‪ ...‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻢ ﷲ ! ﻧﻌ�ﻢ ‪ ....‬ﻓ�ﺎﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﻳﺨﺎﺻﻢ ﷲ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺠ�ﺎﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘ�ﻮﻝ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻗﻠﺒ�ﻪ "ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﷲ ﻳﺘﺨﻠ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑ�ﻪ ﻭﻧﺼ�ﻠﻲ ﻟ�ﻪ؟!" ﻭﺍﻟ�ﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺧ�ﺮ ﻓـ َﺘ�ـ ُ َﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻗﺘﻪ ﺑﺎہﻠﻟ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺷﻤﻠﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻫ�ﻮ ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺩﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤ�ﺐ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺟ�ﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴ�ﺮ ﻷﺑﻨﺎﺋ�ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁ�ﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠ�ﺔ ﺍﺣﺘ�ﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪ 15 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻩ؟! ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻗﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﻤﺴﻜﺎ ً ﺑﺈﻟﻬﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ ‪ ...‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﻄﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﻝ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﻮﻁﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬ�ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺭﺷ�ﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻠ�ﺔ ﺑﻬﻴﻜﻠﻬ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﻖ ﺳ�ﻮﻯ ﺻ�ﺨﺮ ﺍﻟ�ﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻘ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺼﻮﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ...‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﺨﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻭﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﺒ� َ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎ ً ﺃﻣﺴﺎ ً ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺻﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻄﻞ ﺣﻴﺮﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻗ�ﻪ ‪ ...‬ﻓﻘ�ﺪ ﺃﻣ�ﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ‬ ‫ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺧﺼﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ‪ -‬ﺷ�ﻜﻼً ﻭﻣﻮﺿ�ﻮﻋﺎ ً ‪ -‬ﺷ�ﺮﻓﺎء‬ ‫ﻣ��ﻦ ﻧﺴ��ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺘ��ﻮﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻠ��ﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﻓ��ﻲ ﻣ��ﺎ ﻳﺸ��ﺒﻪ ﻣﺪﺭﺳ��ﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴ��ﺔ ﻋﺴ��ﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻳ��ﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠ��ﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﻟﻐ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠ��ﺪﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ )ﺍﻟﺒ��ﺎﺑﻠﻴﻴﻦ( ﻭﻛﺘ��ﺎﺑﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳ��ﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﻣ��ﻦ ﻣﻄ��ﺒﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﺼ��ﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺗﻜﺮﻳﻤﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺒﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﻨﻔﺴ�ﻪ ﺑﻌ�ﺪ ﺛ�ﻼﺙ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺚ ﻟﻨﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧﺼﱠﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻄﻤﺲ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻗ�ﻮﻣﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻴ�ﺪﻳﻨﻮﺍ ﺑ�ﺎﻟﻮﻻء ﻟ�ﻪ ﻭﺣ�ﺪﻩ ﺑﻌ�ﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺴﻮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﺎﺿﻴﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻮﻳﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﻔﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﺑﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﺓ ﺿ�ﺪﻩ ﺃﺑ�ﺪﺍً‪ .....‬ﻭﻫ�ﻮ ﻣ�ﺎ ﻳﺸ�ﺒﻪ ﺧﻄ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺰﻋﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻁﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻋ�ﺎﻟﻢ ﻏﺮﻳ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤ�ﻮﻩ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺁﺑ�ﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟ�ﺮﻭﺣﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﻬ�ﺮ ﺃﻋﻴ�ﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﻠ�ﺬﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻁﺎﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﺴﻮﺍ ﺃﺻﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺬﻭﺑﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺳﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺑﻳﺩﻩ ! )ﺩﺍ ‪(۲ : ۱‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻧﻨﺪﻫﺶ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً‪ ,‬ﻭﻧﻈﻦ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﻄﺄﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻘﺎ ً ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﷲ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﻴﺪ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧﺼﱠﺮ؟ ﺃﻳﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺛﻪ؟‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﻛـ ُﺘِﺐ ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ ً ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ً ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺷ�ﻌﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﺩﻳ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ً ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻳﺐ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻣﺎ ً ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻋﻼﻣ�ﺔ ﺣ�ﺐ ﻟﻠﻨﻔ�ﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﻯ ﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﺟﺎ ًء ﻓﻲ ﺧﻼﺻﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 16 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﻨﺤﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤ�ﺎﺩﻱ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﺮ ﻣﺘﻜﻠ�ﻴﻦ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳ�ﺔ ﷲ‪ ,‬ﻓ�ﺮﻏﻢ ﻁ�ﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺎﺗ��ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧ��ﻪ ﻳﻀ��ﻄﺮ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ �ﺎ ً ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻓ��ﻊ ﻳ��ﺪﻩ )ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺘ��ﻪ( ﻋﻨ��ﺎ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛﻨ��ﺎ ﺑﻴ��ﺪ ﺍﻟﺸ��ﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺘﻬﻲ ﺧﺮﻧﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻨﺎﺯﻳﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺘﻮﺏ ﻭﻧﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺸ��ﺎﺋِﻴ ُﻞ َﻭ َﻋﺰَ ْﺭﻳَ��ﺎ‪۷ .‬ﻓَ َﺠ َﻌ� َﻞ ﻟَ ُﻬ� ْﻢ‬ ‫‪َ ٦‬ﻭ َﻛ��ﺎﻥَ ﺑَ ْﻴ�ﻨَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ِﻣ��ﻦْ ﺑَﻨِ��ﻲ ﻳَ ُﻬ��ﻮ َﺫﺍ‪ :‬ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ��ﺂ ُﻝ َﻭ َﺣﻨَ ْﻨﻴَ��ﺎ َﻭ ِﻣﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺷ���ﺪ َْﺭ َﺥ«‪،‬‬ ‫��ﺮ«‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺣﻨَ ْﻨﻴَ���ﺎ » َ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫��ﻴﺲ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﺨ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ��� ﱠﻤﻰ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ���ﺂ َﻝ »ﺑَ ْﻠﻄَﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫َﺭﺋِ� ُ‬ ‫ﺻ� َ‬ ‫ﺳ��� َﻤﺎ ًء‪ ،‬ﻓَ َ‬ ‫ﺼ���ﻴَ ِ‬ ‫َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸَﺎﺋِﻴ َﻞ » ِﻣﻴﺸ َ​َﺦ«‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻋﺰَ ْﺭﻳَﺎ » َﻋ ْﺒ َﺪﻧَ ُﻐ َﻮ«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۷-٦ :۱‬‬ ‫ﺼ��ﺮ ﻳ��ﻨﺠﺢ ﻓ��ﻲ ﻣﺨﻄﻄ��ﻪ ﻟ��ﻮﻻ ﻭﺟ��ﻮﺩ ﺑﻌ��ﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴ��ﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻨ��ﺎء ﺭﻏ��ﻢ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻛ��ﺎﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺻ�ﻐﺮ ﺳ��ﻨﻬﻢ )‪ ۱۸-۱٤‬ﺳ��ﻨﺔ( ﻭﻫ�ﺆﻻء ﻫ��ﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺻ�ﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛ��ﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻨﻨﻴ��ﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻴﺸ��ﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﺰﺭﻳ��ﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻣﻌﺎﻧ �ﺎ ً ﻓ��ﻲ ﻁﻤ��ﺲ ﻫ��ﻮﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻘ��ﺪ ﺃﻋﻄ��ﺎﻫﻢ ﺭﺋ��ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﺼ��ﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎ ًء ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﻟﻬﻬﻢ ﻷﻥ ﺃﺳﻤﺎءﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ "ﷲ ﺩﻳﺎﻥ"‬

‫ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﻠﻄﺸﺎﺻﺮ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺑﻞ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻞ ‪ -‬ﻫ�ﻮ ﺍﻟﺤ�ﺎﻣﻲ(‬

‫ﻭﺣﻨﻨﻴﺎ "ﷲ ﺣﻨﺎﻥ"‬

‫ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺷﺪﺭﺥ )ﺭﺥ ‪-‬ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻱ‪(.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻴﺸﺎﺋﻴﻞ "ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﷲ" ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻴﺸﺦ )ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺁﺥ – ﺁﻟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ(‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺰﺭﻳﺎ "ﷲ ﻳﻌﻴﻦ"‬

‫ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻋﺒﺪﻧﻐﻮ )ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻧﻐﻮ – ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ( ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳ�ﻨﺠﺪﻫﺎ‪" :‬ﻣ�ﻊ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﻫ�ﻮ ﺍﻟ�ﺪﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻨـ ﱠﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻳﺴ�ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌ�ﻴﻦ‪ ".‬ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻤ�ﺜﻼً ﻓ�ﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧﺼﱠ�ﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺩ ﻣﺤ���ﻮ ﻫ���ﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳ���ﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺘ���ﻲ ﺗﺸ���ﻬﺪ ہﻠﻟ ﻭﺇﺑ���ﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺳ���ﻤﺎء ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﻭﺛﻨﻴ���ﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠ�ﻮﺏ ﻭﻋﻘ�ﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺻ�ﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﷲ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﺸ� ُﺮﻭﺑِ ِﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫�ﻚ َﻭﻻَ ﺑِ َﺨ ْﻤ� ِﺮ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺃَ ﱠﻣ��ﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ��ﺂ ُﻝ ﻓَ َﺠ َﻌ� َﻞ ﻓِ��ﻲ ﻗَ ْﻠﺒِ� ِﻪ ﺃَﻧﱠ�ﻪُ ﻻَ ﻳَﺘَ�ﻨَ ﱠﺠ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ِ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺑِﺄَﻁَﺎﻳِ� ِ‬

‫ﺲ‪َ ۹ .‬ﻭﺃَ ْﻋﻄَﻰ ﷲُ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ﻧِ ْﻌ َﻤﺔً َﻭ َﺭ ْﺣ َﻤﺔً ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﺨ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﺃَﻥْ ﻻَ ﻳَﺘَﻨَ ﱠﺠ َ‬ ‫ﻓَﻄَﻠَ َ‬ ‫ﺼﻴ َ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣﻦْ َﺭﺋِﻴ ِ‬ ‫‪ 17 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ﺳ�ﻴﱢ ِﺪﻱ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ�ﻚَ‬ ‫�ﻴﺲ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﺨ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﺨ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓَﻘَ�ﺎ َﻝ َﺭﺋِ ُ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﻟِ�ﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ‪» :‬ﺇِﻧﱢ�ﻲ ﺃَ َﺧ�ﺎﻑُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ �ﻴ َ ِ‬ ‫ﺼ �ﻴ َ ِ‬ ‫َﺭﺋِﻴ ِ‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻳﻦَ ِﻣ�ﻦْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ َﻋﻴﱠﻦَ ﻁَ َﻌﺎ َﻣ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻭﺷ َ​َﺮﺍﺑَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‪ .‬ﻓَﻠِ َﻤﺎ َﺫﺍ ﻳَ َﺮﻯ ُﻭ ُﺟﻮ َﻫ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﺃَ ْﻫ�ﺰَ َﻝ ِﻣ�ﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟﻔِ ْﺘﻴَ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻲ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ؟«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱۰-۸ :۱‬‬ ‫ِﺟﻴﻠِ ُﻜ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺘُ َﺪﻳﱢﻨُﻮﻥَ َﺭ ْﺃ ِ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻓ��ﻲ ﻣﺜ��ﻞ ﺗﻠ��ﻚ ﺍﻷﺯﻣ��ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘ��ﻲ ﺗﻌﺼ��ﻒ ﺑﺤﻴ��ﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﻓ��ﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺸ��ﻌﻮﺏ ﺗﺘﺒ��ﺎﻳﻦ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺭﺍء ﻅﻬﺮﻩ ﻭﻳﺒﺬﻝ ﻗﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺟﻬ�ﺪﻩ ﻛ�ﻲ ﻳﻨ�ﺪﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤ�ﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳ�ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ�ﻨﻬﻢ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻳﻀ�ﻊ ﷲ ﻧﺼ�ﺐ ﻋﻴﻨﻴ�ﻪ ﻓﻴ�ﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺣﺮﺻ�ﺎ ً ﺃﻻ ﻳﻘ�ﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻴﻘﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺮﺿﻲ ﷲ ﻭﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﻣﺌ��ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴ��ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ��ﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻗ��ﺪ ﺗﻐﻴ��ﺮﺕ ﺃﺳ��ﻤﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﺳ��ﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳ��ﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﻣ��ﻦ‬ ‫ﻁﻌ��ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻭﻳﺸ���ﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺧﻤ��ﺮﻩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻜ���ﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣ��ﻨﻬﻢ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘ���ﺮﺍﺽ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧﺼﱠﺮ ﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﻁﺎﻏﻴﺔ ﻳﻄﻴﺢ ﺑﺮﺃﺱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺇﺫ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺻ�ﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻔ�ﺔ ﺍﻷﺧ��ﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﺠ�ﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜ��ﻼﻡ ﺑ�ﺪﺃ ﺑﻜﻠﻤ��ﺔ "ﺃﻣ�ﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ"‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺄﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻯ‪ ,‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﻨﺠﺲ ﺑﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ‪ ,‬ﻷﻥ ﻫ�ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻌ�ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﺬﺑﻮﺡ ﻟﻸﻭﺛ�ﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﺒ�ﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﺴﺎ ً ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﻮﻱ ﻟﺤﻢ ﺧﻨﺰﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻞ ﻭﻫ�ﻮ ﻣ�ﺎ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻴﺤﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ....‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﺬﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﻭﻣ�ﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫ�ﺎ ‪ -‬ﺑ�ﻞ ﻓ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﺟ��ﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺷ��ﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﻗ��ﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘ��ﺪﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿ��ﻪ ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﺭﺋ��ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﺼ��ﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ��ﺌﻮﻝ ﻋ��ﻨﻬﻢ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﺏ ﻁﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﻨﺠﺲ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺭﻏ��ﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ��ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒ��ﺪﺋﻲ ﻟ��ﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﺼ��ﻴﺎﻥ ﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ��ﺮﻓﺾ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﻛ��ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﺎء ﻓﺄﻋﻄﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻧﻌﻤ�ﺔ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻋﻴﻨ�ﻲ ﺭﺋ�ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﺼ�ﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻠ�ﻢ ﻳﺰﺟ�ﺮﻩ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺘﻬ�ﺮﻩ ﺑ��ﻞ ﺷ��ﺮﺡ ﻟ��ﻪ ﺑﻠﻄ�ﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣ��ﺮ ﺃﻛﺒ��ﺮ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺫﻟ�ﻚ ﺑﻜﺜﻴ��ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬ��ﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺠ��ﺮﺅ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻳﺘﻬﺪﺩﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺻ�ﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻫ�ﺰﻝ‬

‫‪ 18 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺗﺤ�ﺖ ﺳ�ﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺭﺋ�ﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻴﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺩﺍ ﻭﺃﻣﻴﻨﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻪ ‪ ......‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻳﺎﻝ ‪.....‬ﻓﺟﻌﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺑﻪ‪) ...‬ﺩﺍ ‪(۸ : ۱‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺾ؟‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺟﺮﺅﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ؟ ﻭﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺩﻓﻌﺘﻚ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ؟‬ ‫ﻫﻞ ﺣﺒﻚ ﻹﻟﻬﻚ ﻓﺎﻕ ﺣﺒﻚ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺗﻚ؟ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺛﻘﺘﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ؟‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻚ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻰ ﺇﻟﻬﻚ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺳﻴﺮ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻏﺮﻳﺒ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻭﺳﻂ ﺁﻟﻬﺔ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ؟ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻐﻤﺾ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؟‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻟﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻜﻢ ﺯﻣﻼﺋﻬﻢ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺿ�ﻴﻖ ﺃﻓﻘﻬ�ﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻤﺴﻜﻬﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮﻭﻫ�ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻴ�ﺔ ﻭﻋﻔ�ﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ�ﺎ ﺍﻟ�ﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ�ﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﻛ�ﻢ ﺑﻘﺴ�ﻮﺓ ﺍﻟ�ﺘﻬﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﻓ��ﻲ ﺗﻠ��ﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠ��ﺔ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺣﻴ��ﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺸ��ﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻛ��ﻢ ﺗﺴ��ﺒﺐ ﺟﺮﻭﺣ�ﺎ ً ﻏ��ﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺗﻠ��ﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻠ��ﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪ .....‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﺨﺠﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻖ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﻷﻋ�ﺬﺍﺭ ﻟﻴﻌ�ﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺿ�ﺎﺑﻂ ﻭﻳ�ﺪﻋﻲ ﺃﻧﻬ��ﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳ��ﺔ ﻭﻳﺘ��ﺮﻙ ﻭﺻ��ﻴﺔ ﷲ ﻭﻳ�ﻨﺠﺲ ﻓﻜ��ﺮﻩ ﻭﻗﻠﺒ�ﻪ ﺑﻤ��ﺎ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺄﻭﻻﺩ ﷲ ﺧﺎﺩﻋﺎ ً ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻤﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻗﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗـُﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺃﻣﺎ" ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘ�ﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﻳﺠ��ﺐ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﺍﻟﻘ��ﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻔﻄ��ﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻳ��ﺚ ﻟﻴﻘ��ﺎﺭﻥ ﺑ��ﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ��ﻲ ﺗﺴ��ﺒﻖ "ﺃﻣ��ﺎ"‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻘﺒﻬﺎ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻴﺮﻯ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣ�ﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﺌ�ﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻣ�ﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺻﻤﺖَ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﺻﻠﻴﺖَ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻌﺘﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﻴﻞ ‪ ...‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻜﻢ ‪ ....‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﻤﺘﻰ ُ‬ ‫‪ ...‬ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﺻﻨﻌﺖَ ﺻﺪﻗﺔ ‪ ....‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﷲ ﻓﺎﻫﺮﺏ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻫ�ﺬﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺒ�ﻊ ﺍﻟﺒ�ﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ‪ .....‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﺎﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ�ﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤ�ﺖ ﻭﺃﻳﻘﻨ�ﺖ ‪ ....‬ﻭﺃﻣ�ﺎ ﺃﻧ�ﺖ ﻓﺎﺻ� ُﺢ ﻓ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﺍﺣﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻘﺎﺕ ‪ ....‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 19 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫* ﻻ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺳﺘﺴﻼﻡ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﺎﻥ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ�ﺂ َﻝ َﻭ َﺣﻨَ ْﻨﻴَ��ﺎ‬ ‫�ﻴﺲ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﺨ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻘَﺎ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ َﻭﻻﱠﻩُ َﺭﺋِ ُ‬ ‫ﺼ �ﻴ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻓَﻘَ�ﺎ َﻝ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ�ﺂ ُﻝ ﻟِ� َ�ﺮﺋِﻴ ِ‬ ‫�ﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻓَ ْﻠﻴُ ْﻌﻄُﻮﻧَ��ﺎ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَﻄَ��ﺎﻧِ ﱠﻲ )ﺑﻘ��ﻮﻝ(‬ ‫ﺸ��ﺎﺋِﻴ َﻞ َﻭ َﻋﺰَ ْﺭﻳَ��ﺎ‪َ »۱۲ :‬ﺟ� ﱢ�ﺮ ْﺏ َﻋﺒِﻴ�ﺪَﻙَ َﻋ َ‬ ‫َﻭ ِﻣﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺸ� َ�ﺮﺓَ ﺃَﻳﱠ� ٍ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻳﻦَ‬ ‫ﻟِﻨَﺄْ ُﻛ َﻞ َﻭ َﻣﺎ ًء ﻟِﻨَﺸ َْﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻅ ِﺮﻧَﺎ ﺃَ َﻣﺎ َﻣﻚَ َﻭﺇِﻟَﻰ َﻣﻨَ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ‪َ .‬ﻭ ْﻟﻴَ ْﻨﻈُ ُﺮﻭﺍ ﺇِﻟَﻰ َﻣﻨَ ِ‬ ‫�ﺎﻅ ِﺮ ﺍ ْﻟﻔِ ْﺘﻴَ ِ‬ ‫‪۱٤‬‬ ‫ﺴ� ِﻤ َﻊ ﻟَ ُﻬ� ْﻢ ﻫ� َﺬﺍ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ�ﻼَ َﻡ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪ .‬ﺛُ ﱠﻢ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻨَ ْﻊ ﺑِ َﻌﺒِﻴ ِﺪﻙَ َﻛ َﻤﺎ ﺗ َ​َﺮﻯ«‪ .‬ﻓَ َ‬ ‫ﻳَﺄْ ُﻛﻠُﻮﻥَ ِﻣﻦْ ﺃَﻁَﺎﻳِ ِ‬

‫�ﺎﻡ‪َ ۱٥ .‬ﻭ ِﻋ ْﻨ � َﺪ ﻧِ َﻬﺎﻳَ � ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ َ‬ ‫َﻭ َﺟ � ﱠﺮﺑَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻋ َ‬ ‫ﺴ��ﻦَ‬ ‫�ﺎﻅ ُﺮ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﺃَ ْﺣ َ‬ ‫�ﺎﻡ ﻅَ َﻬ� َ�ﺮﺕْ َﻣﻨَ� ِ‬ ‫ﺸ� َ�ﺮ ِﺓ ﺍﻷَﻳﱠ� ِ‬ ‫ﺸ� َ�ﺮﺓَ ﺃَﻳﱠ� ٍ‬ ‫‪۱٦‬‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻘَﺎ ِﺓ‬ ‫َﻭﺃَ ْ‬ ‫�ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫�ﻚ‪ .‬ﻓَ َﻜ�ﺎﻥَ َﺭﺋِ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِ‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ ﺍﻵ ِﻛﻠِ�ﻴﻦَ ِﻣ�ﻦْ ﺃَﻁَﺎﻳِ� ِ‬ ‫ﺳ َﻤﻦَ ﻟَ ْﺤ ًﻤﺎ ِﻣﻦْ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺍ ْﻟﻔِ ْﺘﻴَ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ُﺮﻭﺑِ ِﻬ ْﻢ َﻭﻳُ ْﻌ ِﻄﻴ ِﻬ ْﻢ ﻗَﻄَﺎﻧِ ﱠﻲ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱٦-۱۱ :۱‬‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﺮﻓَ ُﻊ ﺃَﻁَﺎﻳِﺒَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻭ َﺧ ْﻤ َﺮ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒ��ﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻠ��ـ َ ﱠﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﻋ��ﺬﺍﺭ ﺑ��ﻞ ﺗﺨﺘﻠ��ﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺳ��ﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ��ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ��ﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻫﻜ��ﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻹﻟﻬﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺰﻳﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻴ�ﺄﺱ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺟ�ﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺋ�ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﺼ�ﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻞ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺟ�ﺪﻭﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﺠ�ﺄ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺭﺋ�ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻘﺎﺓ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﻣﺴ�ﺌﻮﻻً‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﻁﻌﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﺴ�ﻬﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻬ�ﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﻄﻠ�ﺐ ﻣﻨ�ﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠ�ﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﻋﺸ�ﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻧﻲ )ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻮﻝ( ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ًء ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠ�ﺐ ﺭﺋ�ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻘﺎﺓ ﻓﻮﺍﻓ�ﻖ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻫ�ﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻗﺘ�ﺮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻳﺒ�ﺪﻭ ﻏﻴ�ﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻤﺎﺱ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﺋ�ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ‬ ‫ﻟﻴ�ﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻘ��ﻮﻻً ﻭﻳﺰﻫ�ﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻤ��ﺮ ﻟﻴﺸ�ﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻣ��ﺎ ًء!!‪ ...‬ﻭﻳﻈﻨ�ﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻫﻤ��ﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺻ��ﺤﺘﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ...‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻓﻜ�ﺮ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀ�ﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳ�ﺮﻳﻬﻢ ﺧﻄ�ﺄﻫﻢ ﺑﻌ�ﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﻳ��ﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﻴﻠ��ﺔ ﻭﻳﻜﺴ��ﺐ ﺛﻘ��ﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻌ��ﺎﻭﻧﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬ��ﻢ ﻓﺘﻴ��ﺎﻥ ﻣﻬ��ﺬﺑﻮﻥ ‪ ...‬ﺧﺎﺻ��ﺔ ﺫﻟ��ﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘ��ﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺑﻜﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﺾ ﻁﻠﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺣ��ﺪﺛﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠ��ﺰﺓ ﺑﻌ��ﺪ ﻋﺸ��ﺮﺓ ﺃﻳ��ﺎﻡ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟ��ﻢ ﻳﺼ��ﺪﻕ ﺭﺋ��ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﻘﺎﺓ ﻋﻴﻨﻴ��ﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻤ��ﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﻻً ﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺣﺎﻻً ﻣﻤ�ﻦ ﺃﻛﻠ�ﻮﺍ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺃﻁﺎﻳ�ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘ�ﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﻓﻌﺸ�ﺮﺓ ﺃﻳ�ﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﺴ�ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤ�ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴ�ﺔ ﻹﻅﻬ�ﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺧ�ﺘﻼﻑ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﷲ ﺳﻤﺢ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻋـﺒـﻴـﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺿﺤﻮﺍ ﺑﻠﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﺣﺒﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﻬﻬﻢ‬ ‫‪ 20 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﺎ ً ﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻌ��ﺪ ﻧﺠ��ﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑ��ﺔ ﻟ �ﻢ ﻳﺴ��ﺘﻄﻊ ﺭﺋ��ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﻘﺎﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘ��ﺮﺽ ﻓﻜ��ﺎﻥ ﻳﻀ��ﻊ ﺃﻣ��ﺎﻣﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﻠﻔﺖ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﺎﺭ ﺛﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻫﻝ ﺃﻧﺕ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ؟!‬

‫‪ ‬ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺭﺏ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﺤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻜ�ﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻳﺤﺘ�ﺎﺝ ﺟﻬ�ﺪﺍً ﻭﺧﺒ�ﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜ�ﺬﺍ ﺟ�ﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌ�ﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴ�ﺎﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﻻ ﻧﺘﻌ�ﺐ‪ ......‬ﻭﻧﺤ�ﻦ ﻧﺤﻴ�ﺎ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﻌ�ﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨ�ﺎ ﻟﺴ�ﻨﺎ ﻣﻨ�ﻪ ‪ ...‬ﻓﻠﻬ�ﺬﺍ ﻧﺤ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌ��ﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ��ﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻜ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﺸ��ﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﺤ��ﺎﻭﻝ ﺑﻜ��ﻞ ﻗﻮﺗ��ﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺴ��ﻴﻨﺎ ﻫ��ﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧ��ﺘﻼﻑ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺠﻌﻠﻨ��ﺎ ﻧﺴ��ﻠﻚ ﻛﺒﻘﻴ��ﺔ ﺃﻫ��ﻞ ﺍﻟﻌ��ﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻘﻨﻌ�ﺎ ً ﺇﻳﺎﻧ��ﺎ ﺑﺄﻧ��ﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠ��ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺸ��ﺬ ﻋ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴ��ﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻸﺳﻒ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺠﺢ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻠ�ﺔ ﻣ�ﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴ�ﺮﻳﻦ ﻓ�ﺄﻗﻨﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ�ﺔ ﻻﺑ�ﺪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻜ�ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺻﺎﺋﺐ‪ ,‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﺴﻠﻚ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ؟؟‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺑ�ﺮﻏﻢ ﺫﻟ��ﻚ ﺗﻈ��ﻞ ﻫﻨ��ﺎﻙ ﺑﻘﻴ��ﺔ ﺃﻣﻴﻨ��ﺔ ﻹﻟﻬﻬ�ﺎ ﻣﺜ��ﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻗ��ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻳﻦ ﻛ��ﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﻮﻋﺎ ً ﺗﻀﻲء ﻭﺳﻂ ﻅﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‪ ...‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎء؟!‬ ‫ﺃﻡ ﻧﺴﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻧﺴﻠﻚ ﻛﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ�ﺔ ﻟ�ﺌﻼ ﻧ�ﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸ�ﺬﻭﺫ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺘ�ﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻤﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴ�ﺔ ﺗﺴ�ﺒﺢ‬ ‫ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ً ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻫﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﻌﻼً ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﺍً ﻟﻠﺻﺣﺔ ؟‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﻁﺒﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺆﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ ﻣ�ﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻨ�ﺎ ﻫﻨ�ﺎ ﻫ�ﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻳﻄﻴﻌ�ﻮﻥ ﷲ ﻭﻳﺤﺮﺻ�ﻮﻥ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺭﺿ�ﺎﻩ ﻓﻬ�ﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﻔﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻞ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺎ ً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻮﻡ ﻓﻨﺴﺘﺸ�ﻬﺪ ﺑﻤ�ﺎ ﺣ�ﺪﺙ ﻣ�ﻊ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ -‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ٥٥‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ً ﻭﻻ ‪ ٤۳‬ﻳﻮﻣ�ﺎ ً‪ -‬ﻭﺭﻏ�ﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤ�ﺎﻓﺰ ﻟﺪﻳ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﺑﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻩ ﻧﺠﺎﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ ﻳﺘﻔ�ﻖ ﻣ�ﻊ ﺍﻟﺼ�ﻮﻡ ﻓ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﻳﻘـ َ ﱠﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﺫﺑﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 21 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺗﺑﺭ ﷲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﻧﺟﺳﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻭﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﻬﺎ ؟‬

‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻ�ﻴﻞ ﻛﺜﻴ�ﺮﺓ ﻳﺰﺧ�ﺮ ﺑﻬ�ﺎ ﺍﻹﺻ�ﺤﺎﺡ ‪ ۱۱‬ﻣ�ﻦ ﺳ�ﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻳ�ﻴﻦ ﻋ�ﻦ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻤ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ��ﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻧﺠﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻁﻴﻮﺭ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎﻙ ‪ ...‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴ�ﺎء‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﺪﻗ�ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻀ�ﻬﻢ ﻳﻔﻀ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﻮﺕ ﺷ�ﻬﻴﺪﺍً ﻟ�ﺌﻼ ﻳﺄﻛ�ﻞ ﻟﺤ�ﻢ ﺧﻨﺰﻳ�ﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻜﺴﺮ ﻭﺻﻴﺔ ﷲ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﺮﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺑﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪(٦‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻄﻴﻌﻬﺎ؟‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻤﺔ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺼ�ﺤﺔ ﻓﻠﻤ�ﺎﺫﺍ ﻋ�ﺎﺩ ﷲ ﻭﺳ�ﻤﺢ ﺑﻬ�ﺎ ﺻ�ﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻣ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ )ﺃﻉ‪.(۱٦ -۱۱ : ۱۰‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﺩﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﻧﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻣ�ﺪﺍﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻁﻔ��ﺎﻝ ﺣﻴ��ﺚ ﺗ��ـ ُﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳ���ﺔ ﺗﻼﻣﻴ��ﺬﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﺗ��ﺪﺍء ﺯﻱ ﻣﻌ���ﻴﻦ ﻟ��ﻪ ﺃﻟ��ﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻤﻴ���ﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺮﺻﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺃﻧﺎﻗﺘ�ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏ�ﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺳ�ﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﻟ�ﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﺴ�ﺖ ﺷ�ﺮﺍً ﻭﻻ ﺧﺮﻭﺟ�ﺎ ً‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻱ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻔﺮﺍء ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻠﺘﺰﻣ�ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻜ��ﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﻬ��ﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴ��ﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌ��ﺪ ﺣ��ﻴﻦ ﻳﻨﻀ��ﺞ ﺍﻟﻄ��ﻼﺏ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻘﻠ��ﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﻴ��ﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﻴ���ﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺮﺗﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎءﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﺰﺍﻣﻬﻢ ﻛﺄﻁﻔ�ﺎﻝ ﺑ�ﺎﻟﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺃﺩﺕ ﻏﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺻ�ﺒﺤﺖ ﺭﺳ�ﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺸ�ﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﺳ�ﻂ ﺍﻟﻌ�ﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻤ��ﻮﺍ ﺍﻵﺧ��ﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻴ��ﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﺭﺳ��ﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﻬ��ﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺮﺿ��ﻮﺍ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴ���ﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ...‬ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻀ�ﺎ ً ﻣ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﷲ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃُﺑ ِْﻄﻠﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪۱۷‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣﺎ ﻫ ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﺍ ْﻟﻔِ ْﺘﻴَﺎﻥُ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭﺑَ َﻌﺔُ ﻓَﺄ َ ْﻋﻄَﺎ ُﻫ ُﻢ ﷲُ َﻣ ْﻌ ِﺮﻓَﺔً َﻭ َﻋ ْﻘ�ﻼً ﻓِ�ﻲ ُﻛ� ﱢﻞ ِﻛﺘَﺎﺑَ� ٍﺔ َﻭ ِﺣ ْﻜ َﻤ� ٍﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅَﻯ َﻭﺍﻷَ ْﺣﻼَ ِﻡ‪َ ۱۸ .‬ﻭ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﻧِ َﻬﺎﻳَ ِﺔ ﺍﻷَﻳﱠ ِﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﺃَﻥْ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻛﺎﻥَ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ﻓَ ِﻬﻴ ًﻤﺎ ﺑِ ُﻜ ﱢﻞ ﱡ‬

‫�ﺎﻡ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺻ� َ�ﺮ‪َ ۱۹ ،‬ﻭ َﻛﻠﱠ َﻤ ُﻬ� ُﻢ‬ ‫�ﻴﺲ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﺨ ْ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻳُ�ﺪ ِْﺧﻠُﻮ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﺑَ ْﻌ� َﺪﻫَﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺗَ��ﻰ ﺑِ ِﻬ� ْﻢ َﺭﺋِ� ُ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﺇِﻟَ��ﻰ ﺃَ َﻣ� ِ‬ ‫ﺼ �ﻴ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻮﺟ ْﺪ ﺑَ ْﻴﻨَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ُﻛﻠﱢ ِﻬ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﺜ ُﻞ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ َﻭ َﺣﻨَ ْﻨﻴَﺎ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸَﺎﺋِﻴ َﻞ َﻭ َﻋﺰَ ْﺭﻳَ�ﺎ‪ .‬ﻓَ َﻮﻗَﻔُ�ﻮﺍ ﺃَ َﻣ�ﺎ َﻡ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﻓَﻠَ ْﻢ ﻳُ َ‬ ‫‪ 22 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬ ‫‪۲۰‬‬ ‫ﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺳﺄَﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻋ ْﻨﻪُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ َﻭ َﺟ َﺪ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻋﺸ َ​َﺮﺓَ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪َ .‬ﻭﻓِﻲ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺃَ ْﻣ ِﺮ ِﺣ ْﻜ َﻤ ِﺔ ﻓَ ْﻬ ٍﻢ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ َ‬ ‫ﺿ َﻌ ٍ‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻨَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﻓَ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫�ﺤ َﺮ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﻓِ�ﻲ ُﻛ� ﱢﻞ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺘِ� ِﻪ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﻛ�ﺎﻥَ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ�ﺂ ُﻝ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ُﺠﻮ ِ‬

‫ﺵ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۱-۱۷ :۱‬‬ ‫ﻮﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻷُﻭﻟَﻰ ﻟِ ُﻜ َ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﻣ��ﻦ ﻋﻠﻴ��ﺎء ﺳ��ﻤﺎﺋﻪ ﺗﻄﻠ��ﻊ ﺍﻟ��ﺮﺏ ﻓ �ﺮﺃﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻧ��ﺔ ﻫ��ﺆﻻء ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌ��ﺔ ﻟ��ﻴﺲ ﻓﻘ��ﻂ ﻓ��ﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻼﺕ ‪ -‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻘﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺭﺳ�ﻮﻧﻪ ﻣ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻓﻜﺎﻓﺄﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﻋﻘﻼً ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜ�ﺬﺍ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﻮﻗﻬﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﺎ ً ﻟﺘﻀﺎﻓﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﷲ ﻭﺻﻮﻻً ﻟﻠﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻫﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻣ��ﻊ ﺍﻧﻘﻀ��ﺎء ﺍﻟ��ﺜﻼﺙ ﺳ��ﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘ��ﻲ ﺣ��ﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻭﻗ��ﻒ ﺟﻤﻴ��ﻊ ﺍﻟﻄ��ﻼﺏ ﺃﻣ��ﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻟﻴﺨﺘﺒ��ﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﻔﺴ��ﻪ‪ .‬ﻓ��ﺎﻧﺒﻬﺮ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺣﻜﻤ �ﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻗ��ﻪ ﻷﻧ��ﻪ ﻭﺟ��ﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﺸ��ﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﺿ�ﻌﺎﻑ ﻓ�ﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴ�ﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜ�ﺬﺍ ﻧ�ﺮﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻧ�ﺔ ﷲ ﻧﺤ�ﻮ ﻋﺒﻴ�ﺪﻩ‪ ,‬ﻓﻘ�ﺪ ﻁﻠﺒ�ﻮﺍ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺭﺋ��ﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ��ﻘﺎﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠ��ﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﻋﺸ��ﺮﺓ ﺃﻳ��ﺎﻡ ﻭﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ��ﻞ ﺃﻋﻄ��ﺎﻫﻢ ﷲ ﺣﻜﻤ��ﺔ ﻋﺸ��ﺮﺓ ﺃﺿ��ﻌﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺃﻛﺜ�ﺮ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴ��ﻊ!! ﻣﺒ��ﺎﺭﻙ ﺃﻧ��ﺖ ﻭﺻ��ﺎﺩﻕ ﻳ�ﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻓﺄﻧ��ﺖ ﺣﻘ�ﺎ ً ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋ��ﻞ "ﻓَ�ﺈِﻧﱢﻲ ﺃُ ْﻛ� ِﺮ ُﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﻳُ ْﻜ ِﺮ ُﻣﻮﻧَﻨِﻲ" )‪۱‬ﺻﻢ ‪ (۳۰:۲‬ﻭﻭﻋﺪﻙ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﺮ‬ ‫* ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧ ﱠ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﺼ َ�ﺮ‪َ ،‬ﺣﻠَ� َﻢ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫�ﻚ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ� ُﺮ ﺃَ ْﺣﻼَ ًﻣ�ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺎ ْﻧﺰَ ﻋ َ​َﺠ�ﺖْ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫َﻭﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻨَ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧِﻴَ� ِﺔ ِﻣ�ﻦْ ُﻣ ْﻠ ِ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫��ﺤ َﺮﺓُ‬ ‫��ﺎﺭ َﻋ ْﻨ���ﻪُ ﻧَ ْﻮ ُﻣ���ﻪُ‪ .‬ﻓَ���ﺄ َ َﻣ َﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ��� ُﻚ ﺑِ���ﺄَﻥْ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫��ﻮﺱ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ���ﺘَ ْﺪﻋَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ُﺠ� ُ‬ ‫ُﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ� َ‬ ‫ﻭﺣ���ﻪُ َﻭﻁَ� َ‬

‫َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ﱠﺮﺍﻓُﻮﻥَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ ْﻠﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﱡﻮﻥَ ﻟِﻴُ ْﺨﺒِ ُﺮﻭﺍ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚَ ﺑِﺄ َ ْﺣﻼَ ِﻣ ِﻪ‪ .‬ﻓَﺄَﺗ َْﻮﺍ َﻭ َﻭﻗَﻔُﻮﺍ ﺃَ َﻣﺎ َﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪۳ .‬ﻓَﻘَﺎ َﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻲ ﻟِ َﻤ ْﻌ ِﺮﻓَ ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ ِﻢ«‪٤ .‬ﻓَ َﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ ْﻠﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﱡﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﻟَ ُﻬ ُﻢ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ‪» :‬ﻗَ ْﺪ َﺣﻠَ ْﻤﺖُ ُﺣ ْﻠ ًﻤﺎ َﻭﺍ ْﻧﺰَ ﻋ َ​َﺠﺖْ ُﺭ ِ‬ ‫��ﺮ َﻋﺒِﻴ��ﺪَﻙَ ﺑِ��ﺎ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ ِﻢ ﻓَﻨُﺒَ��ﻴﱢﻦَ‬ ‫��ﺶ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬ��ﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ�� ُﻚ ﺇِﻟَ��ﻰ ﺍﻷَﺑَ�� ِﺪ‪ .‬ﺃَ ْﺧﺒِ ْ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ��ﻚَ ﺑِﺎﻷَ َﺭﺍ ِﻣﻴﱠ�� ِﺔ‪ِ » :‬ﻋ ْ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﺎﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻜ ْﻠﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﱢﻴﻦَ ‪» :‬ﻗَ ْﺪ َﺧ َﺮ َﺝ ِﻣﻨﱢﻲ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْ�ﻮ ُﻝ‪ :‬ﺇِﻥْ ﻟَ� ْﻢ ﺗُ ْﻨﺒِﺌُ�ﻮﻧِﻲ‬ ‫ﻴﺮﻩُ«‪ .‬ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺗَ ْﻌﺒِ َ‬ ‫ُﺼ�ﻴﱠ ُﺮﻭﻥَ ﺇِ ْﺭﺑً�ﺎ ﺇِ ْﺭﺑً�ﺎ َﻭﺗ ُْﺠ َﻌ� ُﻞ ﺑُﻴُ�ﻮﺗُ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻣ ْﺰﺑَﻠَ�ﺔً‪َ ٦ .‬ﻭﺇِﻥْ ﺑَﻴﱠ ْﻨ�ﺘُ ُﻢ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ� َﻢ‬ ‫ﺑِﺎ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ ِﻢ َﻭﺑِﺘَ ْﻌﺒِﻴ� ِﺮ ِﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺮﻩُ‪ ،‬ﺗَﻨَﺎﻟُﻮﻥَ ِﻣﻦْ ﻗِﺒَﻠِﻲ َﻫﺪَﺍﻳَﺎ َﻭ َﺣﻼَ ِﻭﻳﻦَ )ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺂﺕ( َﻭﺇِ ْﻛ َﺮﺍ ًﻣﺎ ﻋ َِﻈﻴ ًﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻓَﺒَﻴﱢﻨُ�ﻮﺍ ﻟِ�ﻲ‬ ‫َﻭﺗَ ْﻌﺒِ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺮﻩُ«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(٦-۱ :۲‬‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ َﻢ َﻭﺗَ ْﻌﺒِ َ‬ ‫‪ 23 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧﺼﱠﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻓﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻸﺕ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﻓﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻠ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﻠ�ﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﺣﻠﻤ�ﺎ ً ﺃﺯﻋﺠ�ﻪ ﻭﻁﻴﱠ�ﺮ ﺍﻟﻨ�ﻮﻡ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﻴ��ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ�ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺷ�ﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻤﺲ ﺣﺘ��ﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﺑﺈﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻓﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻧﺰﻋﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻲ‪ ...‬ﺗﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣ�ﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﺙ؟ ﻓﺄﺳﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﻓﻮﺭﺍً ﻟﻠﻤﺜ�ﻮﻝ ﺃﻣ�ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻈ�ﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺮ ﻟﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﻗ�ﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻣ�ﻨﻬﻢ ﺳ�ﻤﺎﻋﻪ! ﻓﻬ�ﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠ�ﺐ ﺗﻔﺴ�ﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻢ ‪ ....‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣ�ﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓ�ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻠ�ﻢ ﺛ�ﻢ ﻳﻔﺴ�ﺮﻭﻧﻪ!! ﻓ�ﺈﻥ ﻧﺠﺤ�ﻮﺍ ﻳﻜ�ﺎﻓﺌﻮﻥ ‪..‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﻤﺰﻗﻬﻢ ﺇﺭﺑﺎ ً ﻭﻳﺪﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻬﻢ!‬ ‫* ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﺎﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ‬ ‫ﻴﺮﻩُ«‪ .‬ﺃَ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟﺎﺑُﻮﺍ ﺛَﺎﻧِﻴَﺔً َﻭﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ‪» :‬ﻟِﻴُ ْﺨﺒِ ِﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ َﻋﺒِﻴ َﺪﻩُ ﺑِﺎ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ ِﻢ ﻓَﻨُﺒَﻴﱢﻦَ ﺗَ ْﻌﺒِ َ‬ ‫َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ‪» :‬ﺇِﻧﱢﻲ ﺃَ ْﻋﻠَ� ُﻢ ﻳَﻘِﻴﻨً�ﺎ ﺃَﻧﱠ ُﻜ� ْﻢ ﺗَ ْﻜﺘ َِﺴ�ﺒُﻮﻥَ َﻭ ْﻗﺘً�ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇِ ْﺫ َﺭﺃَ ْﻳ�ﺘُ ْﻢ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْ�ﻮ َﻝ ﻗَ� ْﺪ َﺧ َ�ﺮ َﺝ ِﻣﻨﱢ�ﻲ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺑِﺄَﻧﱠ�ﻪُ ﺇِﻥْ ﻟَ� ْﻢ ﺗُ ْﻨﺒِﺌُ��ﻮﻧِﻲ ﺑِ��ﺎ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ ِﻢ ﻓَﻘَ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺣ� ٌﺪ‪ .‬ﻷَﻧﱠ ُﻜ� ْﻢ ﻗَ� ِﺪ ﺍﺗﱠﻔَ ْﻘ�ﺘُ ْﻢ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ َﻛ�ﻼَ ٍﻡ َﻛ� ِﺬ ٍ‬ ‫ﻀ��ﺎ ُﺅ ُﻛ ْﻢ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺳ ٍﺪ ﻟِﺘَﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠ ُﻤﻮﺍ ﺑِ ِﻪ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ ِﻣﻲ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳَﺘ َ​َﺤ ﱠﻮ َﻝ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻮ ْﻗﺖُ ‪ .‬ﻓَ�ﺄ َ ْﺧﺒِ ُﺮﻭﻧِﻲ ﺑِ�ﺎ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ ِﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓَ�ﺄ َ ْﻋﻠَ َﻢ ﺃَﻧﱠ ُﻜ� ْﻢ‬ ‫َﻭﻓَ ِ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﺎﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ ْﻠﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﱡﻮﻥَ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ َﻭﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ‪» :‬ﻟَ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺮﻩُ«‪ .‬ﺃَ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺗُﺒَﻴﱢﻨُﻮﻥَ ﻟِﻲ ﺗَ ْﻌﺒِ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﺄ َ َﻝ ﺃَ ْﻣ� ًﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺴﺎﻥٌ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻣﻠِ ٌﻚ ﻋ َِﻈ�ﻴ ٌﻢ ُﺫﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺘ َِﻄﻴ ُﻊ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُﺒَﻴﱢﻦَ ﺃَ ْﻣ َﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪ .‬ﻟِﺬﻟِﻚَ ﻟَ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺇِ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺳ� ْﻠﻄَ ٍ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫َﺴ� ٌﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻮﺳ ﱟﻲ ﺃَ ْﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ِ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﺜ َﻞ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ِﻣﻦْ َﻣ ُﺠ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺣ ٍﺮ ﺃَ ْﻭ َﻛ ْﻠﺪَﺍﻧِ ﱟﻲ‪َ .‬ﻭﺍﻷَ ْﻣ� ُﺮ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ ﻳَ ْﻄﻠُﺒُ�ﻪُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ُﻚ ﻋ ِ‬

‫ﺲ َ‬ ‫ﺸ � ِﺮ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳ � ْﻜﻨَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻣ � َﻊ ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ َ‬ ‫ﺴ��ﺖْ ُ‬ ‫�ﻚ َﻏ ْﻴ� َ�ﺮ ﺍﻵﻟِ َﻬ � ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﻟَ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫َﻭﻟَ� ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺁﺧ � ُﺮ ﻳُﺒَﻴﱢﻨُ�ﻪُ ﻗُ�ﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ِ‬ ‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۱۱-۷ :۲‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻋﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻬﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻵﺧ�ﺮ ‪ ..‬ﺃﻣ�ﺎ ﻣ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺮﺍﻭﺩﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳ�ﻮﺃ ﺍﻟﻜ�ﻮﺍﺑﻴﺲ ﻫ�ﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠ�ﺐ ﻣ�ﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻤ�ﺘﺤﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓ�ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺆﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺠﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﻋﻨ�ﻪ! ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗ�ﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ�ﺎﺡ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑ�ﺔ ﻟ�ﻴﺲ ﻁ�ﻮﻳﻼ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺴ��ﺖ ﺭﺳ��ﻮﺑﺎ ً ﺑ��ﻞ ﺇﻋ��ﺪﺍﻣﺎ ً !! ﻭﻋﺒﺜ�ﺎ ً ﻁﻠ��ﺐ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﺤﺮﺓ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺒ��ﺮﻫﻢ ﺑ��ﺎﻟﺤﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ 24 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻴﻔﺴ�ﺮﻭﻩ ﻭﻟﻜﻨ��ﻪ ﺃﺟ�ﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺤ�ﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺗﻬﻤﻬ��ﻢ ﺃﻧﻬ�ﻢ ﻳﻜﺘﺴ��ﺒﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﺘ�ﺎ ً ﻟﻴﺨﺘﺮﻋ��ﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺫﻳ�ﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺻ��ﺮﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﻳ��ﻪ ﻓﺎﻧﺨﻠﻌ��ﺖ ﻗﻠ��ﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﺤﺮﺓ ﻷﻧﻬ��ﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤ��ﻮﻥ ﺷ �ﺪﺓ ﺑﻄﺸ��ﻪ ﻭﻋﻨ��ﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﷲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎءﻩ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﺴﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ ﺑﻔﺸﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﺤ�ﺪﺙ ﻗ�ﺒﻼً ﻋﺒ�ﺮ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﺴﻴﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻵﻟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺳ�ﻜﻨﺎﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ...‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺂﻟﻬﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺒﺔ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻜ��ﺬﺍ ‪ -‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳ��ﺪﺭﻭﺍ ‪ -‬ﻭﺿ��ﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻳ��ﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﺃﻋﻈ��ﻢ ﻣ��ﺎ ﻳﻤﻴﺰﻧ��ﺎ ‪ ...‬ﻧﻌ��ﻢ ﻓ��ﻨﺤﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺐ ﷲ ﻭﺧﺎﺻ�ﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻬﻨ�ﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺴ�ﻜﻦ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻤﺎء ﺑ�ﻞ ﻣ�ﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺸ�ﺮ‪ ..‬ﻳﻮﻟ�ﺪ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻣ�ﺬﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻨﻤﻮ ﻛﻄﻔﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺠﺎﺭﺍً ﻭﻳﺸ�ﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺣﻨ�ﺎ ﻭﺃﺗﺮﺍﺣﻨ�ﺎ‪ ..‬ﻳ�ﺎ ﻟﻬ�ﺎ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻧﻌﻤ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻧ��ﺎ ‪ ..‬ﺇﻟﻬﻨ��ﺎ ﻳﺴ��ﻜﻦ ﻭﺳ��ﻄﻨﺎ ‪ ..‬ﻻ ﺑ��ﻞ ﻳﺴ��ﻜﻦ ﻓ��ﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨ��ﺎ ﻭﻳﺘﺤ��ﺪ ﺑﻨ��ﺎ ﺍﺗﺤ��ﺎﺩﺍً ﺳ��ﺮﻳﺎ ً‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻹﻓﺨﺎﺭﺳﺘﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬ ‫ﻀ َﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚُ َﻭﺍ ْﻏﺘَﺎﻅَ ِﺟ ًّﺪﺍ َﻭﺃَ َﻣ َﺮ ﺑِﺈِﺑَﺎ َﺩ ِﺓ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ُﺣ َﻜ َﻤﺎ ِء ﺑَﺎﺑِ َﻞ‪۱۳ .‬ﻓَ َﺨ َﺮ َﺝ‬ ‫ﻷَ ْﺟ ِﻞ ﺫﻟِﻚَ َﻏ ِ‬ ‫‪۱٤‬‬ ‫ﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻷَ ْﻣ ُﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻛﺎﻥَ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ َﻜ َﻤﺎ ُء ﻳُ ْﻘﺘَﻠُﻮﻥَ ‪ .‬ﻓَﻄَﻠَﺒُﻮﺍ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ َﻭﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺻ َﺤﺎﺑَﻪُ ﻟِﻴَ ْﻘﺘُﻠُﻮ ُﻫ ْﻢ‪ِ .‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﺃَ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ﺑِ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ ٍﺔ َﻭ َﻋ ْﻘﻞ ﻷَ ْﺭﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺷ َُﺮ ِﻁ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ َﺧ َﺮ َﺝ ﻟِﻴَ ْﻘﺘُ َﻞ ُﺣ َﻜ َﻤﺎ َء ﺑَﺎﺑِ َﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻮﺥ َﺭﺋِﻴ ِ‬

‫ﺎﺏ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﻷَ ْﺭﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﺷﺘَ ﱠﺪ ﺍﻷَ ْﻣ ُﺮ ِﻣﻦْ ﻗِﺒَ ِﻞ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ؟« ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ‬ ‫ﻮﺥ ﻗَﺎﺋِ ِﺪ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪»۱٥ :‬ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َﺫﺍ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺃَ َﺟ َ‬ ‫‪۱٦‬‬ ‫ﺃَ ْﺧﺒَ َﺮ ﺃَ ْﺭﻳُ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُ ْﻌ ِﻄﻴَﻪُ َﻭ ْﻗﺘًﺎ‬ ‫ﻮﺥ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ﺑِﺎﻷَ ْﻣ ِﺮ‪ .‬ﻓَﺪ َ​َﺧ َﻞ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ َﻭﻁَﻠَ َ‬ ‫‪۱۷‬‬ ‫ﻀﻰ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺑَ ْﻴﺘِ ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَ ْﻋﻠَ َﻢ َﺣﻨَ ْﻨﻴَﺎ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸَﺎﺋِﻴ َﻞ‬ ‫ﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻓَﻴُﺒَﻴﱢﻦُ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﺒِ َ‬ ‫‪۱۸‬‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻣﻦْ ِﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﻫ َﺬﺍ‬ ‫َﺰَﺭﻳَﺎ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫َﻭﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﺣ َﻢ ِﻣﻦْ ﻗِﺒَ ِﻞ ﺇِﻟ ِﻪ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺻ َﺤﺎﺑَﻪُ ﺑِﺎﻷَ ْﻣ ِﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴَ ْﻄﻠُﺒُﻮﺍ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺋِ ِﺮ ُﺣ َﻜ َﻤﺎ ِء ﺑَﺎﺑِ َﻞ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱۸-۱۲ :۲‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﱢﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟِ َﻜ ْﻲ ﻻَ ﻳَ ْﻬﻠِﻚَ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ َﻭﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺻ َﺤﺎﺑُﻪُ َﻣ َﻊ َ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﺷﺘﺪ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﻓﻮﺭﺍً ﻭﻛﻠﻒ ﺃﺭﻳﻮﺥ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴ��ﺬ ﺣﻤﻠ��ﺔ ﺇﺑ��ﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﻜﻤ��ﺎء ﺑﺎﺑ��ﻞ‪ !.‬ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻌ��ﺐ ﺃﺭﻳ��ﻮﺥ ﻣ��ﻦ ﻏﻀ��ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻭﺛﻮﺭﺗ��ﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻣ��ﺔ ﻭﻟ��ﻢ ﻳﺠ��ﺮﺅ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸ��ﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳ��ﺘﻌﻄﺎﻓﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﻋﺴ��ﻴﺮﺍً ﻋﻠﻴ��ﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺘ��ﻞ‬ ‫‪ 25 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﺣﻜﻤﺎء ﺑﺎﺑ�ﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺫﻧ�ﺐ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻓ�ﻮﻩ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ�ﻪ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻧﻔ�ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗ�ﺖ ﻳﻌﻠ�ﻢ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﺍﺧ�ﻰ ﻓﻘ�ﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺷﺨﺼ�ﻴﺎ ً‪ ,‬ﻓﻬ�ﻮ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣ�ﻞ ﻣ�ﻊ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻻ ﻳ�ﺮﺣﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻔ�ﺎﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜ�ﺬﺍ ﺫﻫ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻳﻮﺥ ﻣﺮﻏﻤﺎ ً ﻟﻴﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺷﻤﻠﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ!‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺎء‪ ..‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﻁﻠ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﻳﻮﺥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻬﻠﻪ ﻗﻠﻴﻼً؟ ‪ ....‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻧﻌﻤ�ﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ‪ ,‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺤﺘﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺭﻳﻮﺥ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻮﺭﺍً ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣ�ﻊ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺳ�ﺒﻘﻮﻩ‪ ,‬ﺑ�ﻞ ﺃﺧ�ﺬ ﻳﺘﺤ�ﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻌ�ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻌﻠ�ﻪ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺛﻘ�ﺎ ً ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﺳ�ﺘﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺠ�ﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻌﺎﻩ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﺺ ﺿﻤﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ َﻛ َﺠﺪَﺍ ِﻭ ِﻝ ِﻣﻴَﺎ ٍﻩ‪َ ،‬ﺣ ْﻴﺜُ َﻤﺎ ﺷَﺎ َء ﻳُ ِﻤﻴﻠُﻪُ" )ﺃﻡ‪(۱:۲۱‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ ﻓِﻲ ﻳَ ِﺪ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻷﻥ "ﻗَ ْﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ ﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧﺼﱠﺮ ﻭﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺪﻭء ﻣﺘﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﻫ�ﻮ ﻳﻘﺎﺑ�ﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻭﻟﻌﻠ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺻ�ﻔﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴ�ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺘﺤ�ﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺍﻓ�ﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻴ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﻁﻠﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺃﺭﻳﻮﺥ ﻳﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴ�ﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔ�ﺎﺟﺊ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﺃﺻ�ﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﻓ�ﺄﻋﻄﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻰ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻐﻴﺮﻩ!‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻘﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳ�ﻴﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻠ�ﻢ ﻭﺗﻌﺒﻴ�ﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺑ�ﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻟ�ﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻦ ﺛﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﻬﻪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ ﺩﻓﻌﺘ�ﻪ ﻣﻨ�ﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳ�ﺔ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻓﻌﺘﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﻠ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠ��ﺔ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻠ��ﻢ ﺛ��ﻢ ﻟﺘﻔﺴ��ﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻫ��ﺎ ﻫ��ﻮ ﻳﻬ��ﺮﻉ ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﺭﻓﺎﻗ��ﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛ��ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺻﻼﺓ ﻋﺎﺟﻞ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻢ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻨﻘﺬﻫﻢ ﻣ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﺜﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻳﺘﻀﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻘ�ﺪﻳﺮ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻳﻨﺠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻗﻭﺓ ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻼﺓ؟!‬

‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻜ��ﺮﺭ ﻫ��ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗ��ﻒ ﻣ��ﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﻋﺒ��ﺮ ﺗ��ﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﻨﻴﺴ��ﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻄﻴ��ﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻜ��ﻢ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺿ��ﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻫﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼ�ﻼﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻌ�ﻞ ﺃﺣ�ﺪﻫﺎ ﻫ�ﻮ ﻣ�ﺎ‬ ‫‪ 26 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﺣ��ﺪﺙ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺧ��ﺮ ﺍﻟﻘ��ﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜ��ﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤ��ﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺣﻴ��ﺚ ﻛﺎﻧ��ﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻓ��ﺔ ﻟﻬ��ﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺷ��ﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪2T‬‬

‫‪2T‬‬

‫‪2T‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ�ﻮﻟﻰ ﺣﻜ�ﻢ ﻣﺼ�ﺮ ﺃﺣ�ﺪ ﺍﻟ�ﻮﻻﺓ ﺍﻟﻈ�ﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓ�ﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﻬ�ﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨ�ﺎﺋﺲ ﻭﺃﺭﺳ�ﻞ‬ ‫‪2T‬‬

‫‪2T‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﺍﺩﺍً ﻭﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺸﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍء ﺑﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﺗﺮﻳﺐ )ﻗ�ﺮﺏ ﺑﻨﻬ�ﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺼ�ﻠﻰ ﻛ�ﺎﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴ�ﺔ ﺻ�ﻼﺓ ﺣ�ﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻣﻮﻉ ﻣﺘﺸﻔﻌﺎ ً ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍء‪ ،‬ﺛ�ﻢ ﻁﻠ�ﺐ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻴ�ﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻬﻠ�ﻪ ﺛﻼﺛ�ﺔ ﺃﻳ�ﺎﻡ ﻓﻘ�ﻂ ﻭﺳ�ﻴﺄﺗﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﺤﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺮ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺑﻐ�ﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺗﺴ�ﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺷ�ﻬﺮﻳﻦ !! ﻭﺭﻏ�ﻢ ﺫﻟ�ﻚ ﻓﻘ�ﺪ ﻭﺍﻓ�ﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻴ�ﺮ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻣﻀ�ﺾ ﻭﻫ�ﻮ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﻧﻪ!‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻨ��ﺎﻙ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺑﻐ��ﺪﺍﺩ ﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔ��ﺔ ﻧﺎﺋﻤ��ﺎ ﻋﻨ��ﺪﻣﺎ ﺳ��ﻄﻊ ﺃﻣﺎﻣ��ﻪ ﻧ��ﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻬ��ﻲ ﺳ��ﺎﻁﻊ‬ ‫‪2T‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﻣﺮﺗﻌﺪﺍ ﻟﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿ�ﻄﺮﺏ ﺟ�ﺪﺍ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻫ�ﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟ��ﺖ ﻟ��ﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧ��ﺎ ﻣ��ﺮﻳﻢ ﺃﻡ ﻳﺴ��ﻮﻉ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﻓﻌﻠ��ﺖ ﺑ��ﻪ ﻛ��ﻞ ﻫ��ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸ��ﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺃﻣ��ﺮﺕ ﺑﻬ��ﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺗﻨﺎﻡ ﻫ�ﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺒ�ﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤ�ﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﻴﺤﻴﻮﻥ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺷ�ﻘﺎء ﺑﺴ�ﺒﺒﻚ؟ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺠ�ﻒ‬ ‫‪2T‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺳﺄﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻔﺬﻩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﺭﺍً؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪" :‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺣﺎﻻ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻣـﺎ ﺑﺨﻂ ﻳﺪﻙ‬ ‫‪2T‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻤﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﺗﻤﻚ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺗﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻜﻔﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍء‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ"‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ؟ ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺑﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳ�ﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﷲ ﺳﻴﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺭﺗﻌ�ﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔ�ﺔ ﻭﺃﻁﺎﻋﻬ�ﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻌﺒ�ﺎ ً‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻄ�ﺎﺋﺮ‬

‫‪2T‬‬

‫ﻳﺨﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﻳﻄﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ ً ﻟﻴﺴﻠﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺗﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟ�ﺚ ﻭﻣﻌ�ﻪ ﺟﻨ�ﻮﺩﻩ ﻣ�ﺪﺟﺠﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ�ﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌ�ﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﺄﻋﻄ�ﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻬﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺮ ﻭﺃﻗﺴﻢ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﻜ��ﺎﻫﻦ ﺃﺟﺎﺑ��ﻪ ﻣﺒﺘﻬﺠ �ﺎ ً‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫ��ﺬﺍ ﻟ��ﻴﺲ ﻋﻤ��ﻞ ﺇﻧﺴ��ﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻈ��ﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑ��ﻞ ﻫ��ﻮ ﻋﻤ �ﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻨ��ﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘ��ﻲ ﺗﺴ��ﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﻀ��ﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ....‬ﻭﻋ��ﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﻴ��ﺮ ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﺑﻐ��ﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻴﻘﺎﺑ��ﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔ��ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴ��ﺮ ﻛ��ﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤ��ﺎ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻵﺧ��ﺮ ﻋﻤ��ﺎ ﺣ��ﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣ��ﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔ��ﺔ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﺤ��ﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗ �ـ ُﺒﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺬﺭﺍء ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻓﺨﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺑﺪ! ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 27 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﺋﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﻴﻼﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴ�ﺚ ﻁﻠ�ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌ�ﺰ ﻟ�ﺪﻳﻦ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻔ�ﺎﻁﻤﻲ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﺎ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺯﺭﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺟﺒ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄ�ﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘ�ﺎ ً ﻟﻜ�ﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴ�ﻞ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺪﻳﺎﻧﺘ�ﻪ ﺑﺎﻁﻠ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺼﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪ .....‬ﻭﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻁﻠﺐ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺛﻼﺛ�ﺔ ﺃﻳ�ﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔ��ﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﺃﺧﺒ��ﺮ ﺷ��ﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻨ��ﺔ ﻭﺻ��ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴ��ﻊ ﻭﻟ��ﻢ ﻳﻜﻔ��ﻮﺍ ﻋ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﺼ��ﻼﺓ ﺣﺘ��ﻰ‬ ‫ﻅﻬ��ﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌ��ﺬﺭﺍء ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺑ��ﺎ ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮﺗ��ﻪ ﻋ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﻘ��ﺪﻳﺲ ﺳ��ﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨ��ﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﺳ��ﺘﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻪ ﻭﻓﻌﻼً ﺃﻧﻘﺬ ﷲ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺑﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﻤﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺻﻼﺓ ﺷﻜﺮ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪۱۹‬‬ ‫ﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫�ﺎﺭﻙَ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ��ﺂ ُﻝ ﺇِﻟ �ﻪَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺸ��ﻒَ ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺴ� ﱡ�ﺮ ﻓِ��ﻲ ُﺭ ْﺅﻳَ��ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ْﻴ� ِ�ﻞ‪ .‬ﻓَﺒَ� َ‬ ‫ﺎﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ � ٍﺬ ﻟِ �ﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ُﻛ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ � َﻤ َ‬ ‫‪۲۰‬‬ ‫�ﺎﺏ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ��ﺂ ُﻝ َﻭﻗَ��ﺎ َﻝ‪» :‬ﻟِ �ﻴَ ُﻜ ِﻦ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﺭ ًﻛ��ﺎ ِﻣ��ﻦَ ﺍﻷَﺯَ ِﻝ َﻭﺇِﻟَ��ﻰ ﺍﻷَﺑَ � ِﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻥﱠ ﻟَ �ﻪُ‬ ‫ﺳ � ُﻢ ﷲِ ُﻣﺒَ َ‬ ‫ﺃَ َﺟ� َ‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫ﺐ ُﻣﻠُﻮ ًﻛﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤﺔَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﺠﺒَ ُﺮﻭﺕَ ‪َ .‬ﻭﻫ َُﻮ ﻳُ َﻐﻴﱢ ُﺮ ﺍﻷَ ْﻭﻗَﺎﺕَ َﻭﺍﻷَ ْﺯ ِﻣﻨَﺔَ‪ .‬ﻳَ ْﻌ ِﺰ ُﻝ ُﻣﻠُﻮ ًﻛﺎ َﻭﻳُﻨَ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺼ ُ‬ ‫‪۲۲‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺸ�ﻒُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ َﻤ�ﺎﺋِ َ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻭﺍﻷَ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ َ�ﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻳُ ْﻌ ِﻄﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ َﻜ َﻤﺎ َء ِﺣ ْﻜ َﻤﺔً‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳُ َﻌﻠﱢ ُﻢ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ�ﺎ ِﺭﻓِﻴﻦَ ﻓَ ْﻬ ًﻤ�ﺎ‪ .‬ﻫ َُ�ﻮ ﻳَ ْﻜ ِ‬ ‫‪۲۳‬‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﻌﻠَ ُﻢ َﻣﺎ ﻫ َُﻮ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﺒﱢ ُﺢ‬ ‫ﻈ ْﻠ َﻤ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪﻩُ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﻜﻦُ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﻮ ُﺭ‪ .‬ﺇِﻳﱠﺎﻙَ ﻳَﺎ ﺇِﻟ�ﻪَ ﺁﺑَ�ﺎﺋِﻲ ﺃَ ْﺣ َﻤ�ﺪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃُ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﺃَ ْﻋﻄَﺎﻧِﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤﺔَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟﻘُ ﱠﻮﺓَ َﻭﺃَ ْﻋﻠَ َﻤﻨِ�ﻲ ﺍﻵﻥَ َﻣ�ﺎ ﻁَﻠَ ْﺒﻨَ�ﺎﻩُ ِﻣ ْﻨ�ﻚَ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠ�ﻚَ ﺃَ ْﻋﻠَ ْﻤﺘَﻨَ�ﺎ ﺃَ ْﻣ َ�ﺮ‬

‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۳-۱۹ :۲‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺃﺗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺸﻒ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎ ً‬ ‫ﺻ�ﻼﺓ ﺷ�ﻜﺮ ﻋﻤﻴﻘ�ﺔ ﻹﻟﻬ�ﻪ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﺨﺬﻟ��ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧ�ﺖ ﺻ�ﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻜﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ�ﺒﺔ ﻟ�ﻪ ﺃﻫ��ﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ ﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫‪۲٤‬ﻓَ ِﻤﻦْ ﺃَ ْﺟ ِﻞ ﺫﻟِﻚَ ﺩ َ​َﺧ َﻞ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَ ْﺭﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺥ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ َﻋﻴﱠﻨَﻪُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ِﻹﺑَﺎ َﺩ ِﺓ ُﺣ َﻜ َﻤﺎ ِء ﺑَﺎﺑِ َﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻀﻰ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﻟَﻪُ ﻫ َﻜ َﺬﺍ‪» :‬ﻻَ ﺗُﺒِ ْﺪ ُﺣ َﻜ َﻤﺎ َء ﺑَﺎﺑِ َﻞ‪ .‬ﺃَﺩ ِْﺧ ْﻠﻨِﻲ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻗُﺪ ِﱠﺍﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ ﻓَﺄُﺑَﻴﱢﻦَ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‬ ‫َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺮ«‪ِ .‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﺩ َ​َﺧ َﻞ ﺃَ ْﺭﻳُ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺮﻋًﺎ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﻟَﻪُ ﻫ َﻜ َﺬﺍ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻮﺥ ﺑِﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻗُﺪ ِﱠﺍﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﺒِ َ‬ ‫‪۲٦‬‬ ‫ﺎﺏ‬ ‫»ﻗَ ْﺪ َﻭ َﺟﺪْﺕُ َﺭ ُﺟﻼً ِﻣﻦْ ﺑَﻨِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﺒ ِﻲ ﻳَﻬُﻮ َﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻳُ َﻌ ﱢﺮﻑُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚَ ﺑِﺎﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﺒِﻴ ِﺮ«‪ .‬ﺃَ َﺟ َ‬ ‫‪ 28 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﺴﺘ َِﻄﻴ ُﻊ ﺃَ ْﻧﺖَ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺃَﻥْ ﺗُ َﻌ ﱢﺮﻓَﻨِﻲ‬ ‫ﺻ ُﺮ‪َ » :‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗَ ْ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﻟِﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ ُﻤﻪُ ﺑَ ْﻠﻄَﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫‪۲۷‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﱡﺮ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺎﺏ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ‪» :‬ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺑِﺎ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ ِﻢ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ َﺭﺃَ ْﻳﺖُ ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺑِﺘَ ْﻌﺒِﻴ ِﺮ ِﻩ؟« ﺃَ َﺟ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻮﺱ َﻭﻻَ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﻨَ ﱢﺠ ُﻤﻮﻥَ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺃَﻥْ‬ ‫ﻁﻠَﺒَﻪُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﻻَ ﺗَ ْﻘ ِﺪ ُﺭ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ َﻜ َﻤﺎ ُء َﻭﻻَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺤ َﺮﺓُ َﻭﻻَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ُﺠ ُ‬ ‫‪۲۸‬‬ ‫ﺳ َﺮﺍ ِﺭ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻗَ ْﺪ َﻋﺮﱠﻑَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚَ‬ ‫ﺎﺷﻒُ ﺍﻷَ ْ‬ ‫ﻮﺟ ُﺪ ِﺇﻟﻪٌ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻳُﺒَﻴﱢﻨُﻮﻩُ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪ .‬ﻟ ِﻜﻦْ ﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻛ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤ َ‬

‫ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﻚَ ﻫ َُﻮ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ َﻣﺎ ﻳَ ُﻜﻮﻥُ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﻳﱠ ِﺎﻡ ﺍﻷَ ِﺧ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻚَ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻓِ َﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﺮ ِﺓ‪ُ .‬ﺣ ْﻠ ُﻤﻚَ َﻭ ُﺭ ْﺅﻳَﺎ َﺭ ْﺃ ِ‬ ‫‪۲۹‬‬ ‫ﺻ ِﻌﺪَﺕْ ﺇِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺎ ﻳَ ُﻜﻮﻥُ ِﻣﻦْ ﺑَ ْﻌ ِﺪ ﻫ َﺬﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷﻚَ َ‬ ‫ﻫ َﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﺃَ ْﻧﺖَ ﻳَﺎ ﺃَ ﱡﻳ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﺃَ ْﻓ َﻜﺎ ُﺭﻙَ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻓِ َﺮ ِ‬ ‫‪۳۰‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﱡﺮ ﻟِ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ ٍﺔ ﻓِ ﱠﻲ‬ ‫ﺎﺷﻒُ ﺍﻷَ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ َﺮﺍ ِﺭ ﻳُ َﻌ ﱢﺮﻓُﻚَ ﺑِ َﻤﺎ ﻳَ ُﻜﻮﻥُ ‪ .‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣﺎ ﺃَﻧَﺎ ﻓَﻠَ ْﻢ ﻳُ ْﻜﺸَﻒْ ِﻟﻲ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻛ ِ‬

‫ﺎﺭ ﻗَ ْﻠﺒِﻚَ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃَ ْﻛﺜَ َﺮ ِﻣﻦْ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺍﻷَ ْﺣﻴَﺎ ِء‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟ ِﻜﻦْ ﻟِ َﻜ ْﻲ ﻳُ َﻌﺮﱠﻑَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﺑِﺎﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﺒِﻴ ِﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟِ َﻜ ْﻲ ﺗَ ْﻌﻠَ َﻢ ﺃَ ْﻓ َﻜ َ‬ ‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۳۰-۲٤ :۲‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺮﻩ ﻹﻟﻬﻪ‪ ,‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﻳﻮﺥ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻭﺑﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺮﺃﺓ ﻧﻬﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﻜﻤﺎء ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ‪ ...‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﺬ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻼءﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﻠﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﺭﻳﻮﺥ ﺑﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﺋﻼً‪" :‬ﻫﻞ ﻧﺴﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ؟ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﺳﺮ ﻭﻳﻠﻐﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ ﺣﻘﺎ ً ﻗﺪ ﻧﺠﺢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﺸﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﻜﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ؟ "‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻳﻮﺥ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ ً ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻟﻴﺒﺸﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺭﺟﻼً ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺳﺒﻲ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺗﺸﻜﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻭﺟﺪﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺮﻉ ﻟﺴﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻟﻴﺜﺒﺖ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺑﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﻄﻨﻊ ﻧﻔﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﺗﻤﻴﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﻦ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ہﻠﻟ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 29 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻫﻝ ﺗﺷﻬﺩ ﻹﻟﻬﻙ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺒﻴﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﻭﺳﻂ ﻅﺮﻭﻑ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺣﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﺴﻰ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ﻭﺇﻟﻬﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﻢ َ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻹﻟﻬﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻭﺑﺪﺃ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ .....‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﻀﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺧﺠﻼً ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺼﻼً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ...‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻧﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ؟‬ ‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ‬ ‫»ﺃَ ْﻧﺖَ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ُﻛ ْﻨﺖَ ﺗَ ْﻨﻈُ ُﺮ َﻭﺇِ َﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﱢ ْﻤﺜَﺎ ُﻝ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ِﻈﻴ ُﻢ‬ ‫ﺑِﺘِ ْﻤﺜَﺎﻝ ﻋ َِﻈ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ِﻬ ﱡﻲ ِﺟ ًّﺪﺍ َﻭﻗَﻒَ ﻗُﺒَﺎﻟَﺘَﻚَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣ ْﻨﻈَ ُﺮﻩُ‬ ‫‪۳۲‬‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﻫَﺎﺋِ ٌﻞ‪َ .‬ﺭ ْﺃ ُ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ ِﻣﻦْ َﺫ َﻫ ٍ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﱢ ْﻤﺜَ ِ‬ ‫ﻀ ٍﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺪ ُﺭﻩُ َﻭ ِﺫ َﺭﺍﻋَﺎﻩُ ِﻣﻦْ ﻓِ ﱠ‬ ‫َﺟﻴﱢ ٍﺪ‪َ .‬‬ ‫‪۳۳‬‬ ‫ﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻗَﺎﻩُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻄﻨُﻪُ َﻭﻓَ ْﺨ َﺬﺍﻩُ ِﻣﻦْ ﻧُ َﺤﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﻀ ُﻬ َﻤﺎ ِﻣﻦْ َﺣ ِﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‬ ‫ِﻣﻦْ َﺣ ِﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ .‬ﻗَ َﺪ َﻣﺎﻩُ ﺑَ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﻑ‪ُ ۳٤ .‬ﻛ ْﻨﺖَ ﺗَ ْﻨﻈُ ُﺮ‬ ‫َﻭﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﺾ ِﻣﻦْ َﺧﺰَ ٍ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَﻥْ ﻗُ ِﻄ َﻊ َﺣ َﺠ ٌﺮ ﺑِ َﻐ ْﻴ ِﺮ ﻳَ َﺪ ْﻳ ِﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﱢ ْﻤﺜَﺎ َﻝ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻗَ َﺪ َﻣ ْﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﺘَ ْﻴ ِﻦ‬ ‫ﻀ َﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻓَ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺤﻘَ ُﻬ َﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻑ ﻓَ َ‬ ‫ِﻣﻦْ َﺣ ِﺪﻳ ٍﺪ َﻭ َﺧﺰ ٍ‬ ‫‪۳٥‬‬ ‫ﻀﺔُ َﻭ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺭﺕْ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺱ َﻭﺍ ْﻟﻔِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫ ُ‬ ‫ﻖ ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ِﺪﻳ ُﺪ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﺨﺰَ ﻑُ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱡﻨ َﺤ ُ‬ ‫ﺻ َ‬ ‫َﺐ َﻣ ًﻌﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻓَﺎ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺟ ْﺪ ﻟَ َﻬﺎ َﻣ َﻜﺎﻥٌ ‪ .‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ َﺠ ُﺮ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓَ َﺤ َﻤﻠَ ْﺘ َﻬﺎ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﻓَ ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ْﻴ َﺪ ِﺭ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺢ ﻓَﻠَ ْﻢ ﻳُ َ‬ ‫َﻛ ُﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ْﻴ ِ‬

‫ﺽ ُﻛﻠﱠ َﻬﺎ‪۳٦ .‬ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﻫ َُﻮ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ ُﻢ‪ .‬ﻓَﻨُ ْﺨﺒِ ُﺮ‬ ‫ﺎﺭ َﺟﺒَﻼً َﻛﺒِﻴ ًﺮﺍ َﻭ َﻣﻸَ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺼ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﱢ ْﻤﺜَﺎ َﻝ ﻓَ َ‬ ‫ﺿ َﺮ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺑِﺘَ ْﻌﺒِﻴ ِﺮ ِﻩ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۳٦-۳۱ :۲‬‬ ‫‪ 30 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻗﺺ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺣﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻧﻔﻴﺴﺔ ﻏﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺗﻪ ﻓﺎﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺰﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﻅﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻗـ ُ ِﻄﻊ ﻟﻴﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ ﻓﺘﺤﻄﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﻼً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ ً ﻣﻸ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪۳۷‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃَ ْﻋﻄَﺎﻙَ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺔً َﻭﺍ ْﻗﺘِﺪَﺍ ًﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻥﱠ ﺇِﻟﻪَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫»ﺃَ ْﻧﺖَ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ َﻣﻠِ ُﻚ ُﻣﻠُ ٍ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤ َ‬ ‫‪۳۸‬‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء‬ ‫ﺴ ُﻜﻦُ ﺑَﻨُﻮ ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻠﻄَﺎﻧًﺎ َﻭﻓَ ْﺨ ًﺮﺍ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﺣ ْﻴﺜُ َﻤﺎ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﻮﺵ ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ﱢﺮ َﻭﻁُﻴُﻮ ُﺭ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺸ ِﺮ َﻭ ُﻭ ُﺣ ُ‬ ‫َﻭ ُ‬

‫ﺳﻠﱠﻄَﻚَ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ َﻬﺎ َﺟ ِﻤﻴ ِﻌ َﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓَﺄ َ ْﻧﺖَ‬ ‫َﺩﻓَ َﻌ َﻬﺎ ﻟِﻴَ ِﺪﻙَ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺻ َﻐ ُﺮ ِﻣ ْﻨﻚَ َﻭ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺔٌ ﺛَﺎﻟِﺜَﺔٌ‬ ‫َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺔٌ ﺃُ ْﺧ َﺮﻯ ﺃَ ْ‬

‫ﺐ‪َ ۳۹ .‬ﻭﺑَ ْﻌﺪَﻙَ ﺗَﻘُﻮ ُﻡ‬ ‫ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ْﺃ ُ‬ ‫ﺱ ِﻣﻦْ َﺫ َﻫ ٍ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱠﻂُ َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻓَﺘَﺘَ َ‬ ‫ﺃُ ْﺧ َﺮﻯ ِﻣﻦْ ﻧُ َﺤﺎ ٍ‬

‫‪٤۰‬‬ ‫ﻖ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻠﺒَﺔٌ َﻛﺎ ْﻟ َﺤ ِﺪﻳ ِﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻥﱠ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ِﺪﻳ َﺪ ﻳَ ُﺪ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺤ ُ‬ ‫ﻕ َﻭﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺽ‪َ .‬ﻭﺗَ ُﻜﻮﻥُ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺔٌ َﺭﺍﺑِ َﻌﺔٌ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﺮ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ ﻫ ُﺆﻻَ ِء‪َ ٤۱ .‬ﻭﺑِ َﻤﺎ َﺭﺃَﻳْﺖَ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ َﺪ َﻣ ْﻴ ِﻦ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺤ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﺮ ﺗَ ْ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻭﺗُ َﻜ ﱢ‬ ‫َﻲ ٍء‪َ .‬ﻭ َﻛﺎ ْﻟ َﺤ ِﺪﻳ ِﺪ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻳُ َﻜ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺷ ْ‬

‫ﺴ َﻤﺔً‪،‬‬ ‫ﻑ َﻭﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺑِ َﻊ ﺑَ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫َﻭﺍﻷَ َ‬ ‫ﺾ ِﻣﻦْ َﺣ ِﺪﻳ ٍﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺎ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺔُ ﺗَ ُﻜﻮﻥُ ُﻣ ْﻨﻘَ ِ‬ ‫ﻀ َﻬﺎ ِﻣﻦْ َﺧﺰَ ٍ‬ ‫َﻭﻳَ ُﻜﻮﻥُ ﻓِﻴ َﻬﺎ ﻗُ ﱠﻮﺓُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ِﺪﻳ ِﺪ ِﻣﻦْ َﺣ ْﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺚ ﺇِﻧﱠﻚَ َﺭﺃَﻳْﺖَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ِﺪﻳ َﺪ ُﻣ ْﺨﺘَﻠِﻄًﺎ ﺑِ َﺨﺰَ ِ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﱢ ِ‬ ‫‪٤۲‬‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ ِﺔ ﻳَ ُﻜﻮﻥُ‬ ‫ﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺒَ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﻀ َﻬﺎ ِﻣﻦْ َﺣ ِﺪﻳ ٍﺪ َﻭﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺑِ ُﻊ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ َﺪ َﻣ ْﻴ ِﻦ ﺑَ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫َﻭﺃَ َ‬ ‫ﺾ ِﻣﻦْ َﺧﺰَ ٍ‬ ‫‪٤۳‬‬ ‫ﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺈِﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺼ ًﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗَ ِﻮﻳًّﺎ َﻭﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫َﻭﺑِ َﻤﺎ َﺭﺃَﻳْﺖَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ِﺪﻳ َﺪ ُﻣ ْﺨﺘَﻠِﻄًﺎ ﺑِ َﺨﺰَ ِ‬ ‫ﺾ ﻗَ ِ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﱢ ِ‬ ‫ﻖ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺑِ َﺬﺍﻙَ ‪َ ،‬ﻛ َﻤﺎ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ِﺪﻳ َﺪ ﻻَ ﻳَ ْﺨﺘَﻠِﻂُ‬ ‫ﺻ ُ‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﺨﺘَﻠِﻄُﻮﻥَ ﺑِﻨَ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟ ِﻜﻦْ ﻻَ ﻳَﺘَﻼَ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِ‬ ‫‪٤٤‬‬ ‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻘِﻴ ُﻢ ﺇِﻟﻪُ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺔً ﻟَﻦْ ﺗَ ْﻨﻘَ ِﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻑ‪َ .‬ﻭﻓِﻲ ﺃَﻳﱠ ِﺎﻡ ﻫ ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﻠُ ِ‬ ‫ﺑِﺎ ْﻟ َﺨﺰَ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺐ َ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻭﺗُ ْﻔﻨِﻲ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ ﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﻤﺎﻟِ ِﻚ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﻫ َﻲ ﺗَ ْﺜﺒُﺖُ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺤ ُ‬ ‫ﺃَﺑَﺪًﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣﻠِ ُﻜ َﻬﺎ ﻻَ ﻳُ ْﺘ َﺮ ُﻙ ﻟِ َ‬ ‫ﺁﺧ َﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺗَ ْ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻌ ٍ‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻖ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ِﺪﻳ َﺪ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻷَﺑَ ِﺪ‪ .‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻚَ َﺭﺃَﻳْﺖَ ﺃَﻧﱠﻪُ ﻗَ ْﺪ ﻗُ ِﻄ َﻊ َﺣ َﺠ ٌﺮ ِﻣﻦْ َﺟﺒَﻞ ﻻَ ﺑِﻴَ َﺪ ْﻳ ِﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓَ َ‬

‫‪ 31 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﻀﺔَ َﻭ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺳﻴَﺄْﺗِﻲ ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ‬ ‫ﺎﺱ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﺨﺰَ ﻑَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟﻔِ ﱠ‬ ‫َﺐ‪َ .‬ﷲُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ِﻈﻴ ُﻢ ﻗَ ْﺪ َﻋﺮﱠﻑَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚَ َﻣﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫ َ‬ ‫َﻭﺍﻟﻨﱡ َﺤ َ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻭﺗَ ْﻌﺒِﻴ ُﺮﻩُ ﻳَﻘِﻴﻦٌ «‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(٤٥-۳۷ :۲‬‬ ‫ﻫ َﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﺍَ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ ُﻢ َﺣ ﱞ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑﺪﺃ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺣﻠ�ﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﻭﻣﻮﺿ�ﻮﻋﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ�ﻖ ﺑﺘﺘ�ﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟ�ﻚ‪ ,‬ﻭﻫ�ﻮ ﻳﺨ�ﺘﺺ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ - ۱‬ﻣﻤﻠﻜ��ﺔ ﺑﺎﺑ��ﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻠﻬ��ﺎ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜ��ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪ ,‬ﻣﻠﻜ��ﺖ ﺑﺎﺑ��ﻞ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺳ��ﻨﺔ ‪٦۲٥‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺑﻼﺻﺮ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺩﻓﻊ ﷲ ﻟﻴ�ﺪﻩ ﻛ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟ�ﻚ ﻭﺳ�ﻠﻄﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ�ﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻄ�ﺎﻩ ﻣﺠ�ﺪﺍً‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ - ۲‬ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻠﻬ�ﺎ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﺭﺍﻋﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ�ﺪﺭ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀ�ﺔ‪ ,‬ﺟ�ﺎء ﻛ�ﻮﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳ��ﻰ ﺳ��ﻨﺔ ‪٥۳۸‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺼ��ﺮ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﺑﻴﻠﺸﺎﺻ��ﺮﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﺣﻔﻴ��ﺪ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼ��ﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻋ�ﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬ�ﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻔ�ﺮﺱ ﻟ�ﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻦ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﻣﻤﻠﻜ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧ��ﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻅﻠ��ﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻔ��ﺮﺱ ﻗﺎﺋﻤ��ﺔ ﻗﺮﺍﺑ��ﺔ ﻗ��ﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺰﻣﻬ��ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪۳۳۱‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ‪ ,‬ﻭﻓ�ﻲ ﻅ�ﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠ�ﺔ ﻳﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻹﺳ�ﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺍﻟﻌ�ﺎﻟﻢ ﻛﻠ�ﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ�ﻪ ﻳﻤ�ﻮﺕ ﺳ�ﺮﻳﻌﺎ ً ﻭﺗ�ﻮﺯﻉ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳ�ﺪ ﻭﺃﺻ�ﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻘ�ﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﻀ�ﻬﺎ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺣﺪﻳ�ﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺰﻑ‪ ,‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺳ�ﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﺪﻳ�ﺪ ﻓﻘ�ﺪ ﻛﺴ�ﺮﺕ ﻭﺃﻁﺎﺣ�ﺖ ﺑﻜ�ﻞ ﻣ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻠﻬ��ﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺰﻋ��ﺖ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧ��ﺎﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﻋ��ﺎﻡ ‪۱٦۸‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﻭﺣﻜﻤ��ﺖ ﺍﻟﻌ��ﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻛ��ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻄﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺭﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺰﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 32 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺏ = ﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻝ ‪ 539 -606‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺔ =‬ ‫ﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪331-539‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺧﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﺎﺱ =‬ ‫ﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻧﺎﻥ ‪ 146 -331‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻳﻥ ﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁ ﺑﺧﺯﻑ = ﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻥ ‪ 146‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻼﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺣﺟﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻭﻉ ﺑﻐﻳﺭ ﻳﺩﻳﻥ =‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻟﻭﺩ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺯﺭﻉ ﺑﺷﺭ ﻳﺳﺣﻕ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺎﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻘﻳﻡ ﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺯﻭﻝ = ﺍﻟﻛﻧﻳﺳﺔ‬

‫ﺼﺮ ﻭﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ 33 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﻅﻬﺮ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻗـ ُ ِﻄﻊ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ) ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻭﻻﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺯﺭﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ( ﻭﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﺤﻘﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ ﺟﺒﻼً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ ً‪ ,‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻭﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﺮﺽ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺴﻮ َﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﱢﻤﻴﻨَﻪُ ﻳَ ُ‬ ‫ﺳﺘ َْﺤﺒَﻠِﻴﻦَ َﻭﺗَﻠِ ِﺪﻳﻦَ ﺍ ْﺑﻨًﺎ َﻭﺗُ َ‬ ‫ﺖ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ‪َ » :‬ﻭﻫَﺎ ﺃَ ْﻧ ِ‬ ‫‪۳۲‬‬ ‫ﺳ ﱠﻲ ﺩَﺍ ُﻭ َﺩ ﺃَﺑِﻴ ِﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻪُ ُﻛ ْﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﻳَ ُﻜﻮﻥُ ﻋ َِﻈﻴ ًﻤﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑْﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ ﱢﻲ ﻳُ ْﺪﻋَﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳُ ْﻌ ِﻄﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱡﺏ ِ‬ ‫‪۳۳‬‬ ‫ﻮﺏ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻷَﺑَ ِﺪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻻَ ﻳَ ُﻜﻮﻥُ ﻟِ ُﻤ ْﻠ ِﻜ ِﻪ ﻧِ َﻬﺎﻳَﺔٌ«‪) .‬ﻟﻮ‪(۳۳-۳۱ :۱‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻳَ ْﻌﻘُ َ‬ ‫َﻭﻳَ ْﻤﻠِ ُﻚ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺑَ ْﻴ ِ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻸ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻔﻨﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺤﻴﻢ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺃﻧﻬﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﷲ ﻳُ َﻌﺮﱢ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺳ�ﻮﻑ ﻳﺤ�ﺪﺙ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﻗ�ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺈﻟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺳ َﺠ َﺪ ﻟِﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَ َﻣ َﺮ ﺑِﺄَﻥْ ﻳُﻘَ ﱢﺪ ُﻣﻮﺍ ﻟَ�ﻪُ ﺗَ ْﻘ ِﺪ َﻣ�ﺔً‬ ‫‪ِ ٤٦‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ َﺧ ﱠﺮ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻬ ِﻪ َﻭ َ‬ ‫‪٤۷‬‬ ‫ﺎﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ�ﺂ َﻝ َﻭﻗَ�ﺎ َﻝ‪َ » :‬ﺣﻘًّ�ﺎ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺇِﻟ َﻬ ُﻜ� ْﻢ ﺇِﻟ�ﻪُ ﺍﻵﻟِ َﻬ� ِﺔ َﻭ َﺭ ﱡﺏ‬ ‫َﻭ َﺭ َﻭﺍﺋِ َﺢ ُ‬ ‫ﺳ ُﺮﻭ ٍﺭ‪ .‬ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﱢ�ﺮ«‪ِ ٤۸ .‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ� ٍﺬ َﻋﻈﱠ� َﻢ‬ ‫ﺳ َ�ﺮﺍ ِﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇِ ِﺫ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﺷ�ﻒُ ﺍﻷَ ْ‬ ‫ْ�ﻒ ﻫ� َﺬﺍ ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﺘَﻄَﻌْﺖَ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ َﻛﺸ ِ‬ ‫ﻮﻙ َﻭ َﻛ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﻠُ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ���ﻠﱠﻄَﻪُ َﻋﻠَ���ﻰ ُﻛ��� ﱢﻞ ِﻭﻻَﻳَ��� ِﺔ ﺑَﺎﺑِ��� َﻞ َﻭ َﺟ َﻌﻠَ���ﻪُ‬ ‫��ﺮﺓً‪َ ،‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ��� ُﻚ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ���ﺂ َﻝ َﻭﺃَ ْﻋﻄَ���ﺎﻩُ َﻋﻄَﺎﻳَ���ﺎ َﻛﺜِﻴ� َ‬ ‫‪٤۹‬‬ ‫�ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫�ﺐ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ��ﺂ ُﻝ ِﻣ��ﻦَ‬ ‫�ﻊ ُﺣ َﻜ َﻤ��ﺎ ِء ﺑَﺎﺑِ� َﻞ‪ .‬ﻓَﻄَﻠَ� َ‬ ‫ﺸ� َ‬ ‫َﺭﺋِ� َ‬ ‫�ﺤ ِﻦ )ﺭﺋ��ﻴﺲ ﻭﺯﺭﺍء( َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ َﺟ ِﻤﻴ� ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓَ َﻮﻟﱠﻰ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ ِﻭﻻَﻳَ ِﺔ ﺑَﺎﺑِ� َﻞ‪ .‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣ�ﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ�ﺂ ُﻝ ﻓَ َﻜ�ﺎﻥَ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ َْﺭ َﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸ َ​َﺦ َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ َﺪﻧَ ُﻐ َﻮ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺃَ ْﻋ َﻤ ِ‬

‫ﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(٤۹ -٤٦ :۲‬‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺑَﺎ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﻜ��ﻦ ﺃﻣ�ﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻁ��ﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺒ�ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﺜ�ﻮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣ��ﻪ ﺍﻷﻣ�ﺮﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻮﻙ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﻨﻲ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﺠﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﺫﻫﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺁﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺠﺐ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺿ�ﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺴ�ﺠﺪ ﻟ��ﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﻓ�ﺎ ً ﺑ��ﺄﻥ ﺇﻟﻬ��ﻪ ﻫ��ﻮ ﺇﻟ��ﻪ ﺍﻵﻟﻬ��ﺔ ﻭﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻮﻙ‪ ....‬ﻭﻟﻜ��ﻦ ﻟﻸﺳ��ﻒ‬ ‫‪ 34 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻏﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻅﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻩ "ﺇﻟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ" ﻭﻟ�ﻴﺲ ﺇﻟﻬ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻫ���ﻮ؟! ﻭﻫﻜ���ﺬﺍ ﺣ���ﺎﻝ ﺑﻌ���ﺾ ﺍﻟﻘ���ﻮﻡ ﺣﺘ���ﻰ ﺍﻟﻴ���ﻮﻡ ‪ ...‬ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻓ���ﻮﻥ ﺑﻘ���ﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﻟ���ﻪ ﺻ���ﺎﻧﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﻛﺎﺷﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ....‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺳﻮﺳﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺢ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺯﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛ�ﺰ ﺭﺋ�ﻴﺲ ﻟﻠ�ﻮﺯﺭﺍء‪ ,‬ﻭﻓ�ﻲ ﻏﻤ�ﺮﺓ ﻧﺠﺎﺣ�ﻪ ﻟ�ﻢ‬ ‫�ﻨﺲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﺃﺻ��ﺪﻗﺎءﻩ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻳﻦ ﺻ��ﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻌ��ﻪ ﻓ��ﻲ ﻭﻗ��ﺖ ﺍﻟﻀ��ﻴﻖ ﺑ��ﻞ ﻁﻠ��ﺐ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ‬ ‫ﻳ� َ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﻔﺴ�ﻴﺮﻩ ﻳ�ﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺼ�ﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻷﺣ�ﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸ�ﻬﻮﺭ ﻳﻮﺳ�ﻒ ﺍﻟﺼ�ﺪﻳﻖ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻗﻘﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﺠﺪ ﺷﺒﻬﺎ ً ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍً ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ‬

‫ﻛ���ﺎﻥ ﻋﺒ���ﺪﺍً ﻓ���ﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻣﺼ���ﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻏﻴ���ﺮ ﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﺃﺳ��ﻴﺮﺍً ﻓ��ﻲ ﺑﺎﺑ��ﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻏﻴ��ﺮ ﻓﺮﻋ��ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﻨﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﻄﺸﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻓﻮﻁﻴﻔﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺮ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﻴﻨ�ﺎ ً ﻹﻟﻬ��ﻪ ﻓﻠ��ﻢ ﻳﺨﻄ��ﺊ ﻣ��ﻊ ﺍﻣ��ﺮﺃﺓ ﻛ���ﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﻴﻨ���ﺎ ً ﻹﻟﻬ���ﻪ ﻓ���ﺮﻓﺾ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘ���ﻨﺠﺲ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻓﻮﻁﻴﻔﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺄﻁﺎﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺧﻤﺮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﻭﻓﺴﺮ ﺣﻠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺒﻮﺧ�ﺬ ﻧﺼ�ﺮ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻤ�ﻪ ﺑﺤﻠﻤ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻘﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻮﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻘﺬ ﺣﻜﻤﺎء ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﺎ ً ﻟﻠﻮﺯﺭﺍء‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﺎ ً ﻟﻠﻮﺯﺭﺍء‪.‬‬

‫‪ 35 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻣﺜﻠ�ﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻞ ﺗﺨﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧﺼﱠﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺣ�ﺪﺙ؟ ‪ ...‬ﻟﻸﺳ�ﻒ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﻴ�ﺮ‪ ,‬ﺑ�ﻞ ﻟﻌﻠ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻭﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﺘﻀﻌﻒ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻁﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ؟‬ ‫ﻭﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻀﻌﻒ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻁﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻮﺗﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻭﺗﻤﺴﻜﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﻣﻴﺘﻪ‪ ....‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﺬﻝ ﺟﻬﺪﻩ ﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﻟﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺪﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻈﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﺒﺔ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ﺗﻌﻮﻕ ﺧﻄﺘﻪ ‪ ...‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺒﻬﺮ ﻟﻶﻟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﺣﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺲ ﻭﺳﻴﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻳﺴﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ!‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻸﺳﻒ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻨﻌﻪ ﷲ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﻧﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﻭﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﻭﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ ﻛﺄﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ً ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳـُﻌﺘﻘـَﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻁﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ٦۰٥‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﺳﺒﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻴﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ٥۹۷‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻫﻴﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ً ‪ ٥۸٦‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺗﺒﺪﺩﺕ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻷﻭﻁﺎﻧﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻨَﺔً ﻟِﺒَﺎﺑِ َﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺗَ َﻌﻬﱠ ُﺪ ُﻛ ْﻢ َﻭﺃُﻗِﻴ ُﻢ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ"ﻷَﻧﱠﻪُ ﻫ َﻜ َﺬﺍ ﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﺒ ِﻌﻴﻦَ َ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺇِﻧﱢﻲ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺗَ َﻤ ِﺎﻡ َ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻊ‪)".‬ﺇﺭ‪ (۱٤:۱۰‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻋﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻬﻢ‬ ‫َﻛﻼَ ِﻣﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﻟِ َﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑِ َﺮ ﱢﺩ ُﻛ ْﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﻄﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻀﻮﺍ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﻭﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﻹﻟﻬﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 36 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫* ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺿﻪُ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﱡﻮﻥَ ِﺫ َﺭﺍﻋًﺎ )‪۳۰‬ﻣﺘﺮﺍً( َﻭﻋ َْﺮ ُ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻁُﻮﻟُﻪُ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﻨَ َﻊ ﺗِ ْﻤﺜَﺎﻻً ِﻣﻦْ َﺫ َﻫ ٍ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﺳ َﻞ‬ ‫ُﻭﺭﺍ ﻓِﻲ ِﻭﻻَﻳَ ِﺔ ﺑَﺎﺑِ َﻞ‪ .‬ﺛُ ﱠﻢ ﺃَ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺒَﻪُ ﻓِﻲ ﺑُ ْﻘ َﻌ ِﺔ ﺩ َ‬ ‫ﻉ‪۳) ،‬ﻣﺘﺮ( َﻭﻧَ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺖﱡ ﺃَ ْﺫ ُﺭ ٍ‬

‫ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﻀﺎﺓَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﺨﺰَ ﻧَﺔَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟﻔُﻘَ َﻬﺎ َء‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﻟِﻴَ ْﺠ َﻤ َﻊ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﺮﺍ ِﺯﺑَﺔَ َﻭﺍﻟﺸ َﱢﺤﻦَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻮﻻَﺓَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟﻘُ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺒَﻪُ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻧَ َ‬ ‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴَﺄْﺗُﻮﺍ ﻟِﺘَﺪ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﻔﺘِﻴﻦَ َﻭ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ ُﺣ ﱠﻜ ِﺎﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻮﻻَﻳَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﱢ ْﻤﺜَ ِ‬ ‫ْﺷ ِ‬

‫‪۳‬‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘَ َﻤ َﻊ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﺮﺍ ِﺯﺑَﺔُ )ﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ(‪َ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸ َﱢﺤﻦُ )ﺭﺅﺳﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁﺔ(‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ‪ِ .‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ْ‬ ‫ﻀﺎﺓُ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﺨﺰَ ﻧَﺔُ )ﺃﻣﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺯﻥ( َﻭﺍ ْﻟﻔُﻘَ َﻬﺎ ُء َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﻔﺘُﻮﻥَ َﻭ ُﻛ ﱡﻞ ُﺣ ﱠﻜ ِﺎﻡ‬ ‫َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻮﻻَﺓُ َﻭﺍ ْﻟﻘُ َ‬

‫ﺼﺒَﻪُ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚُ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻭﻗَﻔُﻮﺍ ﺃَ َﻣﺎ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﱢ ْﻤﺜَﺎ ِﻝ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻧَ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟِﺘَﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻮﻻَﻳَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﱢ ْﻤﺜَ ِ‬ ‫ْﺷ ِ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ﺼﺒَﻪُ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺏ َﻭﺍﻷُ َﻣ ُﻢ‬ ‫ﺸ ﱠﺪ ٍﺓ‪» :‬ﻗَ ْﺪ ﺃُ ِﻣ ْﺮﺗُ ْﻢ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺸ ُﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻧَ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ‪َ .‬ﻭﻧَﺎﺩَﻯ ُﻣﻨَﺎ ٍﺩ ﺑِ ِ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺔُ‪ِ ،‬ﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ َﻣﺎ ﺗَ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤ ُﻌﻮﻥَ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻱ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻌﻮ ِﺩ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﺮﺑَﺎ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﺍﻷَ ْﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮﺕَ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْﺮ ِﻥ )ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ( َﻭﺍﻟﻨﱠ ِ‬ ‫ﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻥْ ﺗ َِﺨ ﱡﺮﻭﺍ‬ ‫َﻭﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻉ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ْﺰ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ْﻨ ِﻄﻴ ِﺮ )ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮﻳﺔ( َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ِﻤ ْﺰ َﻣﺎ ِﺭ َﻭ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺃَ ْﻧ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫ﺎﻝ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼﺒَﻪُ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﺠﺪُ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﻣﻦْ ﻻَ ﻳَ ِﺨ ﱡﺮ َﻭﻳَ ْ‬ ‫َﻭﺗَ ْ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻧَ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬ َﻫ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﺠﺪُﻭﺍ ﻟِﺘِ ْﻤﺜَ ِ‬

‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻤ َﻊ ُﻛ ﱡﻞ‬ ‫ﻓَﻔِﻲ ﺗِ ْﻠﻚَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ﻳُ ْﻠﻘَﻰ ﻓِﻲ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻮﻥ ﻧَﺎ ٍﺭ ُﻣﺘﱠﻘِ َﺪ ٍﺓ«‪ .‬ﻷَ ْﺟ ِﻞ ﺫﻟِﻚَ َﻭ ْﻗﺘَ َﻤﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻂ ﺃَﺗﱡ ِ‬ ‫ﻑ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺏ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻉ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ْﺰ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻱ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻌﻮ ِﺩ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﺮﺑَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ُﻌﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ْﻨ ِﻄﻴ ِﺮ َﻭ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺃَ ْﻧ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮﺕَ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْﺮ ِﻥ َﻭﺍﻟﻨﱠ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼﺒَﻪُ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ‬ ‫َﺧ ﱠﺮ ُﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻧَ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَ ِﺔ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬ َﻫ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻭﺍﻷُ َﻣ ِﻢ َﻭﺍﻷَ ْﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ُﻌﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ َﺠﺪُﻭﺍ ﻟِﺘِ ْﻤﺜَ ِ‬

‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۷-۱ :۳‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻬﻴﺒﺎ ً‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺿﺨﻢ ﺟﺪﺍً ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ ‪ ۳۰‬ﻣﺘﺮﺍً ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ ۱۰‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻭﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻊ!! ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﻛﻢ ﺗﻜﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ‪ ...‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻦ!!‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺯﻣﻨﺎ ﻁﻮﻳﻼً ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﺎء ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻁﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﺰ َﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻭﺟـﱢﻪَ◌َ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻭﻱ‬ ‫ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‪ -‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺸﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻤﺜﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﱠﺮ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺠﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ً ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪ 37 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻء ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻏﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﻓﺾ ﻓﺮﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﻋﺼﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﻮﺍ ﺭﺟﺎﻻً ﺗﺨﻄﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻣﺮﻣﻮﻗﺔ ﻳﺤﺴﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺠﺰﻡ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ؟ ﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻤﺔ؟ )ﺃﻡ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺰﻋﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺠﺪ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻀـﱠﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺪﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺴﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﺩﻩ‪(.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﻨﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻋﺰﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﻣﻴﺸﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﺎ ً ﻭﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﻁﻮﻳﻼً‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺮﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﻀﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺠﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﺑﺪﺍً ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻬﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﻘﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎء ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﻴﺮﻭﺍ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻀﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﻟﺰﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺮﺏ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺸﻬﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﻁﻮﻳﻼ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ ‪ ...‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺷﻌﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﷲ‬ ‫ﻳﻬﻤﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﻢ ‪"...‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻞ ﺭﻭﺡ ﷲ"‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻛﻔﻴﻼً ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺒﻬﺮ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺭﺯﺍﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺟﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻء ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻀﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻓﻮﺭﺍً ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻳﻌﺎﻗـ َﺐ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ‪ -‬ﻳﻬﺪﺩ ﺑﺈﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ ‪ -‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺗﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ )ﻓﺮﻥ( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﺮﺓ ﻟﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺠﺎﺳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻘﺬ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺤﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 38 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﺪﻭﻳﺎ ً ﻟﻴﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﺎﺟﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻌﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﻴﻦ ﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻅﻠﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﺷﺎﻣﺨﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺄﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﺄﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻮﻻﺅﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻟ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﻫﻴﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺴﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﺪﺍً ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﻫﻲ »ﺃَﻧَﺎ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱡﺏ ﺇِﻟ ُﻬﻚَ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﺃَ ْﺧ َﺮ َﺟﻚَ ِﻣﻦْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻌﺒُﻮ ِﺩﻳ ﱠ ِﺔ‪۳ .‬ﻻَ ﻳَ ُﻜﻦْ ﻟَﻚَ ﺁﻟِ َﻬﺔٌ ﺃُ ْﺧ َﺮﻯ ﺃَ َﻣﺎ ِﻣﻲ«‪) .‬ﺧﺮ‪(۳-۲:۲۰‬‬ ‫ﺽ ِﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ ِﻣﻦْ ﺑَ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺃَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺳﺠﺪ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍً‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﺩﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﺰﻣﻮﺍ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻜﺮﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻟﻌ��ﻞ ﺍﻟﻘ��ﺎﺭﺉ ﻳﻼﺣ��ﻆ ﺗﻜ��ﺮﺍﺭ ﺭﻗ��ﻢ ‪ ٦‬ﻭﻣﻀ��ﺎﻋﻔﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻗ��ﻢ ‪ ٦‬ﻫ��ﻮ ﺭﻣ��ﺰ ﻟﻠﺸ��ﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌ�ﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜ�ﺎﻝ ‪ ٦‬ﺃﺫﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋ�ﻪ ‪ ٦۰‬ﻭﺍﺳ�ﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﺍ ‪ ٦‬ﺁﻻﺕ ﻟﻠﻌ�ﺰﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻳُﺮ َﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪) ٦٦٦‬ﺭﺅ ‪.(۱۳‬‬ ‫* ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﺘَ َﻜ ْﻮﺍ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟﻴَ ُﻬﻮ ِﺩ‪۹ ،‬ﺃَ َﺟﺎﺑُﻮﺍ َﻭﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ‬ ‫‪۸‬ﻷَ ْﺟ ِﻞ ﺫﻟِﻚَ ﺗَﻘَ ﱠﺪ َﻡ ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ِﺭ َﺟﺎ ٌﻝ َﻛ ْﻠﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﱡﻮﻥَ َﻭﺍ ْ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺻﺪ َْﺭﺕَ‬ ‫ﺶ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷَﺑَ ِﺪ! ﺃَ ْﻧﺖَ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﻗَ ْﺪ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ‪» :‬ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚُ‪ِ ،‬ﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ ْﻨ ِﻄﻴ ِﺮ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤ ُﻊ َ‬ ‫ﺃَ ْﻣ ًﺮﺍ ﺑِﺄَﻥﱠ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ ﺇِ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻱ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻌﻮ ِﺩ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﺮﺑَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮﺕَ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْﺮ ِﻥ َﻭﺍﻟﻨﱠ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺐ‪َ ۱۱ .‬ﻭ َﻣﻦْ ﻻَ ﻳَ ِﺨ ﱡﺮ‬ ‫ﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳَ ِﺨ ﱡﺮ َﻭﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬ َﻫ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻉ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ْﺰ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﺠ ُﺪ ﻟِﺘِ ْﻤﺜَ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ِﻤ ْﺰ َﻣﺎ ِﺭ َﻭ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺃَ ْﻧ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬ ‫ﻮﺟ ُﺪ ِﺭ َﺟﺎ ٌﻝ ﻳَ ُﻬﻮﺩٌ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ َﻭ ﱠﻛ ْﻠﺘَ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫َﻭﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﺠ ُﺪ ﻓَﺈِﻧﱠﻪُ ﻳُ ْﻠﻘَﻰ ﻓِﻲ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻮﻥ ﻧَﺎ ٍﺭ ُﻣﺘﱠﻘِ َﺪ ٍﺓ‪ .‬ﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻂ ﺃَﺗﱡ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ َﺟﺎ ُﻝ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﺠ َﻌﻠُﻮﺍ ﻟَﻚَ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ ِﻭﻻَﻳَ ِﺔ ﺑَﺎﺑِ َﻞ‪َ :‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ َْﺭ ُﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸ َُﺦ َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ َﺪﻧَ ُﻐ َﻮ‪ .‬ﻫ ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﱢ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺃَ ْﻋ َﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﺠﺪُﻭﻥَ «‬ ‫ﺼﺒْﺖَ ﻻَ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻧَ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬ َﻫ ِ‬ ‫ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﺍ ْﻋﺘِﺒَﺎ ًﺭﺍ‪.‬ﺁﻟِ َﻬﺘُﻚَ ﻻَ ﻳَ ْﻌﺒُﺪُﻭﻥَ ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟِﺘِ ْﻤﺜَ ِ‬ ‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۱۲-۸ :۳‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺃﺛ��ﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟ��ﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺸ��ﺎﻣﺨﺔ ﻟﻸﺑﻄ��ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛ��ﺔ ﻏ��ﻴﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣ��ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴ��ﺔ ﻓﻬ ﱡﺒ�ﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﺴ��ﺘﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻏﻀ��ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻭﺳ��ﻨﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻ��ﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻗ��ﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠ��ﻴﻬﻢ ‪ -‬ﻭﻣ��ﺎ ﺃﻛﺜ��ﺮﻫﻢ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﻟﻴﺤﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻭﻳﺤﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬ ‫‪ 39 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﺳﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﻢ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ ,‬ﻭﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮﻩ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺗﻌﻤﺪﻭﺍ ﺇﻫﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻭﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﺠﻌﻠ�ﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻟ��ﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒ��ﺎﺭﺍً‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿ��ﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﺇﺩﻋ��ﺎء ﺍﻟﻐﻴ��ﺮﺓ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﺍﻹﻟ��ﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒ��ﻮﺏ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﺳ��ﺠﺪﻭﺍ ﻟ��ﻪ‬ ‫ﻣ��ﺮﻏﻤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺑ��ﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻟ��ﻢ ﻳﻜ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺣﺎﺟ��ﺔ ﻟﻤ��ﻦ ﻳﺰﻳ��ﺪ ﻏﻀ��ﺒﻪ ﺍﺷ��ﺘﻌﺎﻻً ﻓﻘ��ﺮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻮﺭﺍً‪ ......‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﺠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ً ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻘﺬﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﺠﺰﻭﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮﺗﻬﻢ ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻴﻄﻌﻨﻮﻫﻢ ﻁﻌﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫�����ﺮ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ������ ُﺮ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ������ ٍﺬ ﺃَ َﻣ� َ‬ ‫ﻀ�ﺎ ِﺭ ﺷَ�ﺪ َْﺭ َﺥ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭ َﻏ� ْﻴ ٍﻆ ﺑِﺈ ِ ْﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺑِ َﻐ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ٍ‬

‫ﺸ� َ‬ ‫�����ﺦ َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ������ َﺪﻧَ ُﻐ َﻮ‪ .‬ﻓَ������ﺄَﺗ َْﻮﺍ‬ ‫َﻭ ِﻣﻴ َ‬ ‫��ﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑِﻬ��� ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ ﻗُ���ﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ َﺟ��� ِ‬

‫‪۱٤‬‬ ‫����ﺎﺏ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ���� ُﺮ َﻭﻗَ����ﺎ َﻝ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ َْﺭ ُﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸ ُ‬ ‫َ�ﺦ‬ ‫ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ‪» :‬ﺗَ َﻌ ﱡﻤﺪًﺍ ﻳَﺎ َ‬

‫َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ َﺪﻧَ ُﻐ َﻮ ﻻَ ﺗَ ْﻌﺒُ�ﺪُﻭﻥَ ﺁﻟِ َﻬﺘِ�ﻲ َﻭﻻَ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﱠ � ِﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺗَ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ� ُ‬ ‫�ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟ� ﱠ�ﺬ َﻫ ِ‬ ‫�ﺠﺪُﻭﻥَ ﻟِﺘِ ْﻤﺜَ� ِ‬ ‫ﺼ������ ْﺒﺖُ ؟‪۱٥‬ﻓَ������ﺈِﻥْ ُﻛ ْﻨ������ﺘُ ُﻢ ﺍﻵﻥَ‬ ‫ﻧَ َ‬ ‫ﺴ����� َﻤ ُﻌﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﺴ�����ﺘَ ِﻌﺪﱢﻳﻦَ ِﻋ ْﻨ����� َﺪ َﻣﺎ ﺗَ ْ‬ ‫ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﻱ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻌــــﻮ ِﺩ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮﺕَ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْﺮ ِﻥ َﻭﺍﻟﻨﱠ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻉ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ْ‬ ‫��ﺠﺪُﻭﺍ‬ ‫��ﺮﻭﺍ َﻭﺗَ ْ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﺃَﻥْ ﺗ َِﺨ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺴ ُ‬ ‫��ﺰ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﺮﺑَ��ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ�� ْﻨ ِﻄﻴ ِﺮ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ِﻤ ْﺰ َﻣ��ﺎ ِﺭ َﻭ ُﻛ�� ﱠﻞ ﺃَ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫��ﻮ ِ‬

‫�ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ َﻋ ِﻤ ْﻠﺘُﻪُ‪َ .‬ﻭﺇِﻥْ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَ ْ‬ ‫�ﺠﺪُﻭﺍ ﻓَﻔِ�ﻲ ﺗِ ْﻠ�ﻚَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ﺗُ ْﻠﻘَ ْ�ﻮﻥَ ﻓِ�ﻲ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ِ‬ ‫ﻟِﻠﺘﱢ ْﻤﺜَ ِ‬ ‫�ﻂ ﺃَﺗﱡ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ؟«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱٥-۱۳ :۳‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻪُ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻳُ ْﻨﻘِ ُﺬ ُﻛ ْﻢ ِﻣﻦْ ﻳَ َﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِﺭ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﺘﱠﻘِ َﺪ ِﺓ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﻣﻦْ ﻫ َُﻮ ِ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻏﻀﺒﺎ ً‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻫﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﻳﺄﺑ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻟﺤﺮﻕ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭﻗﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﺭﺍً ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤــﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨـــﻪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫــﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫‪ 40 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌـﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻋﺘـﺬﺭﻭﺍ ﻭﺗﺮﺍﺟـﻌﻮﺍ ﻭﺳﺠـﺪﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳـﻮﺟـﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺿﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻏﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺎء ﻧﺴﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧﺼﱠﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻯ ﷲ ﻗﺎﺋﻼً ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻱ؟" ﻭﻳ���ﺎ ﻟﻬ���ﺎ ﻣ���ﻦ ﻛﻠﻤ���ﺎﺕ ﺗﻔ���ﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟ���ﻪُ ﺍﻟﱠ��� ِﺬﻱ ﻳُ ْﻨﻘِ��� ُﺬ ُﻛ ْﻢ ِﻣ���ﻦْ ﻳَ��� َﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫" َﻭ َﻣ���ﻦْ ُﻫ� َ‬ ‫��ﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺠﺮﻓﺔ‪ .....‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺳﻴﻨﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ َْﺭ ُﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸ َُﺦ َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ َﺪﻧَ ُﻐ َﻮ َﻭﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ ﻟِﻠ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪» :‬ﻳَﺎ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻَ ﻳَ ْﻠ َﺰ ُﻣﻨَﺎ ﺃَﻥْ‬ ‫ﺎﺏ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻮﺟ ُﺪ ﺇِﻟ ُﻬﻨَﺎ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻧَ ْﻌﺒُ ُﺪﻩُ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﻧُ ِﺠﻴﺒَﻚَ ﻋَﻦْ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍﻷَ ْﻣ ِﺮ‪.‬ﻫ َُﻮ َﺫﺍ ﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺘ َِﻄﻴ ُﻊ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُﻨَ ﱢﺠﻴَﻨَﺎ ِﻣﻦْ ﺃَﺗﱡ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِﺭ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﺘﱠﻘِ َﺪ ِﺓ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَﻥْ ﻳُ ْﻨﻘِ َﺬﻧَﺎ ِﻣﻦْ ﻳَ ِﺪﻙَ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ‪َ .‬ﻭﺇِﻻﱠ ﻓَ ْﻞ ِ◌ﻳَ ُﻜﻦْ َﻣ ْﻌﻠُﻮ ًﻣﺎ ﻟَﻚَ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ ْﺒﺘَﻪُ«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪-۱٦ :۳‬‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚُ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﻻَ ﻧَ ْﻌﺒُ ُﺪ ﺁﻟِ َﻬﺘَﻚَ َﻭﻻَ ﻧَ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻧَ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬ َﻫ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﺠ ُﺪ ﻟِﺘِ ْﻤﺜَ ِ‬ ‫‪(۱۸‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﻁﺮﻕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﻭﻏﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺠﺪﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﻮﺛﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻐﺎﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻔﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻘﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﺃﺳﻮﺃ ﻗﺪﻭﺓ ﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻔﻮﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﺨﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻬﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺪﺭﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺣﺪﺍﺛﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻭﺇﺧﻀﺎﻋﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﻭﺡ ﷲ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﺻﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻁﺎﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻜﺘﻔﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺷﻮﺍ ﻳﺮﺩﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺪﺓ ﻟﺬﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﺢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍً ﻷﻣﺮ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺑﺈﺑﺎء ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻁﻴﻔﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﻀﻼً ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻠﻘـ َﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺎﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﻁﻬﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﻟﺒﻀﻌﺔ ﻟﺤﻈﺎﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺟﺘﻴﺎﺯﻫﻢ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳُﻠﻘـ َﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻛﻼﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻻ ﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﻻ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻞ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪.....‬‬ ‫‪ 41 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻴﺮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﻓﺰﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺰﺍﻷﻗﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺣﺒﻮﻩ ‪ ...‬ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺷﻌﺒﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻬﺘﺰ ﺷﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻷﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺠﻴﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﺸﻤﻮﺥ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺎﻁﺒﻴﻦ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻟﻘﺎﺏ "ﻳَﺎ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻَ ﻳَ ْﻠ َﺰ ُﻣﻨَﺎ ﺃَﻥْ ﻧُ ِﺠﻴﺒَﻚَ ﻋَﻦْ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍﻷَ ْﻣ ِﺮ‪".‬‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺎ ً ﻹﻋﺪﺍﻣﻬﻢ!‬ ‫ﺴﺘ َِﻄﻴ ُﻊ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُﻨَ ﱢﺠﻴَﻨَﺎ" ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ "ﺇِﻟ ُﻬﻨَﺎ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﺳﻴﻨﺠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ! ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﺠﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻤﺠﺪ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺳﻤﺢ ﺑﻤﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺮﻭﺭ ‪ .....‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﺎﺷﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺠﺪﻭﺍ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺑﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ! ﻓﻬﻮ ﺇﻟﻬﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺗﺮﺍﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍء‪ ,‬ﻳﺸﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫"ﺭﺑﻲ ﻋﻠﻣﻧﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺑﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻳﺩﻳﻙ ﻛﻝ ﺷﻲء ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺭ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎ‬

‫ﻳﻔﺭﺡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺣﺯﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﺷﻛﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﺷﻲء ﻷﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺻﻧﻌﻪ ﺑﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺧﻳﺭﺍً ‪".‬‬

‫* ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪ِ ۱۹‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﺍ ْﻣﺘَﻸَ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺏ َﻭﺃَ َﻣ َﺮ ﺑِﺄَﻥْ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ َﺪﻧَ ُﻐ َﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟ َ‬

‫َﻏ ْﻴﻈًﺎ َﻭﺗَ َﻐﻴﱠ َﺮ َﻣ ْﻨﻈَ ُﺮ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﺒ َﻌﺔَ‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﺤ ُﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻷَﺗُﻮﻥَ َ‬

‫ﺷﺪ َْﺭ َﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸ َ​َﺦ‬ ‫َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻬ ِﻪ َﻋﻠَﻰ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻑ ﺃَ ْﻛﺜَ َﺮ ِﻣ ﱠﻤﺎ َﻛﺎﻥَ ُﻣ ْﻌﺘَﺎﺩًﺍ‬ ‫ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺿ َﻌ ٍ‬

‫‪۲۰‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ َْﺭ َﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸ َ​َﺦ َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ َﺪﻧَ ُﻐ َﻮ‬ ‫ﺸ ِﻪ ﺑِﺄَﻥْ ﻳُﻮﺛِﻘُﻮﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُ ْﺤ َﻤﻰ‪َ .‬ﻭﺃَ َﻣ َﺮ َﺟﺒَﺎﺑِ َﺮﺓَ ﺍ ْﻟﻘُ ﱠﻮ ِﺓ ﻓِﻲ َﺟ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ َﺮﺍ ِﻭﻳﻠِ ِﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِﺭ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﺘﱠﻘِ َﺪ ِﺓ‪۲۱ .‬ﺛُ ﱠﻢ ﺃُﻭﺛِ َ‬ ‫ﻖ ﻫ ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ َﺟﺎ ُﻝ ﻓِﻲ َ‬ ‫َﻭﻳُ ْﻠﻘُﻮ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻓِﻲ ﺃَﺗﱡ ِ‬

‫ﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِﺭ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﺘﱠﻘِ َﺪ ِﺓ‪َ ۲۲ .‬ﻭ ِﻣﻦْ‬ ‫ﺎﺳ ِﻬ ْﻢ َﻭﺃُ ْﻟﻘُﻮﺍ ﻓِﻲ َﻭ َ‬ ‫َﻭﺃَ ْﻗ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺘِ ِﻬ ْﻢ َﻭﺃَ ْﺭ ِﺩﻳَﺘِ ِﻬ ْﻢ َﻭﻟِﺒَ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻂ ﺃَﺗﱡ ِ‬ ‫َﺣ ْﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺚ ﺇِﻥﱠ َﻛﻠِ َﻤﺔَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ َﺟﺎ َﻝ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ‬ ‫ﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِﺭ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺷ ِﺪﻳ َﺪﺓٌ َﻭﺍﻷَﺗُﻮﻥَ ﻗَ ْﺪ َﺣ ِﻤ َﻲ ِﺟ ًّﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗَﺘَ َﻞ ﻟَ ِﻬ ُ‬

‫‪۲۳‬‬ ‫ﺷ ْﺪ َﺭ َﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸ َ​َﺦ َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ َﺪﻧَ ُﻐ َﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ َْﺭ ُﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸ َُﺦ‬ ‫َﺭﻓَ ُﻌﻮﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ‪َ ،‬‬ ‫َﻭﻫ ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻼَﺛَﺔُ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ َﺟ ِ‬ ‫ﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِﺭ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﺘﱠﻘِ َﺪ ِﺓ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۳-۱۹ :۳‬‬ ‫ﺳﻘَﻄُﻮﺍ ُﻣﻮﺛَﻘِﻴﻦَ ﻓِﻲ َﻭ َ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ َﺪﻧَ ُﻐ َﻮ‪َ ،‬‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻂ ﺃَﺗﱡ ِ‬

‫‪ 42 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮﻩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﻡ؟‬ ‫ﻫﻞ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻲ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ؟‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍً ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺮﻳﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺑﻄﺶ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻁ ﻏﻴﻈﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻗﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻠﺘﻬﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺒﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻮﺛﻘ�ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ�ﺎﻝ ﺟﻴ�ﺪﺍً ﻭﻳﻠﻘ�ﻮﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳ�ﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻴ�ﺮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻓ�ﻲ ﻟﺤﻈ�ﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠ�ﺔ ﻓ�ﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻨ�ﻮﺩ ﺑ�ﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺗ�ﻮﻥ ﻭﺩﻓﻌ�ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ�ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻯ ﺻﺮﺍﺥ ﺑﺸﻊ ‪ ....‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺻ�ﺮﺍﺥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ�ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﻮﺛﻘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻷﺗ��ﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑ��ﻞ ﺻ��ﺮﺍﺥ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﺩﻳ��ﻦ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻣﺴ��ﻜﺖ ﺑﻬ��ﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻴ��ﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﺤ��ﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﻓﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻷﺗ�ﻮﻥ ﻓﻘﻀ�ﺖ ﻋﻠ�ﻴﻬﻢ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﺤ�ﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﻫ�ﺬﺍ ﻫ�ﻮ ﺍﻟﺤ�ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ؟‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺑﻦ ﺍﻵﻟﻬﺔ‬ ‫‪ِ ۲٤‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﺗ َ​َﺤﻴﱠ َﺮ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺸﻴ ِﺮﻳ ِﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻡ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺮﻋًﺎ ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺏ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﻟِ ُﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِﺭ؟«‬ ‫ﻖ ﺛَﻼَﺛَﺔَ ِﺭ َﺟﺎﻝ ُﻣﻮﺛَﻘِﻴﻦَ ﻓِﻲ َﻭ َ‬ ‫»ﺃَﻟَ ْﻢ ﻧُ ْﻠ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﺢ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻ ِﺤ ٌ‬ ‫ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟﺎﺑُﻮﺍ َﻭﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪َ » :‬‬ ‫�ﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ�ﺎ ِﺭ َﻭ َﻣ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﺎﻅ ٌﺮ ﺃَ ْﺭﺑَ َﻌﺔَ ِﺭ َﺟ�ﺎﻝ َﻣ ْﺤﻠُ�ﻮﻟِﻴﻦَ ﻳَﺘَ َﻤﺸ ْﱠ�ﻮﻥَ ﻓِ�ﻲ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺃَ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺏ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ‪» :‬ﻫَﺎ ﺃَﻧَﺎ ﻧَ ِ‬ ‫‪۲٦‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻊ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺷﺒِﻴﻪٌ ﺑِﺎ ْﺑ ِﻦ ﺍﻵﻟِ َﻬ ِﺔ«‪ .‬ﺛُ ﱠﻢ ﺍ ْﻗﺘ َ​َﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺑِ ِﻬ ْﻢ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺑَ�ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺿ َﺮ ٌﺭ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣ ْﻨﻈَ ُﺮ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ِ‬

‫ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻑَ ◌َ ﻗَﺎ َﻝ‪» :‬ﻳَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِﺭ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﺘﱠﻘِ َﺪ ِﺓ َﻭﺃَ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ َْﺭ ُﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸ َُﺦ َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ َﺪﻧَ ُﻐﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳَ�ﺎ َﻋﺒِﻴ� َﺪ ﷲِ‬ ‫ﺃَﺗﱡ ِ‬ ‫�ﻲ‪ْ ،‬‬ ‫ﺸ� ُ‬ ‫�ﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ��ﺎ ِﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷ �ﺪ َْﺭ ُﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺧ ُﺮ ُﺟ��ﻮﺍ َﻭﺗَ َﻌ��ﺎﻟَ ْﻮﺍ«‪ .‬ﻓَ َﺨ� َ�ﺮ َﺝ َ‬ ‫�ﺦ َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ � َﺪﻧَ ُﻐﻮ ِﻣ��ﻦْ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺳ� ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ� ﱢ‬ ‫‪۲۷‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ َﺟ��ﺎ َﻝ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﺮﺍ ِﺯﺑَ �ﺔُ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻓَ ْ‬ ‫�ﻚ َﻭ َﺭﺃَ ْﻭﺍ ﻫ � ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﱢ‬ ‫ﺸ� َ‬ ‫ﺸ��ﻴ ُﺮﻭ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ِ‬ ‫�ﺤﻦُ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ � ُﻮﻻَﺓُ َﻭ ُﻣ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺟﺘَ َﻤ َﻌ � ِ‬ ‫ُﻭﺳ � ِﻬ ْﻢ ﻟَ � ْﻢ ﺗ َْﺤﺘَ � ِﺮﻕْ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴ��ﺎ ِﻣ ِﻬ ْﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠ � ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﻟَ � ْﻢ ﺗَ ُﻜ��ﻦْ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠ��ﺎ ِﺭ ﻗُ � ﱠﻮﺓٌ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ ﺃَ ْﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺷ � ْﻌ َﺮﺓٌ ِﻣ��ﻦْ ُﺭﺅ ِ‬

‫ﺕ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ ِﻬ ْﻢ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۷ -۲٤ :۳‬‬ ‫َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺳ َﺮﺍ ِﻭﻳﻠُ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَﺘَ َﻐﻴﱠ ْﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺭﺍﺋِ َﺤﺔُ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِﺭ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَﺄْ ِ‬ ‫‪ 43 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﺑﻌ�����ﺪ ﻋﺒ�����ﻮﺭ ﺻ�����ﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘ����ﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﺩﻳ����ﻦ ﺍﻟ����ﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻓﻌﻮﺍ ﺣﻴ�ﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺛﻤﻨ�ﺎ ﻟﻐﻄﺮﺳ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�����ﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺘﻈ�����ﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻤ�����ﻊ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺴ������ﻤﻊ ﺻ������ﺮﺍﺥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ������ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫ�ﺬﺍ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﺤ�ﺪﺙ‬ ‫ﺑﻞ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻳﺘﻤﺸﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳ�ﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﺤﻈﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻧ�����ﺘﻔﺾ ﻭﻫ�����ﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﺸ�����ﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺟﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﻤﺸﻮﻥ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ًء ﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﻅ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﺎ ً ﻟﻶﻟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺪﺭﻱ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﻫ�ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔ�ﻆ ﺑﺎﻟ�ﺬﺍﺕ "ﺍﺑ�ﻦ ﺍﻵﻟﻬ�ﺔ" ﻟﻴﺼ�ﻒ ﺑ�ﻪ ﻣ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺭﻭﺡ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ؟‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻗﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺩﻳﺎ ً ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻟﻴﺨﺮﺟ�ﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴ�ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺟ�ﻮﺍ ﺳ�ﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻌ�ﺎﻓﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺷﻌﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ! ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺤﺘﺮﻕ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ!‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ...‬ﻭﺑﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ‪ ...‬ﺑﻘﻰ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻭﺗﺠﺴ�ﺪ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻛﻲ ﻳﻜﺘ�ﻮﻱ ﻫ�ﻮ ﺑﻨ�ﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺗ�ﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬ�ﺎ ﺗ�ﺬﻛﺎﺭﺍً ﻟﻠﻘﻴ�ﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺮﻗ�ﺔ‪ ...‬ﻓﻠ�ﻢ ﺗﻌ�ﺪ ﻧﻴ�ﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺑﻞ ﺭﻣﺰﺍً ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻣﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻲ ‪ ...‬ﺃﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺑ�ﻦ ﺍﻹﻟ�ﻪ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ�ﻠﻴﺐ ﻳ�ﻮﻡ َﺣ� ﱠﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻋﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻜ�ﻞ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻳ�ﺆﻣﻦ ﺑ�ﻪ ﻓﺘﻨﺤ�ﻞ ﺭﺑﺎﻁ�ﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﻳ�ﺎﻩ ﻓﻴﺼ�ﻴﺮ ﺣ�ﺮﺍً ﻁﻠﻴﻘ�ﺎً‪ ،‬ﻟﻘ�ﺪ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘ��ﺪﻳﺮ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺧ�ﻼﻝ ﻗﺼ�ﺔ ﻫ�ﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺮﺟ��ﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﻋﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺰﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 44 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫وﻨرى ﺒرﻛﺔ اﻟﺘﺠرﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺮﻗﺖ ﻗﻴ�ﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻼﺑﺴ�ﻬﻢ! ﺇﻧﻬ�ﺎ ﺗﺤﺮﺭﻧ�ﺎ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘ َْﺰﺕَ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻤﻴَﺎ ِﻩ ﻓَﺄَﻧَﺎ َﻣ َﻌﻚَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَ ْﻧ َﻬ�ﺎ ِﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺫﻳﻨﺎ " ﺇِ َﺫﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﻴﺐ ﻻَ ﻳُ ْﺤ ِﺮﻗُﻚَ " )ﺃﺵ‪(۲:٤۳‬‬ ‫ﻓَﻼَ ﺗَ ْﻐ ُﻤ ُﺮﻙَ ‪ .‬ﺇِ َﺫﺍ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺸﻴْﺖَ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِﺭ ﻓَﻼَ ﺗُ ْﻠ َﺬﻉُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﱠ ِﻬ ُ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺃﺗﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﺏ!!‬

‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﺬﻣﺮ ﻭﻧﺘﺒﺮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻜﻮﻯ ﻣﺘﺴ�ﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻟﻤ�ﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺴ�ﻤﺢ ﷲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻩ؟‪ ....‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﻳﻤﻨ�ﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠ�ﺎﺭﺏ ﻋ�ﻦ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ؟! ﻭﺃﻛﺒ�ﺮ ﺩﻟﻴ�ﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ً ﻳﺠ�ﺪ ﷲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺑﻬ�ﻢ ﺧﻄﻴ�ﺔ ﺗﻘﻴ�ﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﻗ�ﺪ ﺗﻀ�ﻴﻊ ﺃﺑ�ﺪﻳﺘﻬﻢ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﻠﺠ�ﺄ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻟﻴﺨﻠﺼﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳ�ﺆ ِﺫ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴ�ﺔ ﺑ�ﻞ ﻟﻘ�ﺪ ﺃﺣ�ﺮﻕ ﻭﺛ�ﺎﻗﻬﻢ‪ ,‬ﻫﻜ�ﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﷲ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻟﻴﺨﻠﺼﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺗﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻗﻴ�ﺔ‪ :‬ﻗ�ﺪ ﻳﺴ�ﻌﻰ ﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜ�ﺎﻓﺊ ﺷﺨﺼ�ﺎ ً ﺑﺘﺮﻗﻴﺘ�ﻪ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺩﺭﺟ�ﺔ ﺃﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻓﻴﺒﻌ�ﺚ ﻟ��ﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﺘﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻠ�ﻰ ‪ ....‬ﻋﻠﻤ�ﺎ ً ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺳ���ﻞ ﻫ���ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨ���ﻮﻉ ﻣ���ﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠ���ﺎﺭﺏ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻤ���ﻦ ﻳﺜ���ﻖ ﻓ���ﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺗ���ﻪ ﻋﻠ���ﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻴ���ﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤ��ﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻛﻤ��ﺎ ﻓﻌ��ﻞ ﻣ��ﻊ ﺃﺑﻴﻨ��ﺎ ﺇﺑ��ﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻳ��ﻮﻡ ﻁﻠ��ﺐ ﻣﻨ��ﻪ ﺫﺑ��ﺢ ﺇﺳ��ﺤﺎﻕ ﻭﻣ��ﻊ ﺍﻟﻤ��ﺮﺃﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻌﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺧﺒﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﻟﻠﻜﻼﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻫﻝ ﻧﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﻥ ﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺣﻝ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺷﺎﻛﻠﻧﺎ ﺑﻣﻌﺟﺯﺍﺗﻪ؟‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻳﺤﻖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻁﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺑﻠﺠﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻈﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺤﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ‪ ....‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺤﺒَﻂ !‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻣﺮ ﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﷲ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻩ !‬ ‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺜﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‬

‫‪ 45 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ‪.‬ﻭﻧﺘﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺸﻨَﺎ َﻭﺇِﻥْ ُﻣ ْﺘﻨَﺎ ﻓَﻠِﻠ ﱠﺮ ﱢﺏ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻧَ ُﻤﻮﺕُ ‪ .‬ﻓَﺈِﻥْ ِﻋ ْ‬ ‫"ﺇِﻥْ ِﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﻴﺶ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻥْ ُﻣ ْﺘﻨَﺎ ﻓَﻠِﻠ ﱠﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺸﻨَﺎ ﻓَ ِﻠﻠ ﱠﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻧَ ِﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﻧَ ْﺤﻦُ ‪) ".‬ﺭﻭ‪ (۸ :۱٤‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺿﻰ ﺃﻡ ﺃﺻﺤﺎء‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻣـ ُﻨﺼـَﻔﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣـُﻀﻄـَﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻣﻜﺮﻣﻴﻦ‪ ...‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﺩﻭﻣﺎ ً ﻟﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﷲ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺠﱠﻰ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﻴ��ﺮﻳﻦ ﻗ��ﺪ ﺃﺳ��ﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬ��ﻢ ﺍﻟﻄ��ﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﺳ��ﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻴ��ﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜ �ﻞ ﺍﻟﻘ��ﺪﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻜ��ﺎﺭﺑﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺃﺳ���ﻘﻒ ﺳ���ﻤﻴﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟ���ﺬﻱ ﻛ���ﺎﻥ ﺷ���ﻴﺨﺎ ً ﻫ َِﺮﻣ���ﺎ ً ً◌ ﻭﻟ���ﻢ ﻳﺘ���ﺪﺧﻞ ﷲ ﻟﻴﻨﻘ���ﺬﻩ ﺑﻤﻌﺠ���ﺰﺓ‪....‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺰﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺷ�ﻬﺪ ﻟﻠ�ﺮﺏ ﻗ�ﺎﺋﻼً‪" :‬ﺇﻥ ﻟ�ﻲ ‪ ۸٦‬ﻋﺎﻣ�ﺎ ً ﺃﺧ�ﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻮءﺍً ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺃﺧﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ؟!"‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺑﻴﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳ�ﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑ�ﺔ ﻭﺻ�ﻌﻮﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻘ�ﺪ ﺗﻜ�ﻮﻥ ﻫ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴ�ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻼﻗﻰ ﻣﻊ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻁﻮﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻫ�ﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺮﺟ�ﺎﻝ ﻟ‪ ,‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻬ�ﻢ ﻟ�ﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻼﻣﺴﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻩ ﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ! ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨ�ﺎ ﻧﺴ�ﺄﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ‪" :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﻮﺩﻭﻥ ﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑ�ﺔ ﺃﺻ�ﻼً؟" ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑ�ﺔ ﻗﻄﻌ�ﺎ ً‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ‪" ...‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻠﻐﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﺠﺪ ﻟﺤﻈﺎﺗﻪ؟ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ‪ ...‬ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‪".‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺃﺗﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﺜ�ﻖ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺇﻟﻬ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋ�ﻞ‪» :‬ﻻَ ﺗ َ​َﺨ�ﻒْ ﻷَﻧﱢ�ﻲ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘ َْﺰﺕَ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻤﻴَ�ﺎ ِﻩ ﻓَﺄَﻧَ�ﺎ َﻣ َﻌ�ﻚَ ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓِ�ﻲ ﺍﻷَ ْﻧ َﻬ�ﺎ ِﺭ‬ ‫ﻓَ َﺪ ْﻳﺘُﻚَ ‪َ .‬ﺩﻋ َْﻮﺗُﻚَ ﺑِﺎ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻤﻚَ ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻟِﻲ‪ .‬ﺇِ َﺫﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﻴ�ﺐ ﻻَ ﻳُ ْﺤ ِﺮﻗُ�ﻚَ ‪۳ .‬ﻷَﻧﱢ�ﻲ ﺃَﻧَ�ﺎ ﺍﻟ� ﱠﺮ ﱡﺏ‬ ‫ﻓَﻼَ ﺗَ ْﻐ ُﻤ ُﺮﻙَ ‪ .‬ﺇِ َﺫﺍ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺸﻴْﺖَ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ�ﺎ ِﺭ ﻓَ�ﻼَ ﺗُ ْﻠ� َﺬﻉُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﱠ ِﻬ ُ‬

‫ﺼﻚَ «‪) .‬ﺃﺵ‪(۳-۱ :٤۳‬‬ ‫ﱡﻭﺱ ﺇِ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ َﺮﺍﺋِﻴ َﻞ‪ُ ،‬ﻣ َﺨﻠﱢ ُ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟ ُﻬﻚَ ﻗُﺪ ُ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻚ ﻁﺒﻌﺎ ً ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻚ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻀﺠﺎ ً ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﺒﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻨ�ﻪ ﺑﺸ�ﻜﺮ ﻁﺎﻟﺒ�ﺎ ً ﻣﻨ�ﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻴ�ﻚ ﻗ�ﻮﺓ ﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻬ�ﺎ ﻟﺘﺄﺧ�ﺬ ﺑﺮﻛﺘﻬ�ﺎ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻞ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫"ﻟﺳﺕ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﻁﺎﻟﺑﺎ ً ﺣﻣﻼً ﺃﺧﻑ ﺑﻝ ﻛﺗﻔﻳﻥ ﺃﻗﻭﻯ‪".‬‬

‫‪ 46 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺼﺮ ﻳﻤﺠﺪ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ‬ ‫* ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺏ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺭﻙَ ﺇِﻟﻪُ ﺷَ�ﺪ َْﺭ َﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸ َ‬ ‫ﺳ� َﻞ َﻣﻼَ َﻛ�ﻪُ َﻭﺃَ ْﻧﻘَ� َﺬ َﻋﺒِﻴ� َﺪﻩُ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻳﻦَ‬ ‫َ�ﺦ َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ� َﺪﻧَ ُﻐ َﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ ﺃَ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫»ﺗَﺒَ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﺠﺪُﻭﺍ ِﻹﻟ ٍﻪ‬ ‫ﺴﺎ َﺩ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻟِ َﻜ ْﻴﻼَ ﻳَ ْﻌﺒُﺪُﻭﺍ ﺃَ ْﻭ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﱠ َﻜﻠُﻮﺍ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ ِﻪ َﻭ َﻏﻴﱠ ُﺮﻭﺍ َﻛﻠِ َﻤﺔَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ َﻭﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺳﻠَ ُﻤﻮﺍ ﺃَ ْﺟ َ‬

‫‪۲۹‬‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻮ ِء‬ ‫ﺻﺪ َ​َﺭ ﺃَ ْﻣ ٌﺮ ﺑِﺄَﻥﱠ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ َ‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ ﻳَﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠ ُﻤ�ﻮﻥَ ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭﺃُ ﱠﻣ� ٍﺔ َﻭﻟِ َ‬ ‫َﻏ ْﻴ ِﺮ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬ ِﻬ ْﻢ‪ .‬ﻓَ ِﻤﻨﱢﻲ ﻗَ ْﺪ َ‬ ‫ﺷ ْﻌ ٍ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ َْﺭ َﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸ َ‬ ‫ﺼ�ﻴﱠ ُﺮﻭﻥَ ﺇِ ْﺭﺑً�ﺎ ﺇِ ْﺭﺑً�ﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺗ ُْﺠ َﻌ� ُﻞ ﺑُﻴُ�ﻮﺗُ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺇِﻟ ِﻪ َ‬ ‫َ�ﺦ َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ� َﺪﻧَ ُﻐ َﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓَ�ﺈِﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻳُ َ‬

‫ﺲ ﺇِﻟﻪٌ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺘ َِﻄﻴ ُﻊ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُﻨَ ﱢﺠ َﻲ ﻫ َﻜ َﺬﺍ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺧ ُﺮ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫َﻣ ْﺰﺑَﻠَﺔً‪ ،‬ﺇِ ْﺫ ﻟَ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫‪ِ ۳۰‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﻗَ ﱠﺪ َﻡ )ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ ﺗﺮﻗﻴ�ﺔ( ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ُﻚ ﺷَ�ﺪ َْﺭ َﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴﺸ َ‬ ‫َ�ﺦ َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ� َﺪﻧَ ُﻐ َﻮ ﻓِ�ﻲ ِﻭﻻَﻳَ� ِﺔ ﺑَﺎﺑِ� َﻞ‪.‬‬

‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۳۰-۲۸ :۳‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ !! ‪........‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻫ�ﺪﺩ ﻭﺗﻮﻋ�ﺪ ﻭﻣ�ﻸ ﺍﻟ�ﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺻ�ﺮﺍﺧﺎ ً ﻭﺻ�ﻴﺎﺣﺎ ً‬ ‫ﻱ؟" ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﻌﺘ�ﺮﻑ ﺑﺈﻟ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻪُ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻳُ ْﻨﻘِ ُﺬ ُﻛ ْﻢ ِﻣﻦْ ﻳَ َﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻗﺎﺋﻼً "َ َﻣﻦْ ﻫ َُﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻓﺴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠ�ﻢ ﻭﻗ�ﺎﻝ » َﺣﻘًّ�ﺎ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺇِﻟ َﻬ ُﻜ� ْﻢ ﺇِﻟ�ﻪُ‬ ‫ﺳ َﺮﺍ ِﺭ«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(٤۷ :۲‬‬ ‫ﺎﺷﻒُ ﺍﻷَ ْ‬ ‫ﻮﻙ َﻭ َﻛ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻟِ َﻬ ِﺔ َﻭ َﺭ ﱡﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﻠُ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﻋ�ﺎﺩ ﻟﺴ�ﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋ�ﻪ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻅﻬ�ﺮ ﷲ ﻟ�ﻪ ﻗﻮﺗ�ﻪ ﻟﺜ�ﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﻘ�ﺬ ﻋﺒﻴ�ﺪﻩ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺤ�ﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﻭﻛ�ﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻳﻤﻮﺗ�ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺁﻟﻬﺔ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺠﻲ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺈﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻬﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﺰﺑﻠ�ﺔ!!!‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺭﻓﻴﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪.....‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﱠﻋ�ﺪﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺪﻧﺼﱠﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻁﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻐ�ﺎﺓ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻳﻦ ﻁﺎﻟﻤ�ﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﺷﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻣﺮﻏﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﻟ�ﻪ ﺁﺧ�ﺮ ﻳﺴ�ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺠﻲ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 47 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫* ﺻﻼﺓ ﻋﺰﺭﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺗـُﻘﺮﺃ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺳﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ )ﺃﺑﻮ ﻏﻠﻤﺴﻴﺲ( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗـ ُﻌـ َﺒﱢﺮ ﻗﺮﺍءﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘ�ﺎﻝ ﻣ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ِﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﻘ�ﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻬﻬ�ﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺁﻳ�ﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﺤﺔ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﺔ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪َ .‬ﻭﻗﻒَ َﻋﺰَ ﺭﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳَﺘ َﻤ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺐ ُﻣ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴﺒﺤﻴﻦ ﷲ ﻭ ُﻣﺒَﺎﺭ ِﻛﻴﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻠَﻬﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺸﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ِﺭ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﱠﻰ َﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻭﻓَﺘَ َﺢ ﻓَﺎﻩ ﻓِﻲ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻤﻴ ٌﺪ ﻭﺍﺳ ُﻤﻚ ُﻣ َﻤ ﱠﺠ ٌﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ُﺪ ُﻫﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻷﻧﻚ ﻋﺎﺩ ٌﻝ‬ ‫ﺎﺭﻙ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﻳُ َﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻪُ ﺁﺑﺎﺋِﻨﺎ َ‬ ‫ُﻣﺒَ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻭﻁﺮﻗﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻚ ﺣﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ َﺟ ِﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﺖ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺣﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻠﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻷﻧﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺟﻠﺒﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﺧﻄﺌﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺛﻤﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﻚ ﻭﺃﺟﺮﻣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﻭ ﻟﻢ ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﻟﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎﻙ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻧﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻧﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺻﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻠﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻪ ﺑﺤﻜﻢ ﺣﻖ ﻓﺄﺳﻠﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺃﻋﺪﺍء ﺃﺛﻤﺔ ﻭﻛﻔﺮﺓ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺑﻐﻀﺎء ﻭﻣﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻅﺎﻟﻢ ﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺻﺮﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺰﻳﺎ ﻭﻋﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻚ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺨﺬﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻀﺎء ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﻚ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻚ ﻋﻨﺎ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻠﻴﻠﻚ ﻭﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻋﺒﺪﻙ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻗﺪﻳﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﻜﺜﺮ ﻧﺴﻠﻬﻢ ﻛﻨﺠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺮﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻁﺊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻋﺪﺩﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﺫﻻء‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻭﻻ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻣﺤﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺫﺑﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﻛﻴﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻚ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﻧﺴﺤﺎﻕ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻨﺎ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻗﺒﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﻛﻤﺤﺮﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺭﺑﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﻠﺘﻜﻦ ﺫﺑﻴﺤﺘﻨﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﺿﻴﻚ ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺧﺰﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻮﻛﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﺘﺒﻌﻚ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﻧﺘﻘﻴﻚ‬ ‫‪ 48 ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻭﻧﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺨﺰﻧﺎ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺭﺃﻓﺘﻚ ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻚ ﻭﺃﻧﻘﺬﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺒﻚ ﻭﺃﻋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻻﺳﻤﻚ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﻟﻴﺨﺠﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺉ ﻭﻟﻴﺨﺰﻭﺍ ﺳﺎﻗﻄﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﻟﺘﺤﻄﻢ ﻗﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﺧﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻟﻘﻮﻫﻢ ﻳﻮﻗﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻓﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭﺟﻮﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻴﺐ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﺗﺴﻌﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺻﺎﺩﻓﻬﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺪﺍﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻋﺰﺭﻳﺎ ﻓﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﻭﻁﺮﺩ ﻟﻬﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ ﺭﻳﺤﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﻯ ﺗﻬﺐ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﻤﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺆﻫﻢ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺰﻋﺠﻬﻢ‬ ‫* ﺗﺴﺒﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﺘﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺗﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺃﺗﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ....‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺨﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓ�ﺈﻥ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻳﺴ�ﺒﺢ ﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳ�ﺪ ﻣﻨ�ﻪ ﺷ�ﻴﺌﺎ ً‬ ‫ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺎﺋﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺒﺘ�ﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﻟ�ﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣ�ﻞ ﻟﺘﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳ�ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ ﺗﻐﻨ�ﻰ ﺑﻬ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺠﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ) ﺗﺘﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ (۹۰ -٥۱ :۳‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﺒﺤﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛ�ﺔ ﻛ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘ�ﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻠ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻠﺔ ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌ�ﺪ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻣ�ﺎ ﺃﺭﻭﻉ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜ�ﻮﻥ ﺁﺧ�ﺮ ﺫﻛ�ﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﻫﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺫﻟ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋ�ﺐ ﺑﺠﺴ�ﺪﻩ ﻋ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔ�ﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿ�ﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺣ�ﻪ ﻣﻌﻬ�ﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺗﻤﻨ�ﻰ ﻟ�ﻮ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻬ�ﻢ ﻟﻴﺸ�ﺎﺭﻛﻬﻢ ﺗﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺤﺮﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻ�ﺔ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬ�ﺎ ﺳ�ﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﺣﺘﻤ�ﺎ ً ﻭﻟ�ﻮ ﻓ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 49 ‬‬

‫* ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬

‫ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﺻﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺳ�ﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻗﺼ�ﺔ ﺃﻏ�ﺮﺏ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴ�ﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸ�ﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬ��ﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺧ��ﺬ ﻧﺼ��ﺮ ﺑﻨﻔﺴ��ﻪ ﻋ��ﻦ ﻋﻈﻤ��ﺔ ﺇﻟ��ﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﻟﻘﻨ��ﻪ ﺩﺭﺳ �ﺎ ً ﻻ ﻳ �ـ ُﻨ َﺴﻰ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﺻ��ﺪﺭ ﺃﺟ��ﺮﺃ ﻣﺮﺳ��ﻮﻡ ﻣﻠﻜ��ﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﻘ��ﺺ ﻓﻴ��ﻪ ﻗﺼ��ﺘﻪ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﻛ��ﻞ ﻣﻤﺎﻟ��ﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻓﻴ��ﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺒﺔ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺑﺤﻠﻢ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﻗﺼﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪ِ ۱‬ﻣﻦْ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻭﺍﻷُ َﻣ ِﻢ َﻭﺍﻷَ ْﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ُﻌﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺎ ِﻛﻨِﻴﻦَ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﺴﻦَ‬ ‫ﺻﻨَ َﻌ َﻬﺎ َﻣ ِﻌﻲ ﷲُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ ﱡﻲ‪َ ،‬ﺣ ُ‬ ‫ﺳﻼَ ُﻣ ُﻜ ْﻢ‪ .‬ﺍَﻵﻳَﺎﺕُ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ َﺠﺎﺋِ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ َ‬ ‫ُﻛﻠﱢ َﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻟِﻴَ ْﻜﺜُ ْﺮ َ‬

‫ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪﻱ ﺃَﻥْ ﺃُ ْﺧﺒِ َﺮ ﺑِ َﻬﺎ‪۳ .‬ﺁﻳَﺎﺗُﻪُ َﻣﺎ ﺃَ ْﻋﻈَ َﻤ َﻬﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻋ َ​َﺠﺎﺋِﺒُﻪُ َﻣﺎ ﺃَ ْﻗ َﻮﺍﻫَﺎ! َﻣﻠَ ُﻜﻮﺗُﻪُ َﻣﻠَ ُﻜﻮﺕٌ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻠﻄَﺎﻧُﻪُ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺩ َْﻭ ٍﺭ ﻓَﺪ َْﻭ ٍﺭ‪) .‬ﺟﻴﻞ ﻓﺠﻴﻞ(‬ ‫ﺃَﺑَ ِﺪ ﱞ‬ ‫ﻱ َﻭ ُ‬

‫‪٤‬ﺃَﻧَ��ﺎ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ� ِﺮﻱ‪َ ٥ .‬ﺭﺃَ ْﻳ��ﺖُ ُﺣ ْﻠ ًﻤ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﺎﺿ� ًﺮﺍ ﻓِ��ﻲ ﻗَ ْ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ� ُﺮ ﻗَ� ْﺪ ُﻛ ْﻨ��ﺖُ ُﻣ ْﻄ َﻤﺌِﻨًّ��ﺎ ﻓِ��ﻲ ﺑَ ْﻴﺘِ��ﻲ َﻭﻧَ ِ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫ﺼ �ﺪ َ​َﺭ ِﻣﻨﱢ��ﻲ ﺃَ ْﻣ � ٌﺮ‬ ‫ﺳ��ﻲ ﺃَ ْﻓﺰَ َﻋ ْﺘﻨِ��ﻲ‪ .‬ﻓَ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺷ��ﻲ َﻭ ُﺭﺅَﻯ َﺭ ْﺃ ِ‬ ‫ﻓَ َﺮ ﱠﻭ َﻋﻨِ��ﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷَ ْﻓ َﻜ��ﺎ ُﺭ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ ﻓِ َﺮ ِ‬

‫‪۷‬‬ ‫��ﺮ‬ ‫ﻀ َ‬ ‫ﻴ��ﻊ ُﺣ َﻜ َﻤ��ﺎ ِء ﺑَﺎﺑِ�� َﻞ ﻗُ��ﺪﱠﺍ ِﻣﻲ ﻟِﻴُ َﻌ ﱢﺮﻓُ��ﻮﻧِﻲ ﺑِﺘَ ْﻌﺒِﻴ�� ِﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ ِ��ﻢ‪ِ .‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ�� ٍﺬ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺑِﺈ ِ ْﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻀ��ﺎ ِﺭ َﺟ ِﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺼ��ﺖُ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ�� َﻢ َﻋﻠَ�� ْﻴ ِﻬ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻠَ�� ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺼ ْ‬ ‫��ﻮﺱ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ُﺠ ُ‬ ‫��ﺤ َﺮﺓُ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ ْﻠ��ﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﱡﻮﻥَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﻨَ ﱢﺠ ُﻤ��ﻮﻥَ ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻗَ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬

‫ﻳُ َﻌ ﱢﺮﻓُﻮﻧِﻲ ﺑِﺘَ ْﻌﺒِﻴ ِﺮ ِﻩ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۷-۱ :٤‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﷲ ﻣ�ﻊ ﻧﺒﻮﺧ�ﺬ ﻧﺼ�ﺮ ﻣ�ﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﻭﻟ�ﻰ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺣﻠ�ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜ�ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻭﻓﺴ�ﺮﻩ ﻟ�ﻪ )ﺩﺍ‪ (۲‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ�ﺔ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻗﺼ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴ�ﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺗ�ﻮﻥ ﻋﻨ�ﺪﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ )ﺩﺍ‪ (۳‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﺘ�ﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﺑﻌﻈﻤ�ﺔ ﷲ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗ�ﻪ‪ ,‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻁﻮﻳﻼً ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﷲ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ ﺇﻟﻬﻨ�ﺎ ﻁﻮﻳ�ﻞ ﺍﻷﻧ�ﺎﺓ‪ ,‬ﻋﻤﻴ�ﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺎﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﻠﻢ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻛ���ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ���ﻚ ﻓ���ﻲ ﺫﻟ���ﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗ���ﺖ ﻗ���ﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬ���ﻰ ﻣ���ﻦ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﺎﺗ���ﻪ ﺍﻟﺘ���ﻲ ﺟﻌﻠﺘ���ﻪ ﻳﺤﻜ���ﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺒﺮﺍﻁﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻴ�ﺔ ﺍﻷﻁ�ﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﻛﺎﻧ�ﺖ ﻣﻌﻈ�ﻢ ﺷ�ﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﺨﻀ�ﻊ ﻟ�ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤ�ﺎ‬ ‫‪ 50 ‬‬

‫* ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬

‫ﺟﻌﻠ��ﻪ ﻳ��ﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺛﻘ��ﺔ ﻓ��ﻲ ﻧﻔﺴ��ﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﺤﺮﻓ��ﺖ ﻫ��ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻘ��ﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﻮﻟ��ﺖ ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﺷ��ﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳ��ﺎء‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻭﻭﺳ��ﻂ ﻫ��ﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳ��ﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒ��ﺎﻫﻲ ﺗ��ﺪﺧﻞ ﷲ ﻟﻴﺘﻌﺎﻣ��ﻞ ﻣ��ﻊ ﻫ��ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻭﻳﻨﻘ��ﺬﻩ ﻣ��ﻦ‬ ‫ﱢ�ﺮﻳ ِﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑَ� ْﻞ ﺑِ�ﺄَﻥْ ﻳَ ْﺮﺟ� َﻊ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪ ..‬ﺇِﻧﱢﻲ ﻻَ ﺃُ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ﱡ�ﺮ ﺑِ َﻤ ْ�ﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸ ﱢﱢﺮﻳ ُﺮ ﻋَﻦْ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺭ ِﺟ ُﻌﻮﺍ ﻋَﻦْ ﻁُ ُﺮﻗِ ُﻜ ُﻢ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ِﺩﻳﺌَ ِﺔ‪) .‬ﺣﺰ‪(۱۱ :۳۳‬‬ ‫ﻁ ِﺮﻳﻘِ ِﻪ َﻭﻳَ ْﺤﻴَﺎ‪ .‬ﺍِ ْﺭ ِﺟ ُﻌﻮﺍ‪ْ ،‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑ��ﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼ��ﺔ ﺑﺤﻠ��ﻢ ﻣﻔ��ﺰﻉ ﺃﻁ��ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨ��ﻮﻡ ﻣ��ﻦ ﻋﻴﻨ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻭﺃﻓﺰﻋﺘ��ﻪ ﺃﻓﻜ��ﺎﺭﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﺳﺮﻉ ﻳﺴ�ﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺤﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﻤ�ﻴﻦ ﻛﻌﺎﺩﺗ�ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ�ﻪ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﻤﺘﺤ�ﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻠ�ﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺣﻠﻤﻪ ﻓﺎﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺳﻴﺮ ﻭﻟ�ﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺘﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺣﺲ ﺑﺨﺪﺍﻋﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺻ ُﺮ َﻛﺎ ْ‬ ‫ﺃَ ِﺧﻴ ًﺮﺍ ﺩ َ​َﺧ َﻞ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ ِﻣﻲ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ ُﻤﻪُ ﺑَ ْﻠﻄَﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻢ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ُﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﺼﺖُ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ َﻢ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻣﻪُ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺼ ْ‬ ‫ﱡﻭﺳﻴﻦَ ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻘَ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻟِ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻟﻘُﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ���ﻦْ َﺣ ْﻴ� ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺡ ﺍﻵﻟِ َﻬ��� ِﺔ‬ ‫»ﻳَ���ﺎ ﺑَ ْﻠﻄَﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫��ﺚ ﺇِﻧﱢ���ﻲ ﺃَ ْﻋﻠَ��� ُﻢ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﻓِﻴ���ﻚَ ُﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺻ��� ُﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻛﺒِﻴ��� ُﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ُﺠ���ﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ ﱞﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺄ َ ْﺧﺒِ ْﺮﻧِﻲ ﺑِ� ُﺮﺅَﻯ ُﺣ ْﻠ ِﻤ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ َﺭﺃَ ْﻳﺘُ�ﻪُ َﻭﺑِﺘَ ْﻌﺒِﻴ� ِﺮ ِﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﱡﻭﺳﻴﻦَ ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻻَ ﻳَ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﺮ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴﻚَ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟﻘُﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺽ‬ ‫َ�ﺠ َﺮ ٍﺓ ﻓِ�ﻲ َﻭ َ‬ ‫�ﻲ‪ :‬ﺃَﻧﱢ�ﻲ ُﻛ ْﻨ�ﺖُ ﺃَ َﺭﻯ ﻓَ�ﺈ ِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِﺸ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻓِ َﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﻓَ ُﺮﺅَﻯ َﺭ ْﺃ ِ‬ ‫�ﻂ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺷ�ﻲ ِﻫ َ‬ ‫ﺴ� َﻤﺎ ِء َﻭ َﻣ ْﻨﻈَ ُﺮﻫَ�ﺎ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ َﱠﺠ َﺮﺓُ َﻭﻗَ ِﻮﻳَﺖْ ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺒَﻠَ َﻎ ُﻋﻠُ ﱡﻮﻫَﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫َﻭﻁُﻮﻟُ َﻬﺎ ﻋ َِﻈﻴ ٌﻢ‪ .‬ﻓَ َﻜﺒُ َﺮ ِ‬

‫ﻴ�ﻊ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺗ َْﺤﺘَ َﻬ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﺃَ ْﻗ َ‬ ‫ﺼﻰ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺽ‪ .‬ﺃَ ْﻭ َﺭﺍﻗُ َﻬﺎ َﺟ ِﻤﻴﻠَ�ﺔٌ َﻭﺛَ َﻤ ُﺮﻫَ�ﺎ َﻛﺜِﻴ� ٌﺮ َﻭﻓِﻴ َﻬ�ﺎ ﻁَ َﻌ�ﺎ ٌﻡ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﺠ ِﻤ ِ‬

‫ﺴ � َﻤﺎ ِء‪َ ،‬ﻭﻁَ ِﻌ � َﻢ ِﻣ ْﻨ َﻬ��ﺎ ُﻛ � ﱡﻞ‬ ‫ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ � َﻜﻨَﺖْ ﻁُﻴُ��ﻮ ُﺭ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ��ﺎﻧِ َﻬﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺳ �ﺘَﻈَ ﱠﻞ َﺣﻴَ� َ�ﻮﺍﻥُ ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ� ﱢ�ﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓِ��ﻲ ﺃَ ْﻏ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻧَ�ﺰَ َﻝ ِﻣ�ﻦَ‬ ‫ﺍﺷ�ﻲ َﻭﺇِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِ َ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﻲ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ ﻓِ َﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ِﺮ‪ُ .‬ﻛ ْﻨﺖُ ﺃَ َﺭﻯ ﻓِ�ﻲ ُﺭﺅَﻯ َﺭ ْﺃ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﺎ ِﻫ ٍﺮ َﻭﻗُ�ﺪﱡﻭ ٍ‬ ‫ﺼ���ﺎﻧَ َﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺸ��� ﱠﺪ ٍﺓ َﻭﻗَ���ﺎ َﻝ ﻫ َﻜ��� َﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﺍ ْﻗﻄَ ُﻌ���ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻀ���ﺒُﻮﺍ ﺃَ ْﻏ َ‬ ‫ﺸ� َ‬ ‫ﺼ� َ‬ ‫ﺴ��� َﻤﺎ ِء‪ ،‬ﻓَ َ‬ ‫��ﺠ َﺮﺓَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ ْﻗ ِ‬ ‫��ﺮ َﺥ ﺑِ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤﻴَ� َ�ﻮﺍﻥُ ِﻣ��ﻦْ ﺗ َْﺤﺘِ َﻬ��ﺎ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻄﻴُ��ﻮ ُﺭ ِﻣ��ﻦْ‬ ‫َﻭﺍ ْﻧﺜُ � ُﺮﻭﺍ ﺃَ ْﻭ َﺭﺍﻗَ َﻬ��ﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ ْﺑ � ُﺬ ُﺭﻭﺍ ﺛَ َﻤ َﺮ َﻫ��ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴَ ْﻬ � ُﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻓِ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﻧِ َﻬﺎ‪َ .‬ﻭﻟ ِﻜ ِﻦ ﺍ ْﺗ ُﺮ ُﻛﻮﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺃَ ْﻏ َ‬ ‫ﺽ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺑِﻘَ ْﻴ� ٍﺪ ِﻣ�ﻦْ َﺣ ِﺪﻳ� ٍﺪ َﻭﻧُ َﺤ�ﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺻﻠِ َﻬﺎ ﻓِ�ﻲ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﻓِ��ﻲ ُﻋ ْ‬ ‫ُﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ْﻘ� ِ�ﻞ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ْﻟﻴَ ْﺒﺘَ � ﱠﻞ ﺑِﻨَ �ﺪَﻯ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺸ� ِ‬ ‫ﺴ � َﻤﺎ ِء‪َ ،‬ﻭ ْﻟ �ﻴَ ُﻜﻦْ ﻧَ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ� ِ‬ ‫ﺼ��ﻴﺒُﻪُ َﻣ � َﻊ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤﻴَ� َ�ﻮ ِ‬ ‫‪ 51 ‬‬

‫* ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬

‫ﺳ� ْﺒ َﻌﺔُ‬ ‫ﺾ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ� ِﻪ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺎﻧِﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ْﻝ ِ◌ﻳُ ْﻌ�ﻂَ ﻗَ ْﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻹ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ْﻟ�ﺘَ ْﻤ ِ‬ ‫�ﺐ َﺣﻴَ َ�ﻮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ْﻘ ِﻞ‪ .‬ﻟِﻴَﺘَ َﻐﻴﱠ ْﺮ ﻗَ ْﻠﺒُﻪُ ﻋ ِ‬ ‫َﻦ ِ‬

‫ﱡﻭﺳﻴﻦَ ‪ ،‬ﻟِ َﻜ ْﻰ ﺗَ ْﻌﻠَ َﻢ ﺍﻷَ ْﺣﻴَﺎ ُء‬ ‫ﻀﺎ ِء ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺃَ ْﺯ ِﻣﻨَ ٍﺔ‪ .‬ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍﻷَ ْﻣ ُﺮ ﺑِﻘَ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺎ ِﻫ ِﺮﻳﻦَ ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻜ ُﻢ ﺑِ َﻜﻠِ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻟﻘُﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ���ﻠﱢﻂٌ ﻓِ���ﻲ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ��� ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ��� ﱠﻲ ُﻣﺘَ َ‬ ‫ﺸ���ﺎ ُء‪،‬‬ ‫ﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻴُ ْﻌ ِﻄﻴ َﻬ���ﺎ َﻣ���ﻦْ ﻳَ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠ���ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻭﻳُﻨَ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺼ� َ‬ ‫��ﺐ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ َﻬ���ﺎ ﺃَ ْﺩﻧَ���ﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ���ﺎ ِ‬ ‫‪۱۸‬ﻫ������ َﺬﺍ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ������ ُﻢ َﺭﺃَ ْﻳﺘُ������ﻪُ ﺃَﻧَ�������ﺎ‬ ‫ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ� َ�ﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ��ﻚَ ‪ .‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣ��ﺎ ﺃَ ْﻧ��ﺖَ ﻳَ��ﺎ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫��ﺮﻩُ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻠﻄَﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺻ��� ُﺮ ﻓَﺒَ���ﻴﱢﻦْ ﺗَ ْﻌﺒِﻴ� َ‬

‫ُﻛ��������� ﱠﻞ ُﺣ َﻜ َﻤ���������ﺎ ِء َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺘِ���������ﻲ ﻻَ‬ ‫ﺴ���������ﺘ َِﻄﻴ ُﻌﻮﻥَ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُ َﻌ ﱢﺮﻓُ���������ﻮﻧِﻲ‬ ‫ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ���ﺘ َِﻄﻴ ُﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑِ���ﺎﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﺒِﻴ ِﺮ‪ .‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣ���ﺎ ﺃَ ْﻧ���ﺖَ ﻓَﺘَ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﺡ ﺍﻵﻟِ َﻬ������������� ِﺔ‬ ‫ﻷَﻥﱠ ﻓِﻴ�������������ﻚَ ُﺭ َ‬ ‫ﱡﻭﺳﻴﻦَ «‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱۸ -۸ :٤‬‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟﻘُﺪ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺪﻕ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻟﻴﻬﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ‪" :‬ﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﷲَ ﻳَﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠ ُﻢ َﻣ ﱠﺮﺓً‪،‬‬ ‫‪۱٥‬‬ ‫ﺕ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺴﺎﻥُ ‪ .‬ﻓِﻲ ُﺣ ْﻠ ٍﻢ ﻓِﻲ ُﺭ ْﺅﻳَ�ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ْﻴ ِ�ﻞ‪ِ ،‬ﻋ ْﻨ� َﺪ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻹ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﻮﻁ َ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﺒَﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺳ �ﻘ ُ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﺑِﺎ ْﺛﻨَﺘَ ْﻴ ِﻦ ﻻَ ﻳُﻼَ ِﺣﻆُ ِ‬ ‫‪۱٦‬‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭﻳَ ْﺨ�ﺘِ ُﻢ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻀ� َ‬ ‫�ﺠ ِﻊ‪ِ .‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ� ٍﺬ ﻳَ ْﻜ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ��ﻒُ ﺁ َﺫﺍﻥَ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ��ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓِ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﱡ َﻌ��ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠ��ﺎ ِ‬ ‫‪۱۷‬‬ ‫�ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ُﺟ� ِ�ﻞ‪۱۸ ،‬ﻟِﻴَ ْﻤﻨَ � َﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻹ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺴ��ﺎﻥَ َﻋ��ﻦْ َﻋ َﻤﻠِ � ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳَ ْﻜ �ﺘُ َﻢ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻜ ْﺒ ِﺮﻳَ��ﺎ َء َﻋ� ِ‬ ‫ﺗَ��ﺄْ ِﺩﻳﺒِ ِﻬ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴُ َﺤ� ﱢ�ﻮ َﻝ ِ‬

‫ﺕ‪) ".‬ﺃﻱ‪(۱۸-۱٤ :۳۳‬‬ ‫ﻧَ ْﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻝ ﺑِ َﺤ ْﺮﺑَ ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫َﻦ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻔ َﺮ ِﺓ َﻭ َﺣﻴَﺎﺗَﻪُ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺰ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﻪ ُ ﻋ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜ�ﻖ‬ ‫ﻓ��ﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺷ��ﻒ ﺍﻷﺳ��ﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻤ��ﻞ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻵﻟﻬ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺳ��ﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﺳ��ﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ‪ ,‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﻜ�ﻦ ﻳﻌ�ﺮﻑ ﻫ�ﺆﻻء ﺍﻵﻟﻬ�ﺔ )ﺍﻟﺜ�ﺎﻟﻮﺙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺱ(‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺜﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ‪ ....‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻁﻠﺐ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺴ�ﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻭﺑﺪﺃ ﻳﻘﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻠﻤﻪ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻁﻮﻟﻬﺎ‪,‬‬ ‫‪ 52 ‬‬

‫* ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬

‫ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺛﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﻴﺮ ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻈﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻏﺼﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﻜﻨﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻤﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻗﺪﻭﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻭﺑﻌﺜﺮﺓ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﻁﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻏﺼﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﺬﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﺮﻙ ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻧﺤﺎﺱ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻘ�ﺪﻭﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻛ�ﻮﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺒﺘﻞ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﻳُﻌﻄ�ـ َﻰ ﻗﻠ�ﺐ ﺣﻴ�ﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﻈ�ﻞ ﻫﻜ�ﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﻠ�ﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴ�ﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠ�ﻲ ﻣﺘﺴ�ﻠﻂ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻣﻤﺎﻟ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﻨ�ﺎﺱ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺸﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪...‬‬ ‫* ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ‬ ‫�ﺎﺏ‬ ‫ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﺗ َ​َﺤﻴﱠ َﺮ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ ُﻤﻪُ ﺑَ ْﻠﻄَﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﺣ� َﺪﺓً َﻭﺃَ ْﻓﺰَ َﻋ ْﺘ�ﻪُ ﺃَ ْﻓ َﻜ�ﺎ ُﺭﻩُ‪ .‬ﺃَ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ُﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺳﺎ َﻋﺔً َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺻ� ُﺮ‬ ‫�ﺎﺏ ﺑَ ْﻠﻄَﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ َﻭﻗَ�ﺎ َﻝ‪» :‬ﻳَ�ﺎ ﺑَ ْﻠﻄَﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺻ� ُﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻَ ﻳُ ْﻔ ِﺰﻋُ�ﻚَ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ� ُﻢ َﻭﻻَ ﺗَ ْﻌﺒِﻴ� ُﺮﻩُ«‪ .‬ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﻀﻴﻚَ َﻭﺗَ ْﻌﺒِﻴ ُﺮﻩُ ﻷَﻋَﺎ ِﺩﻳﻚَ ‪ .‬ﺍَﻟﺸ َﱠﺠ َﺮﺓُ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ َﺭﺃَ ْﻳﺘَ َﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘِ�ﻲ‬ ‫َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ‪» :‬ﻳَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﱢ ِﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ ُﻢ ﻟِ ُﻤ ْﺒ ِﻐ ِ‬ ‫ﺽ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَ ْﻭ َﺭﺍﻗُ َﻬ�ﺎ‬ ‫َﻛﺒُ َﺮﺕْ َﻭﻗَ ِﻮﻳَ�ﺖْ َﻭﺑَﻠَ� َﻎ ُﻋﻠُ ﱡﻮﻫَ�ﺎ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ� َﻤﺎ ِء‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣ ْﻨﻈَ ُﺮﻫَ�ﺎ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ُﻛ� ﱢﻞ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ � َﻜﻦَ َﺣﻴَ� َ�ﻮﺍﻥُ ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ� ﱢ�ﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓِ��ﻲ‬ ‫�ﻊ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺗ َْﺤﺘَ َﻬ��ﺎ َ‬ ‫َﺟ ِﻤﻴﻠَ �ﺔٌ َﻭﺛَ َﻤ ُﺮ َﻫ��ﺎ َﻛﺜِﻴ � ٌﺮ َﻭﻓِﻴ َﻬ��ﺎ ﻁَ َﻌ��ﺎ ٌﻡ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﺠ ِﻤﻴ� ِ‬ ‫��ﺮﺕَ‬ ‫��ﻲ ﺃَ ْﻧ���ﺖَ ﻳَﺎﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬ��ﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ���ﻚُ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠ��� ِﺬﻱ َﻛﺒُ� ْ‬ ‫ﺳ��� َﻜﻨَﺖْ ﻁُﻴُ���ﻮ ُﺭ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ��ﺎﻧِ َﻬﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺃَ ْﻏ َ‬ ‫ﺴ�� َﻤﺎ ِء‪ ،‬ﺇِﻧﱠ َﻤ���ﺎ ِﻫ� َ‬ ‫ﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻭﺗَﻘَ ﱠﻮﻳْﺖَ ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻋﻈَ َﻤﺘُﻚَ ﻗَ ْﺪ ﺯَﺍﺩَﺕْ َﻭﺑَﻠَ َﻐﺖْ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻠﻄَﺎﻧُﻚَ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﺃَ ْﻗ َ‬ ‫ﺼ�ﻰ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫َﻭ َﺣ ْﻴ� ُ‬ ‫�ﺠ َﺮﺓَ‬ ‫ﺴ � َﻤﺎ ِء َﻭﻗَ��ﺎ َﻝ‪ :‬ﺍ ْﻗﻄَ ُﻌ��ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺳ��ﺎ ﻧَ��ﺰَ َﻝ ِﻣ��ﻦَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺸ� َ‬ ‫ﺳ��ﺎ ِﻫ ًﺮﺍ َﻭﻗُﺪﱡﻭ ً‬ ‫�ﺚ َﺭﺃَﻯ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ � ُﻚ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻓِ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫َﻭﺃَ ْﻫﻠِ ُﻜﻮﻫَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟ ِﻜ ِﻦ ﺍ ْﺗ ُﺮ ُﻛﻮﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺽ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺑِﻘَ ْﻴ� ٍﺪ ِﻣ�ﻦْ َﺣ ِﺪﻳ� ٍﺪ َﻭﻧُ َﺤ�ﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺻﻠِ َﻬﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﻀ َﻲ‬ ‫ُﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ْﻘ ِﻞ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ْﻟﻴَ ْﺒﺘَ ﱠﻞ ﺑِﻨَ َﺪﻯ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ﱢﺮ‪َ ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺗَ ْﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء‪َ ،‬ﻭ ْﻟﻴَ ُﻜﻦْ ﻧَ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ِ‬ ‫ﺼﻴﺒُﻪُ َﻣ َﻊ َﺣﻴَ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫�ﻲ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﺒ َﻌﺔُ ﺃَ ْﺯ ِﻣﻨَ� ٍﺔ‪ .‬ﻓَﻬ� َﺬﺍ ﻫ َُ�ﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﺒِﻴ� ُﺮ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬ�ﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ�ﻚُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫ� َﺬﺍ ﻫ َُ�ﻮ ﻗَ َ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ ِﻪ َ‬ ‫ﻀ�ﺎ ُء ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺱ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺗَ ُﻜ�ﻮﻥُ ُ‬ ‫ﻳَﺄْﺗِﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ َ‬ ‫ﺳ� ْﻜﻨَﺎﻙَ َﻣ� َﻊ َﺣﻴَ َ�ﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﱢ ِﺪﻱ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪ :‬ﻳَ ْﻄ ُﺮﺩُﻭﻧَﻚَ ِﻣ�ﻦْ ﺑَ� ْﻴ ِﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ�ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ� ْﺒ َﻌﺔُ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳَﺒُﻠﱡﻮﻧَﻚَ ﺑِﻨَﺪَﻯ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻀ�ﻲ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ�ﻚَ َ‬ ‫ْﺐ َﻛﺎﻟﺜﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ﱢﺮ َﻭﻳُ ْﻄ ِﻌ ُﻤﻮﻧَﻚَ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻌﺸ َ‬ ‫ﺴ� َﻤﺎ ِء‪ ،‬ﻓَﺘَ ْﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭﻳُ ْﻌ ِﻄﻴ َﻬ�ﺎ َﻣ�ﻦْ ﻳَﺸَ�ﺎ ُء‪َ .‬ﻭ َﺣ ْﻴ ُ‬ ‫�ﺚ‬ ‫ﺃَ ْﺯ ِﻣﻨَ ٍﺔ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺗَ ْﻌﻠَ َﻢ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ ﱠﻲ ُﻣﺘَ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱢﻂٌ ﻓِﻲ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ�ﺎ ِ‬ ‫‪ 53 ‬‬

‫* ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬

‫ﺴ� َﻤﺎ َء‬ ‫ﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸ َﱠﺠ َﺮ ِﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺘَﻚَ ﺗَ ْﺜﺒُﺖُ ﻟَﻚَ ِﻋ ْﻨ� َﺪ َﻣﺎ ﺗَ ْﻌﻠَ� ُﻢ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﻕ ﺃُ ُ‬ ‫ﺃَ َﻣ ُﺮﻭﺍ ﺑِﺘ َْﺮ ِﻙ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ ِ‬ ‫ﻕ َﺧﻄَﺎﻳَ�ﺎﻙَ ﺑِ�ﺎ ْﻟﺒِ ﱢﺮ‬ ‫ُ�ﻮﺭﺗِﻲ َﻣ ْﻘﺒُﻮﻟَ�ﺔً ﻟَ� َﺪ ْﻳﻚَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓَ�ﺎ ِﺭ ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻠﻄَﺎﻥٌ ‪ .‬ﻟِﺬﻟِﻚَ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚُ‪ ،‬ﻓَ ْﻠﺘَ ُﻜﻦْ َﻣﺸ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟَ َﻌﻠﱠﻪُ ﻳُﻄَﺎ ُﻝ ﺍ ْﻁ ِﻤ ْﺌﻨَﺎﻧُﻚَ «‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۷ -۱۹ :٤‬‬ ‫َﻭﺁﺛَﺎ َﻣﻚَ ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱠﺮ ْﺣ َﻤ ِﺔ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺎ ِﻛ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ً ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻔﺰﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﺪﻩ ﷲ ﻟﻠﻤﻠ�ﻚ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻐﻴﺮﺕ ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﻫ�ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴ�ﺮ ﻭﻁﻠ�ﺐ ﻣﻨ�ﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺒ�ﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘ�ﺔ ﻛﻴﻔﻤ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻁﻒ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﻭﺗﻤﻨ�ﻰ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻟﺒﺎﻗ�ﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜ�ﻮﻥ ﻫ�ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻠ�ﻢ ﻷﻋﺪﺍﺋ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ ۷‬ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﻫﻲ‬ ‫‪ ۷‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ( ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﻌﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻼ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ ,‬ﻓﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻌﻔﻮ ﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺣﺮﺹ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ ﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﻟﻠ�ﻮﺛﻨﻴﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬ�ﺎ ﻫ�ﻮ ﻳﻜ�ﺮﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺑ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺸﻰ ﺑﻄﺸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻠﻔﺘﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ‪ ۱۲‬ﺷﻬﺮﺍً ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫‪ُ ۲۸‬ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻫ َﺬﺍ َﺟﺎ َء َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪ِ ۲۹ .‬ﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﻧِ َﻬﺎﻳَ ِﺔ ﺍ ْﺛﻨَ ْﻲ َﻋﺸ َ​َﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺷ ْﻬ ًﺮﺍ َﻛﺎﻥَ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫‪۳۰‬‬ ‫ﺴﺖْ ﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺑَﺎﺑِ َﻞ‬ ‫ﺼ ِﺮ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ ِﺔ ﺑَﺎﺑِ َﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳَﺘَ َﻤﺸﱠﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻗَ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﻓَﻘَﺎ َﻝ‪» :‬ﺃَﻟَ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫َﻭﺃَ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﻠ ِﻚ ﺑِﻘُ ﱠﻮ ِﺓ ﺍ ْﻗﺘِﺪَﺍ ِﺭﻱ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟِ َﺠﻼَ ِﻝ َﻣ ْﺠ ِﺪﻱ؟« ‪َ ۳۱‬ﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﻠِ َﻤﺔُ ﺑَ ْﻌ ُﺪ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ِﻈﻴ َﻤﺔَ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺑَﻨَ ْﻴﺘُ َﻬﺎ ﻟِﺒَ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء ﻗَﺎﺋِﻼً‪» :‬ﻟَﻚَ ﻳَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥَ ﻳَﺎ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ‪ :‬ﺇِﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮﺕٌ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺑِﻔَ ِﻢ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻗَ َﻊ َ‬ ‫‪۳۲‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺱ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺗَ ُﻜﻮﻥُ ُ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻜﻨَﺎﻙَ َﻣ َﻊ َﺣﻴَ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﻠﻚَ ﻗَ ْﺪ ﺯَﺍ َﻝ َﻋ ْﻨﻚَ ‪َ .‬ﻭﻳَ ْﻄ ُﺮﺩُﻭﻧَﻚَ ِﻣﻦْ ﺑَ ْﻴ ِﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﺒ َﻌﺔُ ﺃَ ْﺯ ِﻣﻨَ ٍﺔ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺗَ ْﻌﻠَ َﻢ ﺃَﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﻀﻲ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴﻚَ َ‬ ‫ْﺐ َﻛﺎﻟﺜﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ﱢﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳُ ْﻄ ِﻌ ُﻤﻮﻧَﻚَ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻌﺸ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺘَ ْﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭﺃَﻧﱠﻪُ ﻳُ ْﻌ ِﻄﻴ َﻬﺎ َﻣﻦْ ﻳَﺸَﺎ ُء«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۳۲-۲۸ :٤‬‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ ﱠﻲ ُﻣﺘَ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱢﻂٌ ﻓِﻲ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِ‬

‫‪ 54 ‬‬

‫* ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻧ��ﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ��ﺔ ﺑﺎﺑ��ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻐ��ﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺜ�ﺮﺍء ﻭﻭﺻ�ﻠﺖ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻗ����ﻰ ﺩﺭﺟ����ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻀ����ﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔ���ﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤ���ﺎﺭ ﻓ���ﻲ ﺫﻟ���ﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺼ�����ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗ�����ﺪ ﺍﺷ�����ﺘﻬﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻ�����ﻤﺔ ﺑﺤ������ﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﺑﺎﺑ������ﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻘ���ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫ���ﻲ ﻣ���ﻦ ﺃﺟﻤ���ﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺰﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺮﺓ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﺍﻣﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻄﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺯﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺮﺍً ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺧﻀﺮﺍء ﺗﻜﺴﻮﻫﺎ ﺃﺟﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗـــﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﺼﻤﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﺼﺮﺍً‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻁﺎ ً ﺑﺤﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﻭﺃﺯﻫﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻤﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻗﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ٤‬ﺃﻓﺪﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﺮﻓﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺳﻄﺤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۲۳‬ﻣﺘﺮﺍً ﻭﻗﺪ ُﺯ ِﺭ َﻋﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺯﻫﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﺠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺒﻬﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﺘﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﻫﻞ ﺗﻨﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠُﺒـْﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﷲ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﺼﺮﻩ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﺧﺮ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺻﻨﻊ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍً ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﻴﺎ ً ﺻﻨﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﺟﻞ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﻡ‪,‬‬ ‫ُﻄﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮﻩ ﺑﻤﺼﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻡ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳ َ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺸﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺇﻟﻬﻨﺎ ﻁﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺓ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺓ ﻭﺗﺸﺠﻴﻌﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﺬﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 55 ‬‬

‫* ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻧﻴﻨﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ ﻭﻗﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﺗﻮﺑﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓً ﺃﺧﺂﺏ‬ ‫ﺃ ﱠﺷﺮ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺬﻟﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﷲ ﻻﺑﺴﺎ ً ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻮﺡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﷲ ﻟﻪ‬‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺃ ﱠﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﺭﻏﻢ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺗﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﺧﺂﺏ ﻭﻗﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻙ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ...‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺗﺮﻙ ﷲ ﻟﻨﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ,‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﺃﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍً ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍً ﺃﻓﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺭ ﺗﻮﺑﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫‪۳۳‬‬ ‫ﺴﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ﺗَ ﱠﻢ ﺍﻷَ ْﻣ ُﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺱ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَ َﻛ َﻞ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺗِ ْﻠﻚَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻄُ ِﺮ َﺩ ِﻣﻦْ ﺑَ ْﻴ ِﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﻮ ِﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﻁَﺎ َﻝ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ ْﺑﺘَ ﱠﻞ ِﺟ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﻤﻪُ ﺑِﻨَﺪَﻯ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺷ ْﻌ ُﺮﻩُ ِﻣ ْﺜ َﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱡ ُ‬ ‫ْﺐ َﻛﺎﻟﺜﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻌﺸ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺮ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﺃَ ْﻅﻔَﺎ ُﺭﻩُ ِﻣ ْﺜ َﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻄﻴُﻮ ِﺭ‪َ ۳٤ .‬ﻭ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍ ْﻧﺘِ َﻬﺎ ِء ﺍﻷَﻳﱠ ِﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻧَﺎ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ‪َ ،‬ﺭﻓَ ْﻌﺖُ َﻋ ْﻴﻨَ ﱠﻲ ﺇِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬

‫ﺳﺒﱠ ْﺤﺖُ َﻭ َﺣ َﻤﺪْﺕُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ﱠﻲ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻷَﺑَ ِﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺭ ْﻛﺖُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ ﱠﻲ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء‪ ،‬ﻓَ َﺮ َﺟ َﻊ ﺇِﻟَ ﱠﻲ َﻋ ْﻘﻠِﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺑَ َ‬ ‫‪۳٥‬‬ ‫ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻠﻄَﺎﻥٌ ﺃَﺑَ ِﺪ ﱞ‬ ‫ﺴﺒَﺖْ َﺟ ِﻤﻴ ُﻊ ُ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻠﻄَﺎﻧُﻪُ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ُ‬ ‫ﻱ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣﻠَ ُﻜﻮﺗُﻪُ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺩ َْﻭ ٍﺭ ﻓَﺪ َْﻭ ٍﺭ‪َ .‬ﻭ ُﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ ﱠﻜ ِ‬ ‫ﺽ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻻَ‬ ‫َﻲ َء‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫ َُﻮ ﻳَ ْﻔ َﻌ ُﻞ َﻛ َﻤﺎ ﻳَﺸَﺎ ُء ﻓِﻲ ُﺟ ْﻨ ِﺪ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء َﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺽ َﻛﻼَ ﺷ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ ﱠﻜ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫‪۳٦‬‬ ‫ﺖ َﺭ َﺟ َﻊ ﺇِﻟَ ﱠﻲ‬ ‫ﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺟ ُﺪ َﻣﻦْ ﻳَ ْﻤﻨَ ُﻊ ﻳَ َﺪﻩُ ﺃَ ْﻭ ﻳَﻘُﻮ ُﻝ ﻟَﻪُ‪َ » :‬ﻣﺎ َﺫﺍ ﺗَ ْﻔ َﻌ ُﻞ؟«‪ .‬ﻓِﻲ ﺫﻟِﻚَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻮ ْﻗ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ َﻭ ُﻋﻈَ َﻤﺎﺋِﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺸﻴ ِﺮ ﱠ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻘﻠِﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻋَﺎ َﺩ ﺇِﻟَ ﱠﻲ َﺟﻼَ ُﻝ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺘِﻲ َﻭ َﻣ ْﺠ ِﺪﻱ َﻭﺑَ َﻬﺎﺋِﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻁَﻠَﺒَﻨِﻲ ُﻣ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﺮﺓٌ‪۳۷ .‬ﻓَﺎﻵﻥَ ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻧَﺎ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫َﻭﺗَﺜَﺒﱠﺖﱡ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺘِﻲ َﻭ ْ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﱢ ُﺢ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃُ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺯﺩَﺍﺩَﺕْ ﻟِﻲ َﻋﻈَ َﻤﺔٌ َﻛﺜِ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻠُ ُﻚ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ُﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺃَ ْﻋ َﻤﺎﻟِ ِﻪ َﺣ ﱞ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻭﻁُ ُﺮﻗِ ِﻪ َﻋ ْﺪ ٌﻝ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣﻦْ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫َﻭﺃُ َﻋﻈﱢ ُﻢ َﻭﺃَ ْﺣ َﻤ ُﺪ َﻣﻠِﻚَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺑِﺎ ْﻟ ِﻜ ْﺒ ِﺮﻳَﺎ ِء ﻓَﻬُ َﻮ ﻗَﺎ ِﺩ ٌﺭ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُ ِﺬﻟﱠﻪُ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۳۷-۳۳ :٤‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻅﻞ ﻣﺮﺽ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﺮ ﻟﻐﺰﺍً ﻏﺎﻣﻀ�ﺎ ً ﻣﺤﻴ�ﺮﺍً‪ .‬ﻫ�ﻞ ﺑﻐﺘ�ﻪ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻋﻨ�ﺪ ﺍﻟ�ﺮﺏ ﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺭﺩﺉ ﻓﺼ��ﺎﺭ ﻣﺜ��ﻞ ﻣﺠﻨ��ﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠ��ﺪﺭﻳﻴﻦ؟! ﺃﻡ ﺃﻧ��ﻪ ﻣ��ﺮﺽ ﻧﻔﺴ��ﻲ ﻭﻋﻀ��ﻮﻱ ﻳﺠﻌ��ﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾ ﻫﺎﺋﻤــﺎ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴـــﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌـﺮﺍء ﻭﻳﺄﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﺸﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﺰﺣﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻁﺮﺍﻓﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﻳﻄﻴﻞ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﻭﺃﻅﺎﻓﺮﻩ !!‬

‫‪ 56 ‬‬

‫* ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫ�ﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﻨ�ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴ�ﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻨ�ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤ���ﺔ ﺍﻟ���ﺬﻱ ﺃﺻ���ﺎﺑﻪ ﻛ���ﺎﻥ ﻫ���ﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﻄ��ﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺳ��ﻮﺃ ؟ ﻭﻳ��ﺎ ﻟﻬ��ﺎ ﻣ��ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺭﻗ��ﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﻜ��ﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﻳﻨﺤـﺪﺭ ﻭﻳﺘـﺪﻫﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﺣﻘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻅﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣ�ﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻴ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﺮﻓﻊ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﺳﺒﱠﺢ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟ�ﻚ ﻳﻔﻌ�ﻞ ﻣ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺎء ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻤﻨﻌﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ؟‪ ..‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘ�ﻪ ﺑﺒﻬ�ﺎء ﻭﻣﺠ�ﺪ ﺃﻋﻈ�ﻢ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺛ�ﻢ ﻧﻄ�ﻖ ﺑﺤﻜﻤ�ﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﺿﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺎء ﻓﻠﻟ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻟﻪ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻭﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺑﺭﻳﺎء!‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿ�ﻊ ﻫ��ﻮ ﺗ�ﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﻀ��ﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳ�ﺎء ﺑ�ﻼ ﺷ��ﻚ ﻫ�ﻮ ﺃﺣﻘ��ﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺫﺍﺋ�ﻞ ﻷﻧ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺮﻕ ﻣﺠ�ﺪ ﷲ ﻭﻧﻨﺴ�ﺒﻪ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴ�ﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳ�ﺎء ﻫ�ﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ ﺃﺳ�ﻘﻄﺖ‬ ‫ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺯﺭﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺣﻮﺍء ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻴﺮ"ﻣﺜﻞ ﷲ"‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻠﻨﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻨﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻨﺴﺐ ﻛ�ﻞ ﻧﺠ�ﺎﺡ ﻧﺤﻘﻘ�ﻪ ﻟﻤﻠﻜﻨ�ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻤﺎﻭﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺇﻻ ﺫﺭﺓ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧ��ﺖ ﻫ��ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛ��ﺔ ﻭﻫ��ﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗ��ﻮﺍﻝ ﻫ��ﻲ ﺁﺧ��ﺮ ﻣ��ﺎ ﺫﻛ��ﺮﻩ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨ��ﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘ��ﺪﺱ ﻋ��ﻦ ﻫ��ﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺒﺮﺍﻁﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ "ﻓَﺎﻵﻥَ ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻧَﺎ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺴ� َﻤﺎ ِء‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﱢ ُﺢ َﻭﺃُ َﻋﻈﱢ ُﻢ َﻭﺃَ ْﺣ َﻤ ُﺪ َﻣﻠِﻚَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃُ َ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻠُ ُﻚ ﺑِﺎ ْﻟ ِﻜ ْﺒ ِﺮﻳَ��ﺎ ِء ﻓَ ُﻬ َ�ﻮ ﻗَ��ﺎ ِﺩ ٌﺭ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ ﺃَﻥْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ ُﻛ� ﱡﻞ ﺃَ ْﻋ َﻤﺎﻟِ� ِﻪ َﺣ� ﱞ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻭﻁُ ُﺮﻗِ� ِﻪ َﻋ� ْﺪ ٌﻝ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣ��ﻦْ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﻳُ ِﺬﻟﱠﻪُ‪ .".‬ﻟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺟــﺪ ﻁﺮﻳــﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﻧﺠﺤﺖ ﻧﻌﻤـــﺔ ﷲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﺬﺑـــﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺎء ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 57 ‬‬

‫* ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬ��ﻰ ﺍﻹﺻ��ﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﺎﺑﻖ ﺑ��ﺎﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻨ��ﻲ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼ��ﺮ ﺑﻘ��ﻮﺓ ﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﻌ�ﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮﻫ�ﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺴ�ﻪ ﺃﻛﺜ�ﺮ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻣ�ﺮﺓ ﻭﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳ�ﺔ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻧ�ﺎ ﺃﺑﻠ�ﻎ ﺣﻜﻤ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺬﺭﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺎء ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺧﻴﻤﺔ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺭﻏ��ﻢ ﻛﺜ��ﺮﺓ ﻣ��ﻦ ﻳﺴ��ﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤ��ﺬﻳﺮ‪ ,‬ﻓ��ﺈﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻠ��ﻴﻦ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻧ��ﻪ ﺑﻌ�ﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒ��ﺎﺭ ﺃﻣ��ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤ��ﻰ ﻓﻠﻬ��ﻢ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴ��ﻤﻌﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑ��ﻞ ﻳﻌﺎﻧ��ﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﺍﻓﻀ�ﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺳ��ﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣ��ﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺒ��ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻴ��ﺮ ﻭﻛﺜﻴ��ﺮﺍً ﻣ��ﺎ ﻳ��ﺪﻓﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ��ﺜﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻫﻈ�ﺎ ً ‪ ...‬ﻭﺫﻟ��ﻚ ﻫ��ﻮ ﻣ��ﺎ ﺣ��ﺪﺙ ﻓ��ﻲ ﻫ��ﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺻﺤﺎﺡ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺛﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺑﻴﻠﺸﺎﺻﺮ ﺣﻔﻴﺪ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻸﺳﻒ‪ ...‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﺟ�ﺪﻩ ﻣﻤ�ﺎ ﺃﻭﻗﻌ�ﻪ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻳ�ﺪ ﺍﻟﻘ�ﺪﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻓ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻬ��ﺪﻩ ﺳ��ﻘﻄﺖ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻁﻮﺭﻳ��ﺔ ﺑﺎﺑ��ﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤ��ﺔ ﻭﺍﺳ��ﺘﻮﻟﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ��ﺔ ﻣ��ﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓ��ﺎﺭﺱ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜ��ﻢ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﺣﻠ��ﺔ ﺍﻟ��ﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻟﺘﻤﺜ��ﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼ��ﺮ ﻗ��ﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬ��ﺖ ﻭﺳ��ﺘﺒﺪﺃ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻒ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻴ ْﻠﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺷ ِﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ُﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ َ‬ ‫ﺏ َﺧ ْﻤ ًﺮﺍ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺍﻷَ ْﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﻨَ َﻊ َﻭﻟِﻴ َﻤﺔً ﻋ َِﻈﻴ َﻤﺔً ﻟِ ُﻌﻈَ َﻤﺎﺋِ ِﻪ ﺍﻷَ ْﻟ ِ‬

‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﻀ��ﺎ ِﺭ ﺁﻧِﻴَ � ِﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻀ � ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِ��ﻲ‬ ‫ﺻ�� ُﺮ ﻳَ � ُﺬﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭﺍ ْﻟﻔِ ﱠ‬ ‫َﻭﺇِ ْﺫ َﻛ��ﺎﻥَ ﺑَ ْﻴ ْﻠﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫��ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃَ َﻣ� َ�ﺮ ﺑِﺈ ِ ْﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺨ ْﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ��ﺬ َﻫ ِ‬ ‫ﺃَ ْﺧ َﺮ َﺟ َﻬ��ﺎ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺷ �ﻠِﻴ َﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴَ ْ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺑِ َﻬ��ﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ � ُﻚ‬ ‫ﺼ � ُﺮ ﺃَﺑُ��ﻮﻩُ ِﻣ��ﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻬ ْﻴ َﻜ� ِ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ ﻓِ��ﻲ ﺃُﻭ ُﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺸ� َ�ﺮ َ‬

‫‪۳‬‬ ‫ﻀ� ُﺮﻭﺍ ﺁﻧِﻴَ�ﺔَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِ�ﻲ ﺃُ ْﺧ ِﺮ َﺟ�ﺖْ ِﻣ�ﻦْ‬ ‫َﻭ ُﻋﻈَ َﻤﺎ ُﺅﻩُ َﻭﺯَ ْﻭ َﺟﺎﺗُﻪُ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺳ َﺮﺍ ِﺭﻳ ِﻪ‪ِ .‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﺃَ ْﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ�ﺬ َﻫ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺑِ َﻬ��ﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ�� ُﻚ َﻭ ُﻋﻈَ َﻤ��ﺎ ُﺅﻩُ َﻭﺯَ ْﻭ َﺟﺎﺗُ��ﻪُ‬ ‫ﺖ ﷲِ ﺍﻟﱠ�� ِﺬﻱ ﻓِ��ﻲ ﺃُﻭ ُﺭﺷَ��ﻠِﻴ َﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺷَ�� ِﺮ َ‬ ‫��ﻞ ﺑَ ْﻴ�� ِ‬ ‫َﻫ ْﻴ َﻜ ِ‬

‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺳ� َ�ﺮﺍ ِﺭﻳ ِﻪ‪َ ٤ .‬ﻛ��ﺎﻧُﻮﺍ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭﺍ ْﻟﻔِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺸ� َ�ﺮﺑُﻮﻥَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺨ ْﻤ� َ�ﺮ َﻭﻳُ َ‬ ‫َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﺒﱢ ُﺤﻮﻥَ ﺁﻟِ َﻬ�ﺔَ ﺍﻟ� ﱠ�ﺬ َﻫ ِ‬ ‫ﻀ� ِﺔ َﻭﺍﻟﻨﱡ َﺤ��ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ َﺠ ِﺮ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(٤-۱ :٥‬‬ ‫َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ِﺪﻳ ِﺪ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﺨ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﻴﻠﺸﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼ�ﺮ ﺟ�ﺪﻩ ‪ ...‬ﻓﻤ�ﻦ ﻳﻘ�ﺮﺃ ﻗﺼ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺃﻟﻔ�ﺎ ً ﻣ�ﻦ ﻋﻈﻤ�ﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜ�ﺔ ﻳﻈ�ﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟ�ﺒﻼﺩ ﺗﻌ�ﻴﺶ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ�ﺔ ﺳ�ﻼﻡ‬ ‫‪ 58 ‬‬

‫* ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫ﻭﺭﺧﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗ�ﻊ ﺃﻧﻬ�ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧ�ﺖ ﻗ�ﺪ ﺗ�ﺪﻫﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﻀ�ﺎﺭﻳﺎ ً ﻭﻋﺴ�ﻜﺮﻳﺎ ﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﻁﻤﻌ�ﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬ��ﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠ��ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻬ��ﺎ )ﻓ��ﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﻣ��ﺎﺩﻱ – ﺇﻳ��ﺮﺍﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﻴ �ﺎ ً( ﻭﺃﺭﺳ��ﻠﻮﺍ ﺟﻴﻮﺷ��ﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺎﺻ��ﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻ��ﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻ��ﺒﺤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﻭﺷ��ﻚ ﺍﻗﺘﺤ��ﺎﻡ ﺃﺳ��ﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻓ��ﻲ ﻅ��ﻞ ﻫ��ﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗ���ﻒ ﺍﻟﺤ���ﺮﺝ ﻛ���ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ���ﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ���ﺘﻬﺘﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺸ���ﻐﻠﻪ ﺳ���ﻮﻯ ﺻ���ﻨﻊ ﻭﻻﺋ���ﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻤ���ﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻠ�ﺐ ﻏﻀ�ﺐ ﷲ ﻭﺗﻜ�ﻮﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺒ�ﻪ ﻭﺧﻴﻤ�ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤ�ﺎ ﺣ�ﺪﺙ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﺣﺸﻮﻳﺮﻭﺵ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ َﺳﻜـ َﺮ ﻓﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜ�ﺔ ﻭﺷ�ﺘﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺒ�ﺎﻫﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺠﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻳﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﻓﻀﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﺰﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﻠﻚ )ﺃﺳﺘﻴﺮ‪(۱‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺎﺟﻨﺔ ﺃﺧ�ﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﺘﻬ�ﺖ ﺑﻤﺄﺳ�ﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺡ ﺿ�ﺤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨ�ﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤ�ﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎء‪ -‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻗ�ـ َ َﺴﻢ ﻫﻴ�ﺮﻭﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﻻﺑﻨ�ﺔ ﻫﻴﺮﻭﺩﻳ�ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ ﺭﻗﺼ�ﺖ‬‫ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻮﻟﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺋﻢ ﺑﻤﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻣﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﻣﺭ!‬

‫"ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺓ" ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻳﺮﻳ�ﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻠ�ﻞ ﻟﻨﻔﺴ�ﻪ ﺷ�ﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻤﻮﺭ ﺿﺎﺭﺑﺎ ً ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﻌﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ ﺗﻔﻨ�ﺪ ﻫ�ﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ‪ ....‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻴﺢ ﻟﻨﻔﺴ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻤ�ﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﻜﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺒ�ﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺜﻴ�ﺮﺍً ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺑ�ﺈﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﷲ ‪ ..‬ﻓﻬ�ﻮ ﻳﺤﻔ�ﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﻴﺢ ﺣ�ﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﺎء ﺧﻤ�ﺮﺍً ﻓ�ﻲ ﻋ�ﺮﺱ ﻗﺎﻧ��ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴ���ﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳ���ﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻤ���ﺮ ﻟﻴﺤﻮﻟ���ﻪ ﺇﻟ���ﻰ ﺩﻣ���ﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘ���ﺪﺱ ﻳ���ﻮﻡ ﺧﻤ���ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬ���ﺪ ‪.....‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ ﻛﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﺮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣ�ﺪ ﺫﺍﺗﻬ�ﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘ�ﺮﺃ ﻭﻳ�ﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺗﺤﻞ ﻟﻲ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ - ۱‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎ ً )ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ ً( )‪۱‬ﻛﻮ‪(۱۲ :٦‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪۱) .‬ﻛﻮ‪(۱۲ :٦‬‬ ‫‪ - ۲‬ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﻠﻂ ﻋﻠ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ - ۳‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ )ﺃﻱ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ( )‪۱‬ﻛﻮ ‪(۲۳ :۱۰‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍً ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺤﻞ ﻟﻨ�ﺎ ‪ ...‬ﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳُ�ﺬﻛﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺸ��ﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻧ��ﺺ ﺻ��ﺮﻳﺢ ﺑ��ﺎﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻢ ‪ ...‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ��ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻤ��ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟ��ﺬﺍﺕ ﻓﻘ��ﺪ ﺃﻓ��ﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺘ��ﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ 59 ‬‬

‫* ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘ��ﺪﺱ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺳ��ﺮﺩ ﻭﻳﻼﺗﻬ��ﺎ ‪ ...‬ﻛﻤ��ﺎ ﺣ��ﺪﺙ ﻣ��ﻊ ﻧ��ﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺒ��ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﺃﺳ �ﻜﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻤ��ﺮ‬ ‫َﺍﺧ َﻞ ِﺧﺒَﺎﺋِ� ِﻪ " )ﺗ�ﻚ ‪ (۲۱ :۹‬ﺃﻣ�ﺎ ﻟ�ﻮﻁ ﻓﻜﺎﻧ�ﺖ‬ ‫" َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺨ ْﻤ ِﺮ ﻓَ َ‬ ‫ﺷ ِﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻜ َﺮ َﻭﺗَ َﻌ ﱠﺮﻯ ﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺘﻪ ﺃﺷﺮ ﺇﺫ ﺃﺳﻜﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﺎﻩ ﻭﺯﻧﺘﺎ ﻣﻌﻪ )ﺗﻚ‪ (۱۹‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪:‬‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﻴﻢ‪) .‬ﺃﻡ‪(۱ :۲۰‬‬ ‫ﺴﺘَ ْﻬ ِﺰﺋَﺔٌ‪ .‬ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺍَ ْﻟ َﺨ ْﻤ ُﺮ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻜ ُﺮ ﻋ ﱠَﺠ ٌ‬ ‫ﺎﺝ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣﻦْ ﻳَﺘ َ​َﺮﻧﱠ ُﺢ ﺑِ ِﻬ َﻤﺎ ﻓَﻠَ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺑِ َﺤ ِﻜ ٍ‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺮﻑَ‬ ‫ﻴﺮ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺎ َﺩ ُﻫ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺴ ﱢﻜ َ‬ ‫ﺷ ﱢﺮﻳﺒِﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺨ ْﻤ ِﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑَﻴْﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﺘﻠِﻔِﻴﻦَ ﺃَ ْﺟ َ‬ ‫ﻻَ ﺗَ ُﻜﻦْ ﺑَﻴْﻦَ ِ‬

‫ﺍﻥ‪) .‬ﺃﻡ ‪(۲۱-۲۰ :۲۳‬‬ ‫ﻳ ْﻔﺘَﻘِ َﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺡ ﺑِﻼَ‬ ‫ﻟِ َﻤ ِﻦ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻮ ْﻳ ُﻞ؟ ﻟِ َﻤ ِﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺏ؟ ﻟِ َﻤ ِﻦ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺠ ُﺮ ُ‬ ‫ﺎﺻ َﻤﺎﺕُ ؟ ﻟِ َﻤ ِﻦ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ ْﺮ ُ‬ ‫ﺎﻭﺓُ؟ ﻟِ َﻤ ِﻦ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ َﺨ َ‬ ‫ﺸﻘ َ َ‬ ‫ﺐ؟ ﻟِ َﻤ ِﻦ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ِﻣ ْﻬ َﺮﺍ ُﺭ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ْﻴﻨَ ْﻴ ِﻦ؟ ﻟِﻠﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﻳُ ْﺪ ِﻣﻨُﻮﻥَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺨ ْﻤ َﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﻳَﺪ ُْﺧﻠُﻮﻥَ ﻓِﻲ ﻁَﻠَ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺒ َ ٍ‬

‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺝ‪ .‬ﻻَ ﺗَ ْﻨﻈُ ْﺮ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺨ ْﻤ ِﺮ ﺇِ َﺫﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸ َﱠﺮﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺣ َﻤ ﱠﺮﺕْ ِﺣﻴﻦَ ﺗُ ْﻈ ِﻬ ُﺮ ِﺣﺒَﺎﺑَ َﻬﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﺄْ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤ ُﺰ ِ‬ ‫ﻮﺍﻥ‪) .‬ﺃﻡ‪(۳۲-۲۹ :۲۳‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧ ِﺮ ﺗَ ْﻠ َ‬ ‫َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺳﺎ َﻏﺖْ ُﻣ َﺮ ْﻗ ِﺮﻗَﺔً‪ .‬ﻓِﻲ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﻊ َﻛﺎ ْﻟ َﺤﻴﱠ ِﺔ َﻭﺗَ ْﻠ َﺪ ُﻍ َﻛﺎﻷُ ْﻓ ُﻌ ِ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺣﺎﺷﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺳﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﺛﻢ ﺧﻄﺮﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺷ�ﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻤﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻫﺎﻧﺔ ﷲ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﻪ ﺗﺤ�ﺪﻳﺎ ً ﺳ�ﺎﻓﺮﺍً‪ .....‬ﻓ�ﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺈﺣﻀ�ﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻴ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺟﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧ�ﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗـ ُﺴﺘﻌ َﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻏﺮﺽ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨ��ﻪ ﺗﻌﻤ��ﺪ ﺍﻻﺳ��ﺘﻬﺰﺍء ﺑﺈﻟ��ﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬ��ﻮﺩ ﻓﺄﺧ��ﺬ ﻳﺸ��ﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻤ��ﺮ ﻫ��ﻮ ﻭﺣﺎﺷ��ﻴﺘﻪ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺗﻠ��ﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﻯ ﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺗﺣﺩﻱ ﷲ!‬

‫ﻏﺒﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺒﻴﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﻯ ﷲ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺨﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﻥ؟ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﻌﺼﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺬﺭﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺴ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ‪ ...‬ﻫﻞ ﻧﺴﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﷲ َﻫ ْﻞ ﻳُ ْﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺼﻨَ ْﻌﻨِﻲ«‪ .‬ﺃَ ْﻭ ﺗَﻘُﻮ ُﻝ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻧِ ِﻌ ِﻪ‪» :‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ‪َ ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﻳَﻘُﻮ ُﻝ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺼﻨُﻮ ُﻉ ﻋَﻦْ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﺠﺎﺑِ ُﻞ َﻛﺎﻟﻄﱢ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺠ ْﺒﻠَﺔُ ﻋَﻦْ َﺟﺎﺑِﻠِ َﻬﺎ‪» :‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﻔ َﻬ ْﻢ«؟ )ﺃﺵ ‪(۱٦ :۲۹‬‬ ‫ﻴﺐ‬ ‫َﻫ ْﻞ ﺗَ ْﻔﺘَ ِﺨ ُﺮ ﺍ ْﻟﻔَﺄْ ُ‬ ‫ﻀ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻁ ِﻊ ﺑِ َﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃَ ْﻭ ﻳَﺘَ َﻜﺒﱠ ُﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻤ ْﻨﺸَﺎ ُﺭ َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﻣ َﺮ ﱢﺩ ِﺩ ِﻩ؟ َﻛﺄَﻥﱠ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ِ‬ ‫‪ 60 ‬‬

‫* ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫ﺲ ﻫ َُﻮ ﻋُﻮﺩًﺍ! )ﺃﺵ‪(۱٥ :۱۰‬‬ ‫ﺼﺎ ﺗ َْﺮﻓَ ُﻊ َﻣﻦْ ﻟَ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻳُ َﺤ ﱢﺮ ُﻙ َﺭﺍﻓِ َﻌﻪُ! َﻛﺄَﻥﱠ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ َ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﺃﺧﺰﻳﺎ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻅﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻏﻢ ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﻮﺭ‪ ,‬ﻓﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﺃﻛﻠﺖ ﻓﺮﻗﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﺪﻳﻬﻤﺎ )‪۲‬ﻣﻞ‪ (۱‬ﻭﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻫﻴﺮﻭﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﺒﺲ ﺣﻠﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻂ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻗﺎﺋﻼً ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ "ﺻﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ" ﻭﻗـ َﺒـ ِﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ِ‬ ‫ﺪﺍً ہﻠﻟ‪ ,‬ﻓﻠﻠﺤﺎﻝ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪) .‬ﺃﻉ‪(۲۲ :۱۲‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗـُ◌َ َﺳ ﱢﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﻯ ﷲ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺨﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺮﺍء ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪...‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺒﺔ‬ ‫‪٥‬ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

‫ﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗِ ْﻠﻚَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺑ ُﻊ ﻳَ ِﺪ ﺇِ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ﻅَ َﻬ َﺮﺕْ ﺃَ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍ‬ ‫ﺼ ِﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﻳَ ْﻨﻈُ ُﺮ‬ ‫ﺲ َﺣﺎﺋِ ِﻂ ﻗَ ْ‬ ‫ُﻣ َﻜﻠﱠ ِ‬

‫ﺱ )ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ(‬ ‫َﻭ َﻛﺘَﺒَﺖْ ﺑِﺈِﺯَﺍ ِء ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﺒ َﺮﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻁَ َﺮﻑَ ﺍ ْﻟﻴَ ِﺪ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﺎﺗِﺒَ ِﺔ‪ِ ٦ .‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﺗَ َﻐﻴﱠ َﺮﺕْ‬

‫ﺍﺻﻄَ ﱠﻜﺖْ‬ ‫َﻫ ْﻴﺌَﺔُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ َﻭﺃَ ْﻓﺰَ َﻋ ْﺘﻪُ ﺃَ ْﻓ َﻜﺎ ُﺭﻩُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ ْﻧ َﺤﻠﱠﺖْ َﺧ َﺮ ُﺯ َﺣ ْﻘ َﻮ ْﻳ ِﻪ‪) ،‬ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬ( َﻭ ْ‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺤ َﺮ ِﺓ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ ْﻠﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﱢﻴﻦَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﻨَ ﱢﺠ ِﻤﻴﻦَ ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ُﺭ ْﻛﺒَﺘَﺎﻩُ‪ .‬ﻓَ َ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ َﺥ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﺑِ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ﱠﺪ ٍﺓ ِﻹﺩ َْﺧ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﻟِ ُﺤ َﻜ َﻤﺎ ِء ﺑَﺎﺑِ َﻞ‪» :‬ﺃَ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻴﺮﻫَﺎ ﻓَﺈِﻧﱠﻪُ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻱ َﺭ ُﺟﻞ ﻳَ ْﻘ َﺮﺃُ ﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎﺑَﺔَ َﻭﻳُﺒَﻴﱢﻦُ ﻟِﻲ ﺗَ ْﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱠﻂُ ﺛَﺎﻟِﺜًﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ ِﺔ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳُﻠَﺒﱠ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ ُﻋﻨُﻘِ ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳَﺘَ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻷُ ْﺭ ُﺟ َﻮﺍﻥَ َﻭﻗِﻼَ َﺩﺓً ِﻣﻦْ َﺫ َﻫ ٍ‬

‫ﺛُ ﱠﻢ ﺩ َ​َﺧ َﻞ ُﻛ ﱡﻞ ُﺣ َﻜ َﻤﺎ ِء‬ ‫ﺴﺘ َِﻄﻴ ُﻌﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻠَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺃَﻥْ‬ ‫ﺃَﻥْ‬

‫ﻳَ ْﻘ َﺮﺃُﻭﺍ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎﺑَﺔَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻻَ‬ ‫ﻳُ َﻌ ﱢﺮﻓُﻮﺍ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚَ‬

‫ﺴﻴ ِﺮﻫَﺎ ﻓَﻔَﺰَ َﻉ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ‬ ‫ﺑِﺘَ ْﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺻ ُﺮ ِﺟ ًّﺪﺍ َﻭﺗَ َﻐﻴﱠ َﺮﺕْ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻴ ْﻠﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ َﻫ ْﻴﺌَﺘُﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻄَ َﺮ َ‬ ‫ُﻋﻈَ َﻤﺎ ُﺅﻩُ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۹-٥ :٥‬‬ ‫‪ 61 ‬‬

‫* ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻢ ﷲ ﺑﺴﺨﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺋﻪ ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﺮﺗﻌﺐ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻌﺶ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮﻳـــﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺪ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺕ ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺮﺏ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‪....‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺠﺐ‪ ..‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﻴﻠﺸﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻟﺤﻈﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﺨﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺧﻤﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻪ‪ ,‬ﺗﺮﺗﻌﺶ ﻣﻔﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻌﺪ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺼﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ!‪ ...‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺸﺄ ﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ‬ ‫ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻼﻛﺎ ً ﻟﻴﻌﺎﻗﺒﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻈﻰ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻑ! ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻼﻙ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻤﺴﻪ ﺑﺴﻮء ﺑﻞ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻤﺎﻗﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻟﻜﻨﺎ ﺃﺷﻔﻘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﺗﺠﻒ ﺭﻋﺒﺎ ً ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ ﺗﺘﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺄﺱ ﻏﻀﺐ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻁﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻁﻮﻳﻼً ﻣﻊ ﺟﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺭﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻲء ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﺰﺉ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺟﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﺠﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻀﺎ ًء ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ ً‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮء ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ َﻜﺔُ‬ ‫ﺃَ ﱠﻣﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ َﻜﺔُ ﻓَﻠِ َ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻛﻼَ ِﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ َﻭ ُﻋﻈَ َﻤﺎﺋِ ِﻪ ﺩ َ​َﺧﻠَﺖْ ﺑَﻴْﺖَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻮﻟِﻴ َﻤ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟﺎﺑَ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺒ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻮﺟ ُﺪ‬ ‫َﻭﻗَﺎﻟَﺖْ ‪» :‬ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ‪ِ ،‬ﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﺶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻷَﺑَ ِﺪ! ﻻَ ﺗُﻔَ ﱢﺰﻋْﻚَ ﺃَ ْﻓ َﻜﺎ ُﺭﻙَ َﻭﻻَ ﺗَﺘَ َﻐﻴﱠ ُﺮ َﻫ ْﻴﺌَﺘُﻚَ ‪ .‬ﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﱡﻭﺳﻴﻦَ ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓِﻲ ﺃَﻳﱠ ِﺎﻡ ﺃَﺑِﻴﻚَ ُﻭ ِﺟﺪَﺕْ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻧَﻴﱢ َﺮﺓٌ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺘِﻚَ َﺭ ُﺟ ٌﻞ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ُﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺡ ﺍﻵﻟِ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻟﻘُﺪ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﻓِ ْﻄﻨَﺔٌ َﻭ ِﺣ ْﻜ َﻤﺔٌ َﻛ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﻵﻟِ َﻬ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺮ ﺃَﺑُﻮﻙَ َﺟ َﻌﻠَﻪُ َﻛﺒِ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ُﺠﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺿﻠَﺔً‬ ‫ﺴ َﺤ َﺮ ِﺓ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ ْﻠﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﱢﻴﻦَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﻨَ ﱢﺠ ِﻤﻴﻦَ ‪ .‬ﺃَﺑُﻮﻙَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ‪ِ .‬ﻣﻦْ َﺣ ْﻴ ُ‬ ‫َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺚ ﺇِﻥﱠ ُﺭ ً‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺎ ﻓَ ِ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻣ ْﻌ ِﺮﻓَﺔً َﻭﻓِ ْ‬ ‫ﻴﺮ ﺍﻷَ ْﺣﻼَ ِﻡ َﻭﺗَ ْﺒﻴِﻴﻦَ ﺃَ ْﻟ َﻐﺎ ٍﺯ َﻭ َﺣ ﱠﻞ ُﻋﻘَ ٍﺪ ُﻭ ِﺟﺪَﺕْ ﻓِﻲ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ﻫ َﺬﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻄﻨَﺔً َﻭﺗَ ْﻌﺒِ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻴ َﺮ«‪).‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱۲-۱۰:٥‬‬ ‫ﺳ ﱠﻤﺎﻩُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﺑَ ْﻠﻄَﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ َ‬ ‫ﺻ َﺮ‪ .‬ﻓَ ْﻠﻴُ ْﺪ َﻉ ﺍﻵﻥَ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ﻓَﻴُﺒَﻴﱢﻦَ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻔ ِ‬ ‫‪ 62 ‬‬

‫* ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻳُﻌﺘﻘـَﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻡ ﺑﻴﻠﺸﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﺮ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺟﻨﺔ‪ ,‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺃﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺑﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻭﺻ�ﻞ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺳ�ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻣ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺙ ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺭﻋﺐ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺒﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻞ‪ ...‬ﻭﻫ�ﻮ ﻳﺘﻤﺜ�ﻞ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺷ�ﺨﺺ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻵﻟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺳﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ً ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﻠﺸﺎﺻﺮ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﺘﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫�ﺎﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ُﻚ َﻭﻗَ�ﺎ َﻝ ﻟِ�ﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ‪» :‬ﺃَﺃَ ْﻧ�ﺖَ ﻫ َُ�ﻮ‬ ‫�ﻚ‪ .‬ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﺃُﺩ ِْﺧ� َﻞ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ�ﺂ ُﻝ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﻗُ�ﺪ ِﱠﺍﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِ‬ ‫‪۱٤‬‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻤ ْﻌﺖُ َﻋ ْﻨ�ﻚَ‬ ‫ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ِﻣﻦْ ﺑَﻨِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﺒ ِﻲ ﻳَ ُﻬﻮ َﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ َﺟﻠَﺒَﻪُ ﺃَﺑِﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ِﻣﻦْ ﻳَ ُﻬﻮ َﺫﺍ؟ ﻗَ ْﺪ َ‬

‫ﺎﺿ��ﻠَﺔً‪َ ۱٥ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥَ ﺃُﺩ ِْﺧ�� َﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﺡ ﺍﻵﻟِ َﻬ�� ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَﻥﱠ ﻓِﻴ��ﻚَ ﻧَﻴﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺃَﻥﱠ ﻓِﻴ��ﻚَ ُﺭ َ‬ ‫��ﺮﺓً َﻭﻓِ ْﻄﻨَ��ﺔً َﻭ ِﺣ ْﻜ َﻤ��ﺔً ﻓَ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ���ﻴ ِﺮﻫَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻠَ��� ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻗُ���ﺪﱠﺍ ِﻣﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ َﻜ َﻤ���ﺎ ُء َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫��ﺤ َﺮﺓُ ﻟِﻴَ ْﻘ� َ‬ ‫ﺴ� َ‬ ‫��ﺮﺃُﻭﺍ ﻫ��� ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎﺑَ���ﺔَ َﻭﻳُ َﻌ ﱢﺮﻓُ���ﻮﻧِﻲ ﺑِﺘَ ْﻔ ِ‬ ‫‪۱٦‬‬ ‫ﺴ َ�ﺮ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻤ ْﻌﺖُ َﻋ ْﻨﻚَ ﺃَﻧﱠﻚَ ﺗَ ْ‬ ‫ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺘ َِﻄﻴ ُﻊ ﺃَﻥْ ﺗُﻔَ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻴﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﻼَ ِﻡ‪َ .‬ﻭﺃَﻧَﺎ ﻗَ ْﺪ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺘ َِﻄﻴ ُﻌﻮﺍ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُﺒَﻴﱢﻨُﻮﺍ ﺗَ ْﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ��ﻴ ِﺮﻫَﺎ‬ ‫ﺴ��ﻴ ًﺮﺍ َﻭﺗ َُﺤ � ﱠﻞ ُﻋﻘَ �ﺪًﺍ‪ .‬ﻓَ �ﺈ ِ ِﻥ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ �ﺘَﻄَﻌْﺖَ ﺍﻵﻥَ ﺃَﻥْ ﺗَ ْﻘ� َ�ﺮﺃَ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎﺑَ �ﺔَ َﻭﺗُ َﻌ ﱢﺮﻓَﻨِ��ﻲ ﺑِﺘَ ْﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺗَ ْﻔ ِ‬

‫ﺴ �ﻠﱠﻂُ ﺛَﺎﻟِﺜً��ﺎ ﻓِ��ﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ � ِﺔ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓَﺘُﻠَ �ﺒﱠ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِ��ﻲ ُﻋﻨُﻘِ��ﻚَ َﻭﺗَﺘَ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻷُ ْﺭ ُﺟ��ﻮﺍﻥَ َﻭﻗِ �ﻼَ َﺩﺓً ِﻣ��ﻦْ َﺫ َﻫ � ٍ‬ ‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۱٦-۱۳ :٥‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻓ��ﻲ ﻫ��ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗ��ﻒ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳ�ـُﺤﺴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴ��ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤ��ﺎ ﺗﻌ��ﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻ��ﻤﺔ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺣﺼ��ﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﻣ�ﻪ‪ ,‬ﻧﺠ�ﺪﻩ ﺑﻐﻄﺮﺳ�ﺔ ﻳﻜﻠ�ﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ‪ ...‬ﻓﻴـ ُ َﺬﻛ�ـﱢﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻌﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ!‬ ‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﷲ‬ ‫‪۱۷‬‬ ‫َ�ﺐ ِﻫﺒَﺎﺗِ�ﻚَ ﻟِ َﻐ ْﻴ� ِﺮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻚَ َﻭﻫ ْ‬ ‫ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺏ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪» :‬ﻟِ�ﺘَ ُﻜﻦْ َﻋﻄَﺎﻳَ�ﺎﻙَ ﻟِﻨَ ْﻔ ِ‬ ‫‪۱۸‬‬ ‫�ﻲ ﺃَ ْﻋﻄَ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﻟ ِﻜﻨﱢﻲ ﺃَ ْﻗ َﺮﺃُ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎﺑَﺔَ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ َﻭﺃُﻋ ﱢَﺮﻓُﻪُ ﺑِﺎﻟﺘﱠ ْﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﻴ ِﺮ‪ .‬ﺃَ ْﻧ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍﻟْﻤَﻠِﻚُ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺎہﻠﻟُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ ﱡ‬

‫ﺃَﺑَﺎﻙَ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ َﻣﻠَ ُﻜﻮﺗً�ﺎ َﻭ َﻋﻈَ َﻤ�ﺔً َﻭ َﺟ�ﻼَﻻً َﻭﺑَ َﻬ�ﺎ ًء‪َ ۱۹ .‬ﻭﻟِ ْﻠ َﻌﻈَ َﻤ� ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِ�ﻲ ﺃَ ْﻋﻄَ�ﺎﻩُ ﺇِﻳﱠﺎﻫَ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻨَ ِﺔ‪ .‬ﻓَﺄ َﻳًّ�ﺎ ﺷَ�ﺎ َء ﻗَﺘَ� َﻞ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَﻳًّ�ﺎ‬ ‫َﻛﺎﻧَﺖْ ﺗ َْﺮﺗَ ِﻌ ُﺪ َﻭﺗَ ْﻔﺰَ ُﻉ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻣﻪُ َﺟ ِﻤﻴ ُﻊ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻭﺍﻷُ َﻣ ِﻢ َﻭﺍﻷَ ْﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ُﻌﻮ ِ‬ ‫‪ 63 ‬‬

‫* ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫‪۲۰‬‬ ‫ﺿ َﻊ‪ .‬ﻓَﻠَ ﱠﻤﺎ ْ‬ ‫ﺷَﺎ َء ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﺣ�ﻪُ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﺖْ ُﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗَﻔَ َﻊ ﻗَ ْﻠﺒُﻪُ َﻭﻗَ َ‬ ‫ﺳﺘ َْﺤﻴَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَﻳًّﺎ ﺷَﺎ َء َﺭﻓَ َﻊ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَﻳًّﺎ ﺷَﺎ َء َﻭ َ‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫ﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗ َ​َﺠﺒﱡ ًﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْﻧ َﺤﻂﱠ ﻋَﻦْ ُﻛ ْﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ ﱢﻲ ُﻣ ْﻠ ِﻜ ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻧَﺰَ ﻋُﻮﺍ َﻋ ْﻨ�ﻪُ َﺟﻼَﻟَ�ﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻁُ� ِﺮ َﺩ ِﻣ�ﻦْ ﺑَ� ْﻴ ِﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ�ﺎ ِ‬

‫ْ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻛﺎﻧَﺖْ ُ‬ ‫ﺸ�ﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓَ�ﺄ َ ْﻁ َﻌ ُﻤﻮﻩُ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻌﺸ َ‬ ‫َﻭﺗَ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻜﻨَﺎﻩُ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ِﻤﻴ� ِﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻮ ْﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻭﻯ ﻗَ ْﻠﺒُﻪُ ﺑِﺎ ْﻟ َﺤﻴَ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻄﺎﻥٌ ﻓِﻲ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ� ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ ْﺑﺘَ ﱠﻞ ِﺟ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﻤﻪُ ﺑِﻨَﺪَﻯ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء‪َ ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ َﻋﻠِ َﻢ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﷲَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ ﱠﻲ ُ‬ ‫َﻛﺎﻟﺜﱢ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺮ ِ‬ ‫‪۲۲‬‬ ‫َﻀ ْﻊ ﻗَ ْﻠﺒَ�ﻚَ‪َ ،‬ﻣ� َﻊ‬ ‫ﺱ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَﻧﱠﻪُ ﻳُﻘِﻴ ُﻢ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ َﻬﺎ َﻣﻦْ ﻳَﺸَﺎ ُء‪َ .‬ﻭﺃَ ْﻧﺖَ ﻳَﺎ ﺑَ ْﻴ ْﻠﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺻ ُﺮ ﺍ ْﺑﻨَﻪُ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِ‬ ‫‪۲۳‬‬ ‫ﻀ ُﺮﻭﺍ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻣﻚَ ﺁﻧِﻴَﺔَ ﺑَ ْﻴﺘِ ِﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺃَﻧﱠﻚَ ﻋ َ​َﺮ ْﻓﺖَ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ ﻫ َﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑَ ْﻞ ﺗَ َﻌﻈﱠ ْﻤﺖَ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺭ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء‪ ،‬ﻓَﺄ َ ْﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻀ� ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺳ َﺮﺍ ِﺭﻳﻚَ َ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﺒﱠ ْﺤﺖَ ﺁﻟِ َﻬ�ﺔَ ﺍ ْﻟﻔِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺷ ِﺮ ْﺑﺘُ ْﻢ ﺑِ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺨ ْﻤ َ�ﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫َﻭﺃَ ْﻧﺖَ َﻭ ُﻋﻈَ َﻤﺎ ُﺅﻙَ َﻭﺯَ ْﻭ َﺟﺎﺗُﻚَ َﻭ َ‬

‫َﻭ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ�� َﻤ ُﻊ َﻭﻻَ‬ ‫ﺼ�� ُﺮ َﻭﻻَ ﺗَ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ َﺠ�� ِﺮ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِ��ﻲ ﻻَ ﺗُ ْﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ِﺪﻳ�� ِﺪ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﺨﺸَ�� ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ��ﺬ َﻫ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭﺍﻟﻨﱢ َﺤ��ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺘُﻚَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟَﻪُ ُﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻁُ ُﺮﻗِﻚَ ﻓَﻠَ ْﻢ ﺗُ َﻤ ﱢﺠ ْﺪﻩُ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۳-۱۷ :٥‬‬ ‫ﺗَ ْﻌ ِﺮﻑُ ‪ .‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣﺎ ﷲُ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﺑِﻴَ ِﺪ ِﻩ ﻧَ َ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻛﻤ��ﺎ ﻋﻬ��ﺪﻧﺎﻩ ﺟﺮﻳﺌ��ﺎ ً ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﺤ��ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻟ��ﻢ ﺗﻀ��ﻌﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﻟ��ﻢ ﺗﻔ��ـﱡﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﻮﺧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻀﺪﻩ‪ ,‬ﻓﺮﻓﺾ ﺑﻜ�ﻞ ﺣ�ﺰﻡ ﻫ�ﺪﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﻭﺟﺎﻭﺑ�ﻪ ﺇﺟﺎﺑ�ﺔ ﻗﺎﺳ�ﻴﺔ ﺑ�ﺄﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ‪ ......‬ﻭﺷﺘﺎﻥ ﺑ�ﻴﻦ ﻟﻄ�ﻒ ﻭﻭﺩﺍﻋ�ﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻋﻨ�ﺪﻣﺎ ﺫﻫ�ﺐ ﻟﻴﻔﺴ�ﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﺮ ﻭﻧﺼﺤﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻩ‪ ...‬ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺮﺍﻣﺘﻪ ﻣ�ﻊ ﺣﻔﻴ�ﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﺘﻬﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻠﺸﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻌﻆ ﻣﻤ�ﺎ ﺣ�ﺪﺙ ﻟﺠ�ﺪﻩ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﺒ�ﺮ ﻭﻛﻴ�ﻒ‬ ‫ﺟﻌﻠ��ﻪ ﷲ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧ��ﺎﺕ ﺣﺘ��ﻰ ﺍﻋﺘ��ﺮﻑ ﺑ��ﺎﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺴ��ﻠﻄﺎ ً ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﻣﻤﺎﻟ��ﻚ ﺍﻟﻨ��ﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻏ��ﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘ��ﻪ ﺑﻜ��ﻞ ﻫ��ﺬﺍ ﻟ��ﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺿ��ﻊ ﺑ��ﻞ ﻛ��ﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻠ��ﻂ ﺑﻤﺰﻳ��ﺪ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳ��ﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻗ��ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻄﺮﺳ��ﺔ ﻓﺎﺳ��ﺘﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻵﻧﻴ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳ��ﺔ ﻭﺷ��ﺮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬ��ﺎ ﺧﻤ��ﺮﺍً ﻭﺳ��ﺠﺪ ﻭﺳ��ﺒﺢ ﺃﺻ��ﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻂ ﻣﺠﺪﺍً ﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎء ﻭﻟﻢ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‪ ...‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺮﻣﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ‪....‬‬ ‫ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺮﻣﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻨﻜﺮﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍً!!‬ ‫* ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪۲٥‬‬ ‫‪۲٤‬‬ ‫�ﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎﺑَ�ﺔُ‬ ‫ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﺃُ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ� َﻞ ِﻣ�ﻦْ ﻗِﺒَﻠِ� ِﻪ ﻁَ َ�ﺮﻑُ ﺍ ْﻟﻴَ� ِﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓَ ُﻜﺘِﺒَ�ﺖْ ﻫ� ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎﺑَ�ﺔُ‪َ .‬ﻭﻫ� ِﺬ ِﻩ ِﻫ َ‬ ‫‪۲٦‬‬ ‫ﺴﻴ ُﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﻼَ ِﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ُ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻦُ ‪َ .‬ﻭﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺗَ ْﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﱢ َﺮﺕْ ‪َ :‬ﻣﻨَﺎ َﻣﻨَﺎ ﺗَﻘَ ْﻴ ُﻞ َﻭﻓَ ْﺮ ِ‬

‫‪ 64 ‬‬

‫* ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫ﺼﻰ ﷲُ َﻣﻠَ ُﻜﻮﺗَﻚَ َﻭﺃَ ْﻧ َﻬﺎﻩُ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻣﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃَ ْﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻦ ﻓَ ُﻮ ِﺟ ْﺪﺕَ ﻧَﺎﻗِ ً‬ ‫ﺗَﻘَ ْﻴ ُﻞ‪ُ ،‬ﻭ ِﺯ ْﻧﺖَ ﺑِﺎ ْﻟ َﻤ َﻮﺍ ِﺯ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ ‪(۲۸-۲٤ :٥‬‬ ‫ْﻄﻴَﺖْ ﻟِ َﻤﺎ ِﺩﻱ َﻭﻓَﺎ ِﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺖْ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺘُﻚَ َﻭﺃُﻋ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗُ ِ‬ ‫ﻓَ ْﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺼﺎ" ﻳﺎ ﻟﻬ�ﺎ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻛﻠﻤ�ﺎﺕ ﺭﻫﻴﺒ�ﺔ ﻧﺮﺗﺠ�ﻒ ﺧﻮﻓ�ﺎ ً‬ ‫ﻳﻦ ﻓَ ُﻮ ِﺟﺪْﺕَ ﻧَﺎﻗِ ً‬ ‫‪ُ " ‬ﻭ ِﺯ ْﻧﺖَ ﺑِﺎ ْﻟ َﻤ َﻮﺍ ِﺯ ِ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴ��ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﻣ �ﺎ ً ‪ .....‬ﻭﻗ��ﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻧ��ﺎ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴ��ﺮ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻫ��ﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺯﻧ��ﺎﺕ ﻟﻨﺘ �ﺎﺟﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺮﺑﺢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ‪ ...‬ﻭﻫ�ﻲ ﻓﺘ�ﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨ�ﺎ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ...‬ﻟﻜﻨ�ﻪ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﺼ�ﺎﻟِ ُﺢ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻄﺎﻟﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ‪ " :‬ﻧِ ِﻌ ﱠﻤﺎ ﺃَ ﱡﻳ َﻬ�ﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ْﺒ� ُﺪ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺡ‬ ‫���ﻞ ﻓَﺄُﻗِﻴ ُﻤ����ﻚَ َﻋﻠَ����ﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﺜِﻴ���� ِﺮ‪ .‬ﺍُﺩ ُْﺧ���� ْﻞ ﺇِﻟَ����ﻰ ﻓَ� َ‬ ‫َﻭﺍﻷَ ِﻣ����ﻴﻦُ ! ُﻛ ْﻨ����ﺖَ ﺃَ ِﻣﻴﻨً����ﺎ ﻓِ����ﻲ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَﻠِﻴ� ِ‬ ‫���ﺮ ِ‬

‫ﺳﻴﱢ ِﺪﻙَ ‪)".‬ﻣﺖ‪ (۲۱ :۲٥‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻬﻤﻞ ﻭﺯﻧﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻓﻨﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻜ�ﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻫﻴ�ﺐ‪" :‬ﺍ ْﻁ َﺮ ُﺣ�ﻮﻩُ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ‪)".‬ﻣﺖ‪(۳۰ :۲٥‬‬ ‫ﺻ ِﺮﻳ ُﺮ ﺍﻷَ ْ‬ ‫ﻈ ْﻠ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺨﺎ ِﺭ ِﺟﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪ُ ،‬ﻫﻨَﺎﻙَ ﻳَ ُﻜﻮﻥُ ﺍ ْﻟﺒُ َﻜﺎ ُء َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻨ َ ِ‬ ‫* ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫‪۲۹‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِ�ﻲ ُﻋﻨُﻘِ� ِﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﺃَ َﻣ َﺮ ﺑَ ْﻴ ْﻠﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺻ ُﺮ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُ ْﻠﺒِ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﻮﺍ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ُﺟﻮﺍﻥَ َﻭﻗِﻼَ َﺩﺓً ِﻣ�ﻦْ َﺫﻫَ� ٍ‬ ‫‪۳۰‬‬ ‫ﺻ ُﺮ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱢﻄًﺎ ﺛَﺎﻟِﺜًﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ ِﺔ‪ .‬ﻓِﻲ ﺗِ ْﻠﻚَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ْﻴﻠَ ِﺔ ﻗُﺘِ َﻞ ﺑَ ْﻴ ْﻠﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫َﻭﻳُﻨَﺎﺩُﻭﺍ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ ِﻪ ﺃَﻧﱠﻪُ ﻳَ ُﻜﻮﻥُ ُﻣﺘَ َ‬ ‫‪۳۱‬‬ ‫ﺳ�ﻨَﺔً‪.‬‬ ‫ﻮﺱ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﺎ ِﺩ ﱡ‬ ‫َﻣﻠِ ُﻚ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ ْﻠﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﱢﻴﻦَ ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺄ َ َﺧ َﺬ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺔَ ﺩَﺍ ِﺭﻳﱡ ُ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﱢﻴﻦَ َ‬ ‫ﻱ َﻭﻫ َُﻮ ﺍﺑْﻦُ ﺍ ْﺛﻨَﺘَ ْﻴ ِﻦ َﻭ ِ‬

‫)ﺩﺍ ‪(۳۱-۲۹ :٥‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺃﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﺁﺧ�ﺮ ﻟﺤﻈ�ﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺗ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﻴﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻟﺤﺎﺷ�ﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ ﻣ�ﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻨﺢ ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻞ ﺍﻟ�ﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴ�ﺔ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻋﻤ�ﺮﻩ ﻟﻴﻘ�ﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺑ�ﺔ ﻛ�ﺎﻟﻠﺺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ‪ ....‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗ�ﺪﻓﻦ ﺭﺃﺳ�ﻬﺎ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣ�ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﻨ��ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﺼ��ﺮ ﻋ��ﺪﻭﺍً ﺁﺗﻴ�ﺎ ً‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜ��ﺬﺍ ﺍﻗ��ﺘﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﻔ��ﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻ��ﻤﺔ ﻓ��ﻲ ﻧﻔ��ﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠ��ﺔ ﻭﻗﺘﻠ�ﻮﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺗﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 65 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﺮ ﻭﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﻟﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻣ�ﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓ�ﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻜ��ﻢ ﻭﺑ��ﺪﺃﺕ ﻓﺘ��ﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﻳ��ﺪﺓ‪ ...‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻗ��ﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻔ��ﻰ ﺃﺛﻨ��ﺎء ﻓﺘ��ﺮﺓ ﺣﻜ��ﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻠﺸﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﺘﻬﺘﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ ﻅﻬ�ﺮ ﺑﻮﺿ�ﻮﺡ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻓﺘ�ﺮﺓ ﺣﻜ�ﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻳ�ﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ﺷ�ﺎﺥ ﻭﺗﻘ�ﺪﻡ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻷﻳ�ﺎﻡ )ﺣ�ﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ۸۰‬ﻋﺎﻣ�ﺎ ً( ﻭﻟﻜﻨ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻅﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﻴﻨﺎ ً ﻹﻟﻬﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻮﺱ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫�ﻮﺱ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُ� َ�ﻮﻟﱢ َﻲ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ� ِﺔ ِﻣﺌَ�ﺔً َﻭ ِﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﺸ� ِﺮﻳﻦَ َﻣ ْﺮ ُﺯﺑَﺎﻧً��ﺎ ﻳَ ُﻜﻮﻧُ��ﻮﻥَ‬ ‫َﺣ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ��ﻦَ ِﻋ ْﻨ� َﺪ ﺩَﺍ ِﺭﻳﱡ� َ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﱢﻱ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﺮﺍ ِﺯﺑَ�ﺔُ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ ِﺔ ُﻛﻠﱢ َﻬﺎ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻫ ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﺛَﻼَﺛَﺔَ ُﻭﺯَ َﺭﺍ َء ﺃَ َﺣ ُﺪ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ�ﺂ ُﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟِﺘُ�ﺆَ ﺩ َ‬

‫ﻕ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ��ﺂ ُﻝ ﻫ�� َﺬﺍ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ�� ُﻮﺯَ َﺭﺍ ِء‬ ‫�ﺎﺭﺓٌ‪۳ .‬ﻓَﻔَ��ﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺴ� َ‬ ‫�ﻴﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ��ﻚَ َﺧ َ‬ ‫ُﺼ� َ‬ ‫ﺴ� َ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟَ � ْﻴ ِﻬ ِﻢ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﺤ َ‬ ‫�ﺎﺏ ﻓَ��ﻼَ ﺗ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺿﻠَﺔً‪َ .‬ﻭﻓَ ﱠﻜ َﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﻓِﻲ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُ َﻮﻟﱢﻴَﻪُ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ� ِﺔ ُﻛﻠﱢ َﻬ�ﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﺮﺍ ِﺯﺑَ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻥﱠ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ُﺭ ً‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺎ ﻓَ ِ‬ ‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۳-۱ :٦‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻮﺱ ﻣﻠﻜﺎ ً ﺣﻜﻴﻤ�ﺎ ً‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻤﺘ�ﻊ ﺑﺤﺴ�ﻦ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈ�ﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻓﻘﺴ�ﻢ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘ�ﻪ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﺮﺯﺑﺎﻧﺎ ً )ﻣﺪﻳﺮﺍً ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈ�ﺎ ً( ﻭﻳ�ﺮﺃﺱ ﻛ�ﻞ ﻫ�ﺆﻻء ﺛﻼﺛ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﻭﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﺯﺭﺍء ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺯﺑﺔ ﻳﺆﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﺴ�ﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜ�ﺔ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺍﻟ�ﻮﺯﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺧﺴﺎﺋﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻮﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻮﻧ�ﻪ ﺷ�ﻴﺨﺎ ً ﻣﺘﻘ�ﺪﻣﺎ ً ﻓ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﻋ�ﺮﻑ ﻣﻨ�ﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺼ��ﺒﻪ ﻋﻈﻴﻤ �ﺎ ً ﺃﻳ��ﺎﻡ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼ��ﺮ ﻟ��ﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻴﻨ��ﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳ��ﻮﺱ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺃﻛﺒ��ﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻅ��ﺎﺋﻒ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﻔﺎءﺗﻪ ﻓﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﷲ‪ ,‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﺟﻌ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﻳﻨ�ﻮﻱ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 66 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫* ﻏﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﺭﺍء ﻭﺗﺂﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪٤‬ﺛُ ﱠﻢ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻮﺯَ َﺭﺍ َء َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﺮﺍ ِﺯﺑَﺔَ َﻛﺎﻧُﻮﺍ ﻳَ ْﻄﻠُﺒُﻮﻥَ ِﻋﻠﱠﺔً ﻳَ ِﺠﺪُﻭﻧَ َﻬﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ِﻣﻦْ ِﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﻄﺄ ٌ‬ ‫ﻮﺟ ْﺪ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ َﺧ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻠَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﻘ ِﺪ ُﺭﻭﺍ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳَ ِﺠﺪُﻭﺍ ِﻋﻠﱠﺔً َﻭﻻَ َﺫ ْﻧﺒًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻪُ َﻛﺎﻥَ ﺃَ ِﻣﻴﻨًﺎ َﻭﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳُ َ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ َﺟﺎ ُﻝ‪» :‬ﻻَ ﻧَ ِﺠ ُﺪ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ِﻋﻠﱠﺔً ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥْ ﻧَ ِﺠ َﺪﻫَﺎ ِﻣﻦْ‬ ‫َﻭﻻَ َﺫ ْﻧ ٌ‬ ‫ﺐ‪ .‬ﻓَﻘَﺎ َﻝ ﻫ ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﱢ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘَ َﻤ َﻊ ﻫ ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻮﺯ َ​َﺭﺍ ُء َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﺮﺍ ِﺯﺑَﺔُ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ َﻭﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ‬ ‫ِﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ َ‬ ‫ﺷ ِﺮﻳ َﻌ ِﺔ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬ ِﻪ«‪ِ .‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ْ‬

‫ﺶ ِﺇﻟَﻰ ﺍﻷَﺑَ ِﺪ! ‪۷‬ﺇِﻥﱠ َﺟ ِﻤﻴ َﻊ ُﻭﺯَ َﺭﺍ ِء ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﻮﺱ‪ِ ،‬ﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﻟَﻪُ ﻫ َﻜ َﺬﺍ‪» :‬ﺃَ ﱡﻳ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚُ ﺩَﺍ ِﺭﻳُ ُ‬ ‫ﻀ ُﻌﻮﺍ ﺃَ ْﻣ ًﺮﺍ َﻣﻠَ ِﻜﻴًّﺎ‬ ‫ﺸﻴ ِﺮﻳﻦَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻮﻻَ ِﺓ ﻗَ ْﺪ ﺗَ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻭ ُﺭﻭﺍ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳَ َ‬ ‫َﻭﺍﻟﺸ َﱢﺤ ِﻦ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﺮﺍ ِﺯﺑَ ِﺔ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﺇِﻻﱠ‬ ‫َﻭﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ﱢﺪﺩُﻭﺍ ﻧَ ْﻬﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑِﺄَﻥﱠ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ َﻣﻦْ ﻳَ ْﻄﻠُ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻁ ْﻠﺒَﺔً َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺛَﻼَﺛِﻴﻦَ ﻳَ ْﻮ ًﻣﺎ ِﻣﻦْ ﺇِﻟ ٍﻪ ﺃَ ْﻭ ﺇِ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍ‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﺾ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻨﻚَ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚُ‪ ،‬ﻳُ ْﻄ َﺮ ُﺡ ﻓِﻲ ُﺟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻷُ ُ‬ ‫ﺳﻮ ِﺩ‪ .‬ﻓَﺜَﺒﱢ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻵﻥَ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ْﻬ َﻲ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَ ْﻣ ِ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﻀﻰ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎﺑَﺔَ ﻟِ َﻜ ْﻲ ﻻَ ﺗَﺘَ َﻐﻴ ﱠ َﺮ َﻛ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﺦ«‪ .‬ﻷَ ْﺟ ِﻞ ﺫﻟِﻚَ ﺃَ ْﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻻَ ﺗُ ْﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ِﺮﻳ َﻌ ِﺔ َﻣﺎ ِﺩﻱ َﻭﻓَﺎ ِﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺱ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎﺑَﺔَ َﻭﺍﻟﻨﱠ ْﻬ َﻲ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۹-٤ :٦‬‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﺩَﺍ ِﺭﻳُ ُ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺟﺤﺎ ً ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﺠﺎﺣﻪ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﻂ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺤﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﺮﻗﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻌـ َﻠـ ﱠﻬﻢ ﻳﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻏﻠﻄﺔ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻻﺗﻬﻢ ﺑﺎءﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺸﻞ‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﻴﻨﺎ ً ﺟﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺪﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻬﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺁﻟﻬﺘﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﺎﺭﻉ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ�ﻠﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣ�ﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺗﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻛ�ﺔ ﻫ�ﻲ ﺇﺑﻌ�ﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴ�ﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﺼﻴ�ـﱡﺪ ﺃﺧﻄ�ﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﻋ�ﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪ ......‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺑ�ﻴﺾ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑ��ﻞ ﻧﺎﺻ��ﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴ��ﺎﺽ ﻟ��ﻢ ﻳﺴ��ﺘﻄﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺴ��ﻮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠ��ﺪﻭﺍ ﻓﻴ��ﻪ ﺷ��ﺮﺍً ﻭﻻ ﺷ��ﺒﻪ ﺷ��ﺮ ‪ ....‬ﻟ��ﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺪﻭﺍ ﻓﻴ�ﻪ ﻋﻠ�ﺔ ‪ ...‬ﺇﻻ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺟﻬ�ﺔ ﺷ�ﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻬ�ﻪ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻫ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻤ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﺒ�ﺮ ﺇﻛﻠ�ﻴﻼً‬ ‫ﻳﺘ��ﻮﺝ ﻫﺎﻣﺘ��ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ��ﺎ ﻟﻴ��ﺖ ﻛ��ﻞ ﻣﻨ��ﺎ ﻳﺤﻈ��ﻰ ﺑﻬ��ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸ��ﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻈ��ﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﺴ��ﻤﻊ ﻫ��ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤ��ﺪﻳﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻣﺔ ‪ " ...‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻸﺳﻒ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ!"‬ ‫‪ 67 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﻈ�ﺖ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺠﻮﻥ ﺑﻤ�ﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻴ�ﺒﻬﻢ ﺳ�ﻮﻯ ﻛ�ﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺴ�ﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﺗـُﻔـَﺼﱠﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﻫﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺋﻢ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ" ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﻛﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ!‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺫﻫﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺴﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻤﻮﺍ ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺍﻣﺮﺓ ﻓﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﺘﻤﻠﻘﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎ ً ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺍً ﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﺼﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻣﻀﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﺎ ً ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺍً ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ! ﻓﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﻻ ﻳـ ُ َﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﻟﻒ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﺠﻌﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻮﺱ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﻬﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻁﻠﺒﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ!!‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺻﺎﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻠﻖ ﻫﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﺅﻩ ﻓﺴﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺦ‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺎﻗﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺣﺒﺎ ً ﻟﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ً ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﻠﻕ!‬

‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻬﻨﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﻋﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺠﺎﺭﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺟﻴﺪﺍً ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻐ�ﺰﻭ ﺣﻴ�ﺎﺓ ﺿ�ﺤﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﻣ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺿﻌﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺨﺘﺮﻕ ﺣﺼﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺠﺬﺑﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻬﻼﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺗﺼ��ﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻔ��ﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻠ��ﻖ ﻫ��ﻮ ﺃﺣ��ﺪ ﺃﺑ��ﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘ��ﻲ ﻳﻘ��ﻊ ﻓﻴﻬ��ﺎ ﻛﺜﻴ��ﺮ ﻣ��ﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻕ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺰﻋﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﻜ�ﻦ ﻗﺒﻠ�ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻅﻞ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ!‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻌﻈ��ﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻠﻘ��ﻴﻦ ﻣﻨ��ﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ﻳﺨﻄﺒ��ﻮﻥ ﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋ��ﺪ ﺑﺤﺜ �ﺎ ً ﻋ��ﻦ ﻣﺼ��ﺎﻟﺤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼ��ﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻀ ْﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺨﻠﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻟﺬﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺻﻴﺔ ﷲ "ﻟِﺘ َْﺨ َ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻼَ ِﻁﻴﻦُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﺎﺋِﻨَ�ﺔُ‬ ‫ﺳ� ْﻠﻄَﺎﻥٌ ﺇِﻻﱠ ِﻣ�ﻦَ ﷲِ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻟِﻠ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺲ ُ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ ﺍ ْﻟﻔَﺎﺋِﻘَ� ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠ�ﻪُ ﻟَ� ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻼَ ِﻁ ِ‬ ‫ُﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻧَ ْﻔ ٍ‬ ‫ِﻫ َﻲ ُﻣ َﺮﺗﱠﺒَﺔٌ ِﻣﻦَ ﷲِ" )ﺭﻭ‪ (۱ :۱۳‬ﻭﺑ�ﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﺪﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺒ�ﺎﻟﻎ ﻓﻴ�ﻪ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄ�ﻲ ﻹﺑﻠ�ﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺳﻼﺣﺎ ً ﻳﻬﺎﺟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺡ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺎء‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺆﺫﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺤﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻴﺪﻭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 68 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﺢ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺎﻑ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ! ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ً ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈ�ﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻗﻮﻳ�ﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻴﻨ�ﻪ ﻓﻴﻬ�ﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻧﻌﻤ�ﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻀ�ﺎﻉ ‪ ...‬ﻓﻴﺼ�ﻠﻲ ﺳ�ﺮﺍً ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴ�ﻤﻊ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻳﺘ�ﺬﻛﺮ ﻣ�ﺎ ﺣ�ﺪﺙ ﻣ�ﻊ ﻫﻴ�ﺮﻭﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻻ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ! ‪ ...‬ﻓ�ﺮﺍﻕ ﻟ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﺪﻳﺢ ﻭﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﻌ�ﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻟ ﻓﻀﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺎﺕ‪) .‬ﺃﻉ‪(۲۳-۲۲ :۱۲‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻮﺱ – ﺭﻏ�ﻢ ﺣﻜﻤﺘ�ﻪ – ﻓ�ﻲ ﻓ�ﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻠ�ﻖ ﻋﻨ�ﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﻨﻌ�ﻮﻩ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻭﻗ�ـ ﱠﻊ ﺍﻟﻘ�ﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺘﺴ�ﺮﻉ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻠﺒﻲ ﻁﻠﺒﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺷﻬﺮ‪َ .‬‬ ‫ﻭﻏﻔﻠﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺪﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻛﻌﺎﺩﺗﻪ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ُﻮﺣ�ﺔٌ ﻓِ�ﻲ‬ ‫َﺐ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺑَ ْﻴﺘِ� ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُﻛ�ﻮﺍﻩُ )ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺗ�ﻪ( َﻣ ْﻔﺘ َ‬ ‫ﻀﺎ ِء ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎﺑَ ِﺔ َﺫﻫ َ‬ ‫ﻓَﻠَ ﱠﻤﺎ َﻋﻠِ َﻢ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ﺑِﺈ ِ ْﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺷﻠِﻴ َﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓَ َﺠﺜَ�ﺎ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ ُﺭ ْﻛﺒَﺘَ ْﻴ� ِﻪ ﺛَ�ﻼَ َ‬ ‫ﺻ�ﻠﱠﻰ َﻭ َﺣ َﻤ� َﺪ‬ ‫ُﻋﻠﱢﻴﱠﺘِ ِﻪ ﻧَ ْﺤ َﻮ ﺃُﻭ ُﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓِ�ﻲ ﺍ ْﻟﻴَ ْ�ﻮ ِﻡ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺙ َﻣ� ﱠﺮﺍ ٍ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ َﺟﺎ ُﻝ ﻓَ َﻮ َﺟﺪُﻭﺍ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ‬ ‫ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬ ِﻪ َﻛ َﻤﺎ َﻛﺎﻥَ ﻳَ ْﻔ َﻌ ُﻞ ﻗَ ْﺒ َﻞ ﺫﻟِﻚَ ‪ .‬ﻓَ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﺟﺘَ َﻤ َﻊ ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﻫ ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﱢ‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬ ‫�ﻚ‪» :‬ﺃَﻟَ� ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﻄﻠُ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭﻳَﺘ َ‬ ‫�ﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِ‬ ‫َﻀ ﱠﺮ ُﻉ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬ ِﻪ‪ .‬ﻓَﺘَﻘَ ﱠﺪ ُﻣﻮﺍ َﻭﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ ُﻤﻮﺍ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ ﻓِ�ﻲ ﻧَ ْﻬ ِ‬

‫�ﺎﻥ َﺣﺘﱠ�ﻰ ﺛَﻼَﺛِ�ﻴﻦَ ﻳَ ْﻮ ًﻣ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﻳَ ْﻄﻠُ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣﻦْ ﺇِﻟ ٍﻪ ﺃَ ْﻭ ﺇِ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﻧَ ْﻬﻴًﺎ ﺑِﺄَﻥﱠ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ ﺇِ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍ‬ ‫ﺗُ ْﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﺢ‬ ‫�ﺤ ٌ‬ ‫ﺇِﻻﱠ ِﻣ ْﻨﻚَ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﻳُ ْﻄ َﺮ ُﺡ ﻓِﻲ ُﺟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻷُ ُ‬ ‫ﺎﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ‪» :‬ﺍﻷَ ْﻣ ُﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻮ ِﺩ؟« ﻓَﺄ َ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ِ‬

‫ﺴ� ُ‬ ‫�ﺦ« )ﺗﺘﻐﻴ��ﺮ(‪ِ ۱۳ .‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ� ٍﺬ ﺃَ َﺟ��ﺎﺑُﻮﺍ َﻭﻗَ��ﺎﻟُﻮﺍ ﻗُ�ﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ‬ ‫َﻛ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِ��ﻲ ﻻَ ﺗُ ْﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺸ� ِﺮﻳ َﻌ ِﺔ َﻣ��ﺎ ِﺩﻱ َﻭﻓَ��ﺎ ِﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﺒ ِﻲ ﻳَ ُﻬﻮ َﺫﺍ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﺠ َﻌ ْﻞ ﻟَﻚَ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﺍ ْﻋﺘِﺒَﺎ ًﺭﺍ َﻭﻻَ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪» :‬ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ِﻣﻦْ ﺑَﻨِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ْﻴﺘَﻪُ‪ ،‬ﺑَ ْﻞ ﺛَﻼَ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻁ ْﻠﺒَﺘَﻪُ«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱۳-۱۰ :٦‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ْﻟﻴَ ْﻮ ِﻡ ﻳَ ْﻄﻠُ ُ‬ ‫ﻟِﻠﻨﱠ ْﻬ ِﻲ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﺃَ ْﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺙ َﻣ ﱠﺮﺍ ٍ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﺻ��ﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳ��ﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴ��ﺐ ‪ ..‬ﻭﻟ��ﻢ ﻳﻜ��ﻦ ﺻ��ﻌﺒﺎ ً ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳ��ﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻫ��ﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ ً ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺨ�ﺎ ً ﻟ�ﻪ ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒ�ﻮﺏ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﺤﺘﺴﺐ ﻟﺸﻲء ﻭﻻ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺛﻤﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﺺ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﻢ ﺑﻔ�ﺮﺡ ﺳ�ﻌﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺗﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒَﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ ....‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻟ�ﻢ ﺗﺴ�ﺘﻄﻊ ﻛ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﻘ�ﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺿ�ﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺆﺟﻞ ﻟﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺐ ﺑﺤﺒﻴﺒﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﺍً ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ً ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍً‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 69 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻧﺼﺤﺎ ً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒ�ﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄ�ﻴﻦ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﺤ�ﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻠﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺤﻨ����ﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺻ����ﻔﺔ ﺣﺘ����ﻰ ﺗﻤ����ﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼ����ﻼﺓ ﻓ����ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻔ����ﺎء ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟ����ﺔ ﻣ����ﻦ ﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻫﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻟﺘﻌﻀ�ﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻓﻴ�ﺪ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣ�ﺔ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺸ�ﻬﺎﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺴ��ﻂ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ��ﺎﺕ ﻫ��ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﻠ��ﻖ ﻧﻮﺍﻓ��ﺬ ﺑﻴﺘ��ﻪ ﺣﺘ��ﻰ ﻻ ﻳ��ﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺑﺼ��ﻮﻥ ﺑ��ﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻳُﻔَ ﱢﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺃﺫﻧﺎ ً ﺻ�ﺎﻏﻴﺔ ﻣ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺟﻴﺪﺍً ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﺎﻉ ﷲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﻣﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻋ��ﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺑ��ﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺑ��ﺔ ﻧﺼ��ﻒ ﻗ��ﺮﻥ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣ��ﺎﻥ ﻳ��ﻮﻡ ﺣ �ـ ُ ِﺮﻡ ﻣ��ﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻹﻟﻬ�ﻪ ﺃﻣ�ﺎﻡ ﺃﺗ�ﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ�ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﺃﻋ�ﺪﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼ�ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏ�ﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺭﻓﺎﻗ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺬﻟﻮﻩ ‪ ....‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﺇﺫ ﺗﻤﺘﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﺑﻦ ﷲ ﻣﺘﺠﺴﺪﺍً ﻣﻌﻬ�ﻢ ﻓ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺗ��ﻮﻥ‪ ...‬ﻓﻬ��ﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﺼ��ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﻧﻔ��ﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻ��ﺔ ﻭﻫ��ﻞ ﺳ��ﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑ��ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺸﻬﺎﺩ؟ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻓ��ﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻳ��ﻮﻡ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴ��ﻖ ﺍﻟﻘ��ﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺗ��ﻞ ﻋ��ﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﺑﻴﺘ��ﻪ ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻴ��ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻠﺼﺼ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺑﺼ��ﺔ ﺗﺤ �ﻴﻂ ﺑ��ﺎﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ��ﻪ ﻣﻀ��ﻰ ﻛﻌﺎﺩﺗ��ﻪ ﻭﻓ��ﺘﺢ ﻧﻮﺍﻓ��ﺬ ﺑﻴﺘ��ﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻅﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﻛﻨ�ﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘ�ﻲ ﻫﻨ�ﺎﻙ ﻭﺑ�ﺪﺃ ﺻ�ﻼﺗﻪ ﻭﺳ�ﺠﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺯﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﻟﻴﺨﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ "ﺑ�ﺎﻟ ُﺠﺮﻡ" ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻓﻪ ﻭﺯﻳﺮﻩ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺛﻘﺘﻪ!‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺛﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻼﺓ!‬

‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻫﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻦ‪ ,‬ﻓﺜﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺭﻏﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻀﺮﻉ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻬﺎ ً ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻁﻠﺐ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻢ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺪﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳ َﺮﺍﺋِﻴ ُﻞ ﺃَ َﻣﺎ َﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﺪ ﱢُﻭ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺷ ْﻌﺒُﻚَ ﺇِ ْ‬ ‫" َﻭﺇِ ِﻥ ﺍ ْﻧ َﻜ َ‬ ‫َﻀ ﱠﺮﻋُﻮﺍ ﺃَ َﻣﺎ َﻣﻚَ‬ ‫َﻭﺍ ْﻋﺘ َ​َﺮﻓُﻮﺍ ﺑِﺎ ْ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﱠ ْﻮﺍ َﻭﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻤﻚَ َﻭ َ‬

‫ﻟِ َﻜ ْﻮﻧِ ِﻬ ْﻢ ﺃَ ْﺧﻄَﺄُﻭﺍ ﺇِﻟَ ْﻴﻚَ ‪ ،‬ﺛُ ﱠﻢ َﺭ َﺟ ُﻌﻮﺍ‬ ‫‪۲٥‬‬ ‫ﺳ َﻤ ْﻊ ﺃَ ْﻧﺖَ ِﻣﻦَ‬ ‫ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺎ ْ‬ ‫ﻧَ ْﺤ َﻮ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ْﻴ ِ‬

‫‪ 70 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺽ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺃَ ْﻋﻄَ ْﻴﺘَ َﻬﺎ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء َﻭﺍ ْﻏﻔِ ْﺮ َﺧ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔَ َ‬ ‫ﺷ ْﻌﺒِ َﻚ ﺇِ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺳ َﺮﺍﺋِﻴ َﻞ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَ ْﺭ ِﺟ ْﻌ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﻵﺑَﺎﺋِ ِﻬ ْﻢ‪۲) ".‬ﺃﺥ‪.(۲٥-۲٤ :٦‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗ�ﻮﺭ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﺒﺨ�ﻞ ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺗ�ﻪ ﺛﻤﻨ�ﺎ ﻟﻠﺼ�ﻼﺓ ﻳﺒﻜﺘﻨ�ﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻌ�ﺎ ً‬ ‫ﻧﺤ��ﻦ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺴ��ﺘﻜﺜﺮ ﺑﻌ��ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸ��ﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴ��ﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻨﻴ��ﺔ ﺛﻤﻨ�ﺎ ً ﻟﻠﺼ��ﻼﺓ‪ ,‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣ�ﺎ ً ﻛﻤ��ﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻜﺘﻨﺎ ﻗﺼﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﻌﻮﺍ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺛﻤﻨ�ﺎ ﻟﺘﻬﺮﻳ�ﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘ�ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳ�ﺔ ﻟ�ﺪﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻕ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ ﻁﻮﺍﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﻋﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸ�ﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ�ﺎ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻨ�ﺎ ﺗﻜ�ﺘﻆ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫‪۱٤‬‬ ‫ﺴ� ِﻪ ِﺟ� ًّﺪﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺟ َﻌ� َﻞ ﻗَ ْﻠﺒَ�ﻪُ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ�ﺂ َﻝ‬ ‫ﻓَﻠَ ﱠﻤﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻤ َﻊ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ�ﻼَ َﻡ ﺍ ْﻏﺘَ�ﺎﻅَ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ ﻧَ ْﻔ ِ‬ ‫‪۱٥‬‬ ‫�ﻚ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻟِﻴُ ْﻨﻘِ َﺬﻩُ‪ .‬ﻓَ ْ‬ ‫ﻟِﻴُﻨَ ﱢﺠﻴَﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﺟﺘَ َﻤ َﻊ ﺃُﻭﻟﺌِﻚَ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ َﺟﺎ ُﻝ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘَ َﻬ َﺪ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ُﻏ ُﺮﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻤ ِ‬

‫�ﻲ ﺃَ ْﻭ‬ ‫َﻭﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ‪» :‬ﺍ ْﻋﻠَ ْﻢ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬ�ﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ُﻚ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺷَ� ِﺮﻳ َﻌﺔَ َﻣ�ﺎ ِﺩﻱ َﻭﻓَ�ﺎ ِﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ِﻫ َ‬ ‫�ﻲ ﺃَﻥﱠ ُﻛ� ﱠﻞ ﻧَ ْﻬ ٍ‬ ‫ﻀ ُﻌﻪُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﻻَ ﻳَﺘَ َﻐﻴﱠ ُﺮ«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱٥-۱٤ :٦‬‬ ‫ﺃَ ْﻣ ٍﺮ ﻳَ َ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻛﺘﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻘﻂ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﺴ�ﻴﺎﻗﻪ ﻭﺭﺍء ﺗﻤﻠﻘﻬ�ﻢ ﻟ�ﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻗـ ﱠﻊ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﺻ�ﺪﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤ�ﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻏﺘ�ﺎﻅ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻧﻔﺴ�ﻪ ﻷﻧ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻸﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﺼﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺻﻤﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻅﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻐ�ﺮﺓ ﻓ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﻛﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺍً ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻷﺷ�ﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﺬﻛ�ـ ﱢﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳ�ﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻗـ ﱠﻌﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺇﻟﻘﺎء ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺐ‬ ‫‪۱٦‬‬ ‫�ﺎﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ُﻚ‬ ‫ﻀ� ُﺮﻭﺍ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ�ﺂ َﻝ َﻭﻁَ َﺮ ُﺣ�ﻮﻩُ ﻓِ�ﻲ ُﺟ ﱢ‬ ‫�ﺐ ﺍﻷُ ُ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﻮ ِﺩ‪ .‬ﺃَ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﺃَ َﻣ َﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ُﻚ ﻓَﺄ َ ْﺣ َ‬ ‫‪۱۷‬‬ ‫ﺿ� َﻊ‬ ‫�ﻲ ﺑِ َﺤ َﺠ� ٍﺮ َﻭ ُﻭ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﻟِﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ‪» :‬ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺇِﻟ َﻬﻚَ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﺗَ ْﻌﺒُ ُﺪﻩُ ﺩَﺍﺋِ ًﻤ�ﺎ ﻫ َُ�ﻮ ﻳُﻨَ ﱢﺠﻴ�ﻚَ «‪َ .‬ﻭﺃُﺗِ َ‬

‫ﺼ � ُﺪ ﻓِ��ﻲ‬ ‫�ﺐ َﻭ َﺧﺘَ َﻤ �ﻪُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ � ُﻚ ﺑِ َﺨﺎﺗِ ِﻤ � ِﻪ َﻭ َﺧ��ﺎﺗِ ِﻢ ُﻋﻈَ َﻤﺎﺋِ � ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟِ �ﺌَﻼﱠ ﻳَﺘَ َﻐﻴﱠ� َ�ﺮ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ ﻓَ� ِ�ﻢ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺠ� ﱢ‬ ‫ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱۷-۱٦ :٦‬‬ ‫‪ 71 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﺣﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑ�ﻴﻦ ﺧﻴ�ﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺃﺣﻼﻫﻤ�ﺎ ُﻣ�ﺮ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻣ�ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺴ�ﺮ ﺍﻟﻘ�ﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻳُﻌ��ﺮﱢ ﺽ ﻧﻔﺴ��ﻪ ﻟﺜ��ﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸ��ﻌﺐ ﻭﻓﻘ��ﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ��ﺮﺵ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﻔ��ﺬ ﺍﻟﻘ��ﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻀ��ﺤﻴﺎ ً ﺑ��ﺄﻭﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﻫ�ﻮ ﻳﻌﻠ�ﻢ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ ﻣﻈﻠ�ﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳ�ﺔ ﺍﺧﺘ�ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﺁﺳ�ﻔﺎ ً ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔ�ﺬ ﺍﻟﻘ�ﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺿﻌﺎ ً ﺭﺟﺎءﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ -‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﻳﻬﻠ�ﻚ ﺑ�ﻞ ﻻﺑ�ﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﻴﻨﻔﺬﻭﺍ ﺣﻜﻤﺎ ً ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻅﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳُﺒ ِﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﻞ ﺳ�ﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻬ�ﻢ ﺑﺒﺴ�ﺎﻁﺔ ﻛﺄﻧ�ﻪ ﺫﺍﻫ�ﺐ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻧﺰﻫ�ﺔ ﻟﻠﻘ�ﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺗﻌﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻋﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ !‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻠﻢ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻛﺐ ﻟﻨﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﻔﺮﺓ ﻋﻤﻴﻘ�ﺔ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺟ�ﻮﻑ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗ�ـ ُ ﱠﺴﺪ ﻋ�ﻦ ﻁﺮﻳ�ﻖ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺮ ﺿﺨﻢ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻮﻫﺘﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﺗﻔﻮﺡ ﻣﻨﻬ�ﺎ ﺭﺍﺋﺤ�ﺔ ﻋﻄﻨ�ﺔ ﺗﻤﻴ�ﺰ ﻋ�ﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺳ�ﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻋﺞ ﻳﻌﻠ�ﻦ ﻋ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺠ�ﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘ�ﺎﺭﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺜ�ﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻣ�ﺔ ﻷﺳ�ﻮﺩ ﺗﺤ�ﺘﺞ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺴﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻮﻫﻢ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎ ً ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﻗﺴ�ﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜ�ﺄﺭﻭﺍ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﻴﺎﺑﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﺑﻨﻔﺴ�ﻪ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺭﻓﻘ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻛ�ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴ�ﺐ ﻭﺍﻗﺘ�ﺮﺏ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻳﻌﺘ�ﺬﺭ ﻟ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ُﻣﺨَ ﻴﱠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺃﻣﻼً ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍً ﺃﻥ ﺇﻟﻬﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺮﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺣﺮﺍﺳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺿ�ﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﺎﺩﻳ�ﺎ ً ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻭﺟ�ﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻨ�ﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺎﻛﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻤﻌﻮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻟﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻻﺻﻄﺤﺎﺏ ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﺧﺰﻳﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺒ ُﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻟﻼﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺑ�ﻞ ﺳ�ﻼﻡ ﷲ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻳﻔ�ﻮﻕ ﻛ�ﻞ ﻋﻘ�ﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺗﻔﻴﺾ ﺑﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﻴ�ﻖ‪ .‬ﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﻳﺨﺎﻟ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸ�ﺎﻫﺪ ﻋﺮﻳﺴ�ﺎ ً ﻳﺤﺘﻔ�ﻞ ﺑﻴ�ﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻋـُﺮﺳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺱ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﺣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠـﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻓـﻢ ﺍﻟـﺠﺐ‪ ,‬ﻭﺗـﻘـﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤـــﺮﺍﺱ‬ ‫‪ 72 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺗﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﺩ ﻳﺼﻢ ﺍﻷﺫﺍﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻀﻦ ﺩﺣﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺠ�ﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻔ�ﺬ ﺍﻟﻨ�ﻮﺭ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﻓﺘﺤ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺠ�ﺐ ﻭﻳﻜﺸ�ﻒ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺑﻤﺠﻬﻮﺩ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳ�ﻮﺩ ﺛ�ﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺛ�ﺐ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﻬ�ﻮﺍء ﻟﻠﻔﺘ�ﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﻳﺴ�ﺔ‪ ..‬ﻭﺗﺮﺍﺟ�ﻊ ﺍﻟﺤ�ﺮﺍﺱ ﺑﺴ�ﺮﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻋﺐ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺻﺮﺥ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﺪﻓﻌﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠ�ﻒ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻨﺠﻮﺍ ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻏﻨ��ﻲ ﻋ��ﻦ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺛﻘ�ﺎ ً ﺃﻧ��ﻪ ﻳﻘﺘ��ﺮﺏ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺃﻋﻈ��ﻢ ﻟﺤﻈﺎﺗ��ﻪ ﻓﻬ��ﻮ‬ ‫ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺟ�ﺐ ﺍﻷﺳ�ﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠ�ﻪ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻤﺎء ﺑﻌ�ﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺨﻠﺼ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻧ�ﺰﻝ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺍﻟﺠ�ﺐ ﻭﻟﺴ�ﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻟ�ﻪ ﻳﻘ�ﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻧَ ُﻤ�ﻮﺕُ ‪ .‬ﻓَ�ﺈِﻥْ‬ ‫�ﻴﺶ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻥْ ُﻣ ْﺘﻨَ�ﺎ ﻓَﻠِﻠ� ﱠﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ"ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﺇِﻥْ ِﻋﺸْ�ﻨَﺎ ﻓَﻠِﻠ� ﱠﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻧَ ِﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻧَ ْﺤﻦُ ‪) ".‬ﺭﻭ‪(۸ :۱٤‬‬ ‫ِﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﺸﻨَﺎ َﻭﺇِﻥْ ُﻣ ْﺘﻨَﺎ ﻓَﻠِﻠ ﱠﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻘﻂ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻮﺱ ﻳﺸﻴﻌﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺇِﻟ َﻬﻚَ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﺗَ ْﻌﺒُ ُﺪﻩُ ﺩَﺍﺋِ ًﻤﺎ ﻫ َُﻮ ﻳُﻨَ ﱢﺠﻴﻚَ «‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪.....‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻓﺮﺑﻤـــﺎ ﻳﻜ�ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠ������ﺐ ﻭﺯﺋﻴ������ﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ�������ﺒﺎﻉ ﻳﺼ�������ﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺫﺍﻥ ﻭﻟ����ﻢ ﻳﻜ����ﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈ�������ﻼﻡ ﻳﺴ�������ﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺳ�ﺪﻭﺍ ﻓﻮﻫ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠ��ﺐ ﺣﺘ��ﻰ ﻏﻤ��ﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺇﻟـﻬﻲ‬

‫‪ 73 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻋﺠﻴ��ﺐ ﻭﻣﺒﻬ��ﺮ ﻭﻅﻬ��ﺮ ﻣ��ﻼﻙ ﺍﻟ��ﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻗﻔ��ﺎ ً ﺑﻨﻔﺴ��ﻪ ﻳﺤﻤ��ﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣ��ﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺑﺼﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﺪ ﻓﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﺳﺮ ﻭﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒ�ﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻅﻠ�ﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳ��ﻮﺩ ﻁ��ﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻴ��ﻞ ﺗﺤ��ﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺨﺘ��ﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺼ��ﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﺸ��ﺒﻊ ﺻ��ﺮﺧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠ��ﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘ��ﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﺆﻟﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﺃﻳﻘﻨﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻉ ﺃﺭﺣﻢ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬ�ﺔ ﻣ�ﻼﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺗﺠﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﻧﻴﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﺃﻣﻀ�ﺖ ﻟﻴﻠﺘﻬ�ﺎ ﻣﻐﺘﺎﻅ�ﺔ ﺗﺸ�ﺎﻫﺪ ﻗﺪﻳﺴ�ﺎ ً‬ ‫ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﻋﺠﻪ ﺯﺋﻴﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﻫﺒﻪ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤـــ��ـﺎ ﻳﻜ��ﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻗ��ﺪ ﻧ��ﺰﻝ ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﺍﻟﺠ��ﺐ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌ�ﺎ ً ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠ��ﺪ ﻧﻔﺴ��ﻪ ﺑ��ﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻴ��ﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻩ ﻁ�ﺎﻝ ﻭﺑ�ﺪﺃ ﺻ�ﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﻴ�ﺮ ﻳﺨﻔ�ﺖ‪ ,‬ﻓﺘﻌﺠ�ﺐ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺍﻋﺘﺎﺩﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤ�ﺔ ﻓﺄﺑﺼ�ﺮ ﺍﻷﺳ�ﻮﺩ ﻭﻗ�ﺪ ﺟﻠﺴ�ﺖ ﻓ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﻫ��ﺪﻭء ﻭﺍﺳ��ﺘﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻔ��ﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈ��ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭﻳ��ﺔ ﻟﺘﺤ��ﻞ ﻣﺤﻠﻬ��ﺎ ﻭﺩﺍﻋ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤ��ﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘ��ﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺪﻭء ﻭﺃﺧ�ﺬ ﻳﻤﺴ�ﺢ ﺭﺃﺳ�ﻪ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺳ�ﺎﻗﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻠﻌﻖ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﻠ�ﺐ ﺃﻟﻴ�ﻒ ﻭﻟ�ﻴﺲ ﻭﺣﺸ�ﺎ ً ﻛﺎﺳ�ﺮﺍً‪ ,‬ﻣﻤ�ﺎ ﺟﻌ�ﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻳ�ﺮﺩ ﺗﺤﻴﺘ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺮﺑﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﺘ�ﻮﺩﺩ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻗﺒ�ﻞ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻒ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ ﺷﺎﻛﺮﺍً ﺇﻟﻬﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻣﻼﻛﻪ ﻭﻏـَﻴﱠ�ـﺮ ﻁﺒﻴﻌ�ﺔ ﺍﻷﺳ�ﻮﺩ‪ ...‬ﻛﻤ�ﺎ ﻏـَﻴﱠ�ـﺮ‬ ‫ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺒﻼً‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻗﺼﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺘﻨﺒﺄ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﻓﻜﻼﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﻠﻤﻪ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺅﻩ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺪﺍً ﺛﻢ ﻭﺿﻌﻮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺒﺮ‪ -‬ﻭﺩﺣﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮﻭﺧﺘﻤ�ﻮﻩ ﻭﺍﺛﻘ�ﻴﻦ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻣ�ﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋ��ﺪﻭﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜ��ﻦ ﺍﻷﺳ��ﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﺗﻬ��ﺎ ﻟ��ﻢ ﺗﺴ��ﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗ��ﺆﺫﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ��ﻮﺕ ﺑﺸ��ﻮﻛﺘﻪ ﻟ��ﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺪ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻫﺮﺍً ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ!‬

‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﺎ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻗ�ﺪ ﺃﺣﺎﻁ�ﺖ ﺑﻨ�ﺎ ﺍﻷﺳ�ﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻀ�ﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﺘﻬﻤﻨﺎ ‪ ..‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺜﻘﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺷ�ﻴﺎء ﺗﻌﻤ�ﻞ ﻣﻌ�ﺎ ً ﻟﻠﺨﻴ�ﺮ ﻟﻠ�ﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺒﻮﻥ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪ ﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺷﺮﺍً ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ً ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﺮﺣﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 74 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫* ﻧﺠﺎﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻀﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻗَ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﺭ َﻋ ْﻨ�ﻪُ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺮﺍ ِﺭﻳ ِﻪ َﻭﻁَ َ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺋِ ًﻤﺎ َﻭﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳُ ْﺆﺕَ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻣﻪُ ﺑِ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ِﺮ ِﻩ َﻭﺑَﺎﺕَ َ‬ ‫ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫َﺐ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺮﻋًﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ُﺟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻷُ ُ‬ ‫ﺳﻮ ِﺩ‪ .‬ﻓَﻠَ ﱠﻤﺎ ﺍ ْﻗﺘ َ​َ�ﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻧَ ْﻮ ُﻣﻪُ ﺛُ ﱠﻢ ﻗَﺎ َﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﺑَﺎ ِﻛ ًﺮﺍ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍ ْﻟﻔَ ْﺠ ِﺮ َﻭ َﺫﻫ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﻟِﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ‪» :‬ﻳَﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ َﻋ ْﺒ َﺪ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺠ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﺃَ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻧَﺎﺩَﻯ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ﺑِ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ٍ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃَ ِ‬ ‫ﺼ ْﻮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﻮ ِﺩ؟« ﻓَ�ﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ‬ ‫ﷲِ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ﱢﻲ َﻫ ْﻞ ﺇِﻟ ُﻬﻚَ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ ﺗَ ْﻌﺒُ� ُﺪﻩُ ﺩَﺍﺋِ ًﻤ�ﺎ ﻗَ� ِﺪ َﺭ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُﻨَ ﱢﺠﻴَ�ﻚَ ِﻣ�ﻦَ ﺍﻷُ ُ‬ ‫ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪»:‬ﻳَﺎ ﺃَ ﱡﻳ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ُﻚ ِﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ� ﱠﺪ ﺃَ ْﻓ َ�ﻮﺍﻩَ‬ ‫ﺳ� َﻞ َﻣﻼَ َﻛ�ﻪُ َﻭ َ‬ ‫�ﺶ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﺍﻷَﺑَ� ِﺪ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬ�ﻲ ﺃَ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻀﺎ ﺃَ ﱡﻳ َﻬﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِﻚُ‪ ،‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺃَ ْﻓ َﻌ ْﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﻮ ِﺩ ﻓَﻠَ ْﻢ ﺗَ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻷُ ُ‬ ‫ﻀ ﱠﺮﻧِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱢﻲ ُﻭ ِﺟﺪْﺕُ ﺑَ ِﺮﻳﺌًﺎ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻣﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻣﻚَ ﺃَ ْﻳ ً‬

‫ﺻ ِﻌ َﺪ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ِﻣﻦَ‬ ‫ﺐ‪ .‬ﻓَﺄ ُ ْ‬ ‫َﺫ ْﻧﺒًﺎ« ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﻓَ ِﺮ َﺡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﺑِ ِﻪ َﻭﺃَ َﻣ َﺮ ﺑِﺄَﻥْ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ َﻌ َﺪ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺠ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺿ َﺮ ٌﺭ ﻷَﻧﱠﻪُ ﺁ َﻣﻦَ ﺑِﺈِﻟ ِﻬ ِﻪ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۳ -۱۸ :٦‬‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺠ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻮﺟ ْﺪ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ َ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳُ َ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻣﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺣﺰﻳﻨﺎ ً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺼﺮﻩ ﻟﻴﻤﻀﻲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﻼء ﻁﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﻣﻪ ﻭﻅﻞ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﻭﻍ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﺑﻔﺮﻭﻍ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ‪ ..‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻳﺘﺴﻠﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻖ ﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻳﻬﺮﻭﻝ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ ً ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﺐ ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻳﺘﺄﺭﺟﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣ�ﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻴ�ﺄﺱ‪ ,‬ﻓﺘ�ﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺘﺨﻴ�ﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻬﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻓﺮﺣﺎ ً‪ ,‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧ�ﺮﻯ ﻳﻬﺰﻣ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﻴ�ﺄﺱ‬ ‫ﺗﺒ�ﻖ ﻣﻨ�ﻪ ﺷ�ﻴﺌﺎ ً ﻓﻴﻌﺘﺼ�ﺮ ﺍﻷﻟ�ﻢ ﻗﻠﺒ�ﻪ ﻭﺗﻔ�ﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﺰﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﻓﻠ�ﻢ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻠﺘﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻅﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺮﺗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻗ���ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ����ﻚ‬ ‫ﺃﻣ��ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠ��ﺐ ﻭﻫ��ﻮ‬ ‫ﻳﺨﺸ��ﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﺼ � َﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺻ����ﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻤ����ﺮﻩ‪..‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺧﻴ���ﺮﺍً ﺍﺳ���ﺘﺠﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺷ���ﺠﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﻧ���ﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﺼ��ﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﺠ��ﻒ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻅﻞ‬ ‫‪ 75 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻳﺮﻫﻒ ﺳﻤﻌﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﺍً ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻄﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺻ�ﻮﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻳﻬﺘ�ﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ً ﻭﻳﺨﺒﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻣﻼﻛﻪ ﻭﻧﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﺫﻧﻴﻪ ﻭﻛﺎﺩ ﻳﺮﻗﺺ ﻓﺮﺣﺎ ً‪ ,‬ﺃﺣﻘﺎ ً ﻧﺠﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺑ�ﺮﺍﺛﻦ ﺍﻷﺳ�ﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺋﻌ��ﺔ؟ ﻭﻫ��ﺎ ﻫ��ﻮ ﻳﺠﻴ��ﺐ ﻣ��ﻦ ﻋﻤ��ﻖ ﺍﻟﺠ��ﺐ ﻭﺃﺳ��ﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻭﺃﻣ��ﺮ ﺑ��ﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎ ً ﻣﻌﺎﻓﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺐ ﻓﺠﺮﺍً ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﻳﻤﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻭﺧ�ﺮﻭﺝ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺠ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎ ً ﻭﻧﺠﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﻣﺰﺍً ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺼ�ﺮ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪۲٤‬‬ ‫ﺷﺘَ َﻜ ْﻮﺍ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ َﻭﻁَ َﺮ ُﺣﻮ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ َﺟﺎ َﻝ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﻀ ُﺮﻭﺍ ﺃُﻭﻟﺌِﻚَ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻓَﺄ َ َﻣ َﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﻓَﺄ َ ْﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺐ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺑَﻄَﺸَﺖْ‬ ‫ﺼﻠُﻮﺍ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺳﻔَ ِﻞ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺠ ﱢ‬ ‫ُﺟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻷُ ُ‬ ‫ﺳﻮ ِﺩ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻭﺃَ ْﻭﻻَ َﺩ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻭﻧِ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺎ َء ُﻫ ْﻢ‪َ .‬ﻭﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ِ‬

‫ﺳ َﺤﻘَﺖْ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ ِﻋﻈَﺎ ِﻣ ِﻬ ْﻢ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲٤ :٦‬‬ ‫ﺑِ ِﻬ ِﻢ ﺍﻷُ ُ‬ ‫ﺳﻮ ُﺩ َﻭ َ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑﻌ��ﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻁﻤ�ﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﺳ��ﻼﻣﺔ ﺻ�ﺪﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴ��ﺐ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﺟ��ﺎء ﺍﻟ��ﺪﻭﺭ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋﻪ ﻟﻴﺸﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺄﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻋﺪﻭﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺅﻩ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﻏﻮﺍ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﺎ ً ﻻﺻ�ﻄﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺳ�ﺘﻨﺪﻭﺍ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺷ�ﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻓ�ﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗـُﻨ َﺴﺦ ﻓﻬﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻘﻌﻮﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻁﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻭﺟ�ﺪ ﺳ�ﺎﺋﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﺭﺍء ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺲ ﻟﻴَﺘـ َ ﱠﺸﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺮﻳﻤﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺳ��ﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘ��ﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻠ��ﺖ ﺍﻟﺠ��ﻮﻉ ﺑ��ﺎﻷﻣﺲ ﻛﻮﻓﺌ��ﺖ ﺍﻟﻴ��ﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻤ��ﺔ ﺩﺳ��ﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘ��ﺂﻣﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺳﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻤﻮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺐ!‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻹﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻅﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺤﻘﻖ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻣﻮﺗﺎ ً ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ُﺳ ﱢﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺷ َﻬ َﺮ ُﻫ ْﻢ ِﺟ َﻬﺎ ًﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻅَﺎﻓِ ًﺮﺍ ﺑِ ِﻬ ْﻢ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ‪) ".‬ﻛﻮ‪(۱٥:۲‬‬ ‫ﺴﻼَ ِﻁﻴﻦَ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫" َﺟ ﱠﺮ َﺩ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺳﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺤﻴﻢ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺭﻗﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﺎء ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 76 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻮﺱ ﻳﻤﺠﺪ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪۲٥‬‬ ‫ﺴﺎ ِﻛﻨِﻴﻦَ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻮﺱ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺛُ ﱠﻢ َﻛﺘ َ​َﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ُﻚ ﺩَﺍ ِﺭﻳﱡ ُ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻭﺍﻷُ َﻣ ِﻢ َﻭﺍﻷَ ْﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ُﻌﻮ ِ‬ ‫‪۲٦‬‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻼَ ُﻣ ُﻜ ْﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻ َﺪ َﺭ ﺃَ ْﻣ ٌﺮ ﺑِﺄَﻧﱠﻪُ ﻓِﻲ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ُ‬ ‫ِﻣﻦْ ﻗِﺒَﻠِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﺽ ُﻛﻠﱢ َﻬﺎ‪» :‬ﻟِﻴَ ْﻜﺜُ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻄ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻪُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ﱡﻲ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ﱡﻴﻮ ُﻡ )ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ(‬ ‫َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺘِﻲ ﻳَ ْﺮﺗَ ِﻌﺪُﻭﻥَ َﻭﻳَ َﺨﺎﻓُﻮﻥَ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺇِﻟ ِﻪ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻪُ ﻫ َُﻮ ِ‬

‫ﺳ ْﻠﻄَﺎﻧُﻪُ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﻨﺘَ َﻬﻰ‪۲۷ .‬ﻫ َُﻮ ﻳُﻨَ ﱢﺠﻲ َﻭﻳُ ْﻨﻘِ ُﺬ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻷَﺑَ ِﺪ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣﻠَ ُﻜﻮﺗُﻪُ ﻟَﻦْ ﻳَ ُﺰﻭ َﻝ َﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺽ‪ .‬ﻫ َُﻮ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻧَ ﱠﺠﻰ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ِﻣﻦْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ َﺠﺎﺋِ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﻳَ ْﻌ َﻤ ُﻞ ﺍﻵﻳَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻮ ِﺩ«‪).‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۷-۲٥ :٦‬‬ ‫ﻳَ ِﺪ ﺍﻷُ ُ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺻﺤﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻧﺠ�ﺪ ﻫ�ﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺻ�ﺤﺎﺡ ﺃﻳﻀ�ﺎ ﻳُﺨﺘ�ـ َﻢ ﺑﺸ�ﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﷲ ﻭﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ‪ ... .‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻧـ ُ ﱠﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻌ�ﺎ ً ﻟﻨﺘﺄﻣ�ﻞ ﺛﻤ�ﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺇﺻﺤﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺻﺤﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ +‬ﺍﻹﺻ�ﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺘﺤ��ﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺧ��ﺬ ﻟ��ﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴ��ﺔ‪" :‬ﻓِ��ﻲ ُﻛ� ﱢﻞ ﺃَ ْﻣ� ِﺮ ِﺣ ْﻜ َﻤ� ِﺔ ﻓَ ْﻬ� ٍ�ﻢ‬ ‫�ﺤ َﺮ ِﺓ‬ ‫ﺎﻑ ﻓَ ْ�ﻮ َ‬ ‫َ�ﺮﺓَ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ� َ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﺄَﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻋ ْﻨ�ﻪُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ُﻚ َﻭ َﺟ� َﺪ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻋﺸ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ َ‬ ‫ﺿ� َﻌ ٍ‬ ‫ﻕ ُﻛ� ﱢﻞ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ُﺠ�ﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﻓِﻲ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺘِﻪ" )ﺩﺍ‪(۲۰: ۱‬‬ ‫‪ +‬ﺍﻹﺻ��ﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜ��ﺎﻧﻲ ‪ :‬ﺑﻌ��ﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓ��ﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻟﺤﻠ��ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜ��ﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴ��ﻴﺮﻩ‪َ " :‬ﻭﻗَ��ﺎ َﻝ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ُﻚ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﺘَﻄَﻌْﺖَ‬ ‫ﺳ َ�ﺮﺍ ِﺭ ﺇِ ِﺫ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﺷ�ﻒُ ﺍﻷَ ْ‬ ‫�ﻮﻙ َﻭ َﻛ ِ‬ ‫ﻟِﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ‪َ ] :‬ﺣﻘّﺎ ً ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺇِﻟَ َﻬ ُﻜ� ْﻢ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻪُ ﺍﻵﻟِ َﻬ� ِﺔ َﻭ َﺭ ﱡﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﻠُ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﱢﺮ[‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(٤۷ : ۲‬‬ ‫ْﻒ َﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻛﺸ ِ‬ ‫‪ +‬ﺍﻹﺻﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺠﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻷﺗ�ﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻓَﻘَ�ﺎ َﻝ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫�ﺎﺭﻙَ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻪُ‬ ‫ﺼ� ُﺮ‪] :‬ﺗَﺒَ َ‬ ‫ﺸ� َ‬ ‫ﺳ � َﻞ َﻣﻼَ َﻛ�ﻪُ َﻭﺃَ ْﻧﻘَ� َﺬ َﻋﺒِﻴ� َﺪﻩُ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﺍﺗﱠ َﻜﻠُ��ﻮﺍ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ � ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺷ�ﺪ َْﺭ َﺥ َﻭ ِﻣﻴ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫�ﺦ َﻭ َﻋ ْﺒ � َﺪﻧَ ُﻐﻮ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ ﺃَ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫�ﺠﺪُﻭﺍ ﻹﻟَ � ٍﻪ َﻏ ْﻴ � ِﺮ‬ ‫�ﻲ ﻻَ ﻳَ ْﻌﺒُ�ﺪُﻭﺍ ﺃَ ْﻭ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫�ﻚ َﻭﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ� ُ‬ ‫ﺳ �ﻠَ ُﻤﻮﺍ ﺃَ ْﺟ َ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻏﻴﱠ� ُﺮﻭﺍ َﻛﻠِ َﻤ �ﺔَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ِ‬ ‫ﺴ��ﺎ َﺩ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻟِ َﻜ� ْ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟَ ِﻬ ِﻬ ْﻢ[‪) .‬ﺩﺍ ‪(۲۸ : ۳‬‬

‫‪ +‬ﺍﻹﺻﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﻔﺎء ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺿ�ﻪ‪" :‬ﻓَ�ﺎﻵﻥَ ﺃَﻧَ�ﺎ ﻧَﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ� ُﺮ‬ ‫ﻮﺧ ْﺬﻧَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻠُ ُﻚ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ُﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺃَ ْﻋ َﻤﺎﻟِ ِﻪ َﺣ ﱞ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻭﻁُ ُﺮﻗِ ِﻪ َﻋ ْﺪ ٌﻝ َﻭ َﻣﻦْ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﱢ ُﺢ َﻭﺃُ َﻋﻈﱢ ُﻢ َﻭﺃَ ْﺣ َﻤ ُﺪ َﻣﻠِﻚَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺃُ َ‬ ‫ﺑِـﺎ ْﻟ ِﻜ ْﺒ ِﺮﻳَﺎ ِء ﻓَ ُﻬ َﻮ ﻗَﺎ ِﺩ ٌﺭ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُ ِﺬﻟﱠﻪُ" )ﺩﺍ ‪(۳۷ :٤‬‬ ‫‪ 77 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫‪ +‬ﺍﻹﺻﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﺴـﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﻠـﻜـﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪" :‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﺃَ َﻣ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِ�ﻲ ُﻋﻨُﻘِ� ِﻪ َﻭﻳُﻨَ�ﺎﺩُﻭﺍ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ� ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻴ ْﻠﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺻ ُﺮ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳُ ْﻠﺒِ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﻮﺍ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ُﺟﻮﺍﻥَ َﻭﻗِﻼَ َﺩﺓً ِﻣﻦْ َﺫﻫَ� ٍ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱢﻄﺎ ً ﺛَﺎﻟِﺜﺎ ً ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ ِﺔ‪) ".‬ﺩﺍ ‪(۲۹ :٥‬‬ ‫ﺃَﻧﱠﻪُ ﻳَ ُﻜﻮﻥُ ُﻣﺘَ َ‬ ‫‪ +‬ﺍﻹﺻﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ‪ :‬ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﻧﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺠﺎﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺟ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺘِ�ﻲ ﻳَ ْﺮﺗَ ِﻌ�ﺪُﻭﻥَ َﻭﻳَ َﺨ�ﺎﻓُﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﺻﺪ َ​َﺭ ﺃَ ْﻣ ٌﺮ ﺑِﺄَﻧﱠ�ﻪُ ﻓِ�ﻲ ُﻛ� ﱢﻞ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪ِ " .‬ﻣﻦْ ﻗِﺒَﻠِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﺳ� ْﻠﻄَ ِ‬ ‫�ﻲ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ﱡﻴ��ﻮ ُﻡ ﺇِﻟَ��ﻰ ﺍﻷَﺑَ � ِﺪ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣﻠَ ُﻜﻮﺗُ �ﻪُ ﻟَ��ﻦْ ﻳَ � ُﺰﻭ َﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟ �ﻪُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ� ﱡ‬ ‫ﻗُ�ﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺇِﻟ � ِﻪ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ �ﺂ َﻝ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠ�ﻪُ ُﻫ� َ�ﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻠﻄَﺎﻧُﻪُ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﻨﺘَ َﻬﻰ‪) ".‬ﺩﺍ ‪(۲٦ :٦‬‬ ‫َﻭ ُ‬ ‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺠﺎﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺠﺎﺡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻛﻮﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺳ ﱢﻲ‪).‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۸ :٦‬‬ ‫ﻮﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺱ َﻭﻓِﻲ ُﻣ ْﻠ ِﻚ ُﻛ َ‬ ‫ﻓَﻨَ َﺠ َﺢ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﻓِﻲ ُﻣ ْﻠ ِﻚ ﺩَﺍ ِﺭﻳﱡ َ‬ ‫ﺵ ﺍ ْﻟﻔَﺎ ِﺭ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻹﻟﻬﻪ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻁﻮﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﻋﺎﺻ�ﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﺒﻲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ��ﺔ ﻣﻠ��ﻮﻙ ﻭﻫ��ﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧ��ﺬ ﻧﺼ��ﺮ ﻭﺑﻴﻠﺸﺎﺻ��ﺮ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺑﺎﺑ��ﻞ ﺛ��ﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻳ��ﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻮﺭﺵ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪ ....‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻛﻮﺭﺵ ﺑ�ﺪﺃ ﺭﺟ�ﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻴﻬ�ﻮﺩ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺒﻲ‪ ...‬ﻭﻛ�ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺫﻟ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗ�ﺖ ﻗ�ﺪ ﺗﻘ�ﺪﻡ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻷﻳ�ﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻘ�ﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴ�ﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻗﺒ�ﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻁﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻛﻮﺭﺵ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻧﺒ�ﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺷ�ﻌﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑ�ﺔ ﻣﻨ�ﺬ ‪ ۱٥۰‬ﺳ�ﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻛﻮﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﻭﺿ�ﺤﺖ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ ﻫ�ﻮ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻯ ﺳ�ﻴﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬ�ﻮﺩ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺒﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳ�ﺘُ ْﺒﻨَﻰ‬ ‫ﺴ� ﱠﺮﺗِﻲ ﻳُ�ﺘَ ﱢﻤ ُﻢ‪َ .‬ﻭﻳَﻘُ�ﻮ ُﻝ ﻋَ�ﻦْ ﺃُﻭ ُﺭﺷَ�ﻠِﻴ َﻢ‪َ :‬‬ ‫ﺵ‪َ :‬ﺭﺍ ِﻋ� ﱠﻲ ﻓَ ُﻜ� ﱠﻞ َﻣ َ‬ ‫�ﻮﺭ َ‬ ‫"ﺍ ْﻟﻘَﺎﺋِ ُﻞ ﻋَﻦْ ُﻛ َ‬ ‫ﺴ� ْﻜﺖُ ﺑِﻴَ ِﻤﻴﻨِ� ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺘُﺆَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺳ ُ‬ ‫ﺵ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ ﺃَ ْﻣ َ‬ ‫�ﻮﺭ َ‬ ‫�ﻴﺤ ِﻪ ﻟِ ُﻜ َ‬ ‫َﻭﻟِ ْﻠ َﻬ ْﻴ َﻜ ِﻞ‪َ :‬‬ ‫ﺴ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ«‪َ .‬ﻫ َﻜ َﺬﺍ ﻳَﻘُﻮ ُﻝ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱡﺏ ﻟِ َﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺏ ﻻَ‬ ‫�ﻮﻙ ﺃَ ُﺣ� ﱡﻞ‪ .‬ﻷَ ْﻓ�ﺘ َ​َﺢ ﺃَ َﻣﺎ َﻣ�ﻪُ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ َ�ﺮﺍ َﻋ ْﻴ ِﻦ َﻭﺍﻷَ ْﺑ َ�ﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﻷَﺩ َ‬ ‫ُﻭﺱ ﺃَ َﻣﺎ َﻣﻪُ ﺃُ َﻣﻤ�ﺎ ً َﻭﺃَ ْﺣﻘَ�ﺎ َء ُﻣﻠُ ٍ‬

‫ﻖ‬ ‫ﺗُ ْﻐﻠَ� ُ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭ َﻣ َﻐ��ﺎﻟِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴ� ُﺮ ِﻣ ْ‬ ‫�ﺎﺏ ﺃُ َﻣ ﱢﻬ� ُﺪ‪ .‬ﺃُ َﻛ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻀ� َ‬ ‫ﺳ��ﻴ ُﺮ ﻗُ�ﺪﱠﺍ َﻣﻚَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ِﻬ َ‬ ‫ﻖ‪» :‬ﺃَﻧَ��ﺎ ﺃَ ِ‬ ‫َﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﱡ َﺤ��ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺼ� َ�ﺮﺍﻋ ِ‬ ‫ْﻄﻴ�ﻚَ َﺫ َﺧ�ﺎﺋِ َﺮ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻈ ْﻠ َﻤ� ِﺔ َﻭ ُﻛﻨُ�ﻮﺯَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﺨ�ﺎﺑِ ِﺊ ﻟِﺘَ ْﻌ� ِﺮﻑَ ﺃَﻧﱢ�ﻲ ﺃَﻧَ�ﺎ ﺍﻟ� ﱠﺮ ﱡﺏ‬ ‫ﺼ�ﻒُ ‪َ .‬ﻭﺃُﻋ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ِﺪﻳ ِﺪ ﺃَ ْﻗ ِ‬

‫ﺳ� َ�ﺮﺍﺋِﻴ َﻞ ُﻣ ْﺨﺘَ��ﺎ ِﺭﻱ‬ ‫�ﻮﺏ َﻭﺇِ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ � ِﻤﻚَ ﺇِﻟَ �ﻪُ ﺇِ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠ � ِﺬﻱ ﻳَ � ْﺪﻋُﻮﻙَ ﺑِﺎ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ� َ�ﺮﺍﺋِﻴ َﻞ‪ .‬ﻷَ ْﺟ� ِ�ﻞ َﻋ ْﺒ � ِﺪﻱ ﻳَ ْﻌﻘُ� َ‬ ‫ﺲ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫َﺩﻋ َْﻮﺗُﻚَ ﺑِﺎ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ َ�ﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻤﻚَ ‪ .‬ﻟَﻘﱠ ْﺒﺘُﻚَ َﻭﺃَ ْﻧﺖَ ﻟَﺴْﺖَ ﺗَ ْﻌ ِﺮﻓُﻨِﻲ‪ .‬ﺃَﻧَﺎ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱡﺏ َﻭﻟَ� ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺁﺧ� ُﺮ‪ .‬ﻻَ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻪَ ِ‬ ‫ﻧَﻄﱠ ْﻘﺘُﻚَ َﻭﺃَ ْﻧﺖَ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَ ْﻌ ِﺮ ْﻓﻨِﻲ‪) .‬ﺃﺵ‪ ۲۸: ٤٤‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺵ ‪(٥ :٤٥‬‬ ‫‪ 78 ‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﻳُﻌﺘﻘـ َﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻮﺭﺵ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﻫﺶ ﻭﺁﻣﻦ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻣﺪﻭﻧﺎ ً ﻓ�ﻲ ﺗﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻮﻁ�ﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻻﺩﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺂﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﺃﺟﺪﺍﺩﻫﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺒﻰ ﻓ�ﻰ ﺳ�ﻔﺮﻯ ﻋ�ﺰﺭﺍ ﻭﻧﺤﻤﻴ�ﺎ ﻭ ﻗ�ﺪ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ�ﻮﻉ‬‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺯﺭﺑﺎﺑﻞ )ﻋﺰﺭﺍ ‪ (٦:۱‬ﺛ�ﻢ ﺑﻘﻴ�ﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﺭﺍ)ﻋﺰﺭﺍ ‪ (۱۰:۷‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﻧﺤﻤﻴﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ - ۱‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻋ�ﺎﻡ ‪٥۳۸‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﻭﺗﻤ�ﺖ ﺑﻘﻴ�ﺎﺩﺓ ﺯﺭﺑﺎﺑ�ﻞ ﻭﻳﻬﻮﺷ�ﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ٤۹٦۹۷‬ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ً ﻭﺑﺪﺃﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨ�ﺎء‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻛﻤﻠﻮﻩ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪٥۱٦‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ )ﻋﺰﺭﺍ ‪.(٦-۱‬‬ ‫‪ - ۲‬ﺍﻟﻌ��ﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ��ﺔ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻧ��ﺖ ﻓ��ﻲ ﻋ��ﺎﻡ ‪٤٥۸‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﻭﺗﻤ��ﺖ ﺑﻘﻴ��ﺎﺩﺓ ﻋ��ﺰﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻜ��ﺎﻫﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ۱۷٥۸‬ﺷﺨﺼ�ﺎ ً ﻭﺑ�ﺪﺃ ﻋ�ﺰﺭﺍ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺣ�ﻞ ﻣﺸ�ﻜﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ ﻭﻁﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻫﻢ‪) .‬ﻋﺰ ‪(۱۰-۷‬‬ ‫‪ - ۳‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻋ�ﺎﻡ ‪٤٤٤‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﻭﺗﻤ�ﺖ ﺑﻘﻴ�ﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺤﻤﻴ�ﺎ ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ ﻋ�ﺪﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﻳﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻗ�ﺎﻡ ﻧﺤﻤﻴ�ﺎ ﺑﺒﻨ�ﺎء ﺃﺳ�ﻮﺍﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﺷ�ﻠﻴﻢ ﻓ�ﻲ ‪ ٥۲‬ﻳﻮﻣ�ﺎ ً‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻧﺢ‪(۱۳ :۱‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺻﺤﺎﺡ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺳ�ﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺒ�ﺪﺃ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ )ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺻﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 79 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻓ����ﻲ ﻫ����ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠ����ﺰء ﺳ����ﻨﺄﺧﺬ ﻓﻜ����ﺮﺓ ﻣﺒﺴ����ﻄﺔ ﻋ����ﻦ ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ����ﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴ����ﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻳﺨﺎﻁﺐ ﺑﻪ ﷲ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎءﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴ�ﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻜﺸﻒ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺻﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪءﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺣﺰﻗﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻭﻭﺻ�ﻮﻻً ﺇﻟ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳ��ﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨ��ﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﻫ��ﻮﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺜﻴ��ﺮﺍً ﻣ��ﺎ ﻳﺠ��ﺪ ﺍﻟﻘ��ﺎﺭﺉ ﺁﺭﺍ ًء ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨ��ﺔ ﻟﻜﺒ��ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴ��ﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴ��ﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ��ﺎ ﻣ��ﺎ ﻳﺘﻜ��ﺮﺭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ��ﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ��ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒ��ﻮءﺓ ﺃﻛﺜ��ﺮ ﻣ��ﻦ ﻣ��ﺮﺓ ﻋﺒ��ﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣ�ﺎ ﺗﺤﻘ�ﻖ ﻣﻨﻬ�ﺎ ﻭﻧﺴ�ﺄﻝ ﻫ�ﻞ ﺳ�ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺼ�ﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ؟؟ ﻟ�ﺬﺍ ﻓ�ﺈﻥ ﻣ�ﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿ�ﻪ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺗﻔﺴ�ﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼ�ﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻵﺑ�ﺎء ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻵﺭﺍء ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻁﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺣﻳﻭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﻣﺎﻟﻙ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ )ﺩﺍ‪ (۷‬ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﺤﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ )ﺩﺍ‪ (۲‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻜﺸﻒ ﻟﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺣ�ﺪﺛﺖ ﻫ�ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ��ﺎ ﻋ�ﺎﻡ ‪٥٥۰‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ�ﺎ ً ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟ��ﻰ ﻟﺒﻴﻠﺸﺎﺻ�ﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ���ﺬﻱ ﻛ���ﺎﻥ ﻣﺴ���ﺘﻬﺰﺋﺎ ً ﻣﺴ���ﺘﺒﻴﺤﺎ ً ﻭﻟ���ﻢ ﻳﺤ���ﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺤ���ﺚ ﻋ���ﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘ���ﺔ ﻣﺜ���ﻞ ﺃﺑﻴ���ﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﺮ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﻛﺮﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘ�ﺮﺓ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺗ�ﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﻠ�ﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺗﻤﺘﻊ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻓ��ﻲ ﻫ��ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ��ﺎ ﻅﻬ��ﺮﺕ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ �ـﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧ��ﺎﺕ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤ��ﺮ ﺇﺷ��ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﺗﺘ��ﺎﺑﻊ ﺃﺭﺑ��ﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎﻟ��ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺛ��ﻢ ﻅﻬ��ﺮ ﺍﻟﻘ��ﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻷﻳ��ﺎﻡ ﻭﺟ��ﺎء ﺍﺑ��ﻦ ﺇﻧﺴ��ﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺤ��ﺮﺭ ﺷ��ﻌﺐ ﷲ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 80 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫* ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﺳ� ِﻪ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻨَ ِﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﻟَ�ﻰ ﻟِﺒَ ْﻴ ْﻠﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓِ�ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫�ﻚ ﺑَﺎﺑِ� َﻞ‪َ ،‬ﺭﺃَﻯ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ�ﺂ ُﻝ ُﺣ ْﻠ ًﻤ�ﺎ َﻭ ُﺭﺅَﻯ َﺭ ْﺃ ِ‬ ‫ﺻ َ�ﺮ َﻣﻠِ� ِ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﺎﺏ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ�ﺂ ُﻝ َﻭﻗَ�ﺎ َﻝ‪ُ » :‬ﻛ ْﻨ�ﺖُ ﺃَ َﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﻼَ ِﻡ‪ .‬ﺃَ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﻓِ َﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺷ ِﻪ‪ِ .‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ َﻛﺘ َ​َﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺤ ْﻠ َﻢ َﻭﺃَ ْﺧﺒَ َﺮ ﺑِ َﺮ ْﺃ ِ‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫ﺻ� ِﻌ َﺪ ِﻣ�ﻦَ‬ ‫ﺎﺡ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ُﺭ ْﺅﻳَ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء ﻫ َ​َﺠ َﻤﺖْ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ْﺤ ِﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﺒِﻴ ِﺮ‪َ .‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻱ ﻟَ ْﻴﻼً َﻭﺇِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِﺄ َ ْﺭﺑَ ِﻊ ِﺭﻳَ ِ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ﺴ ٍﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺎﺣﺎ ﻧَ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﺪ َﻭﻟَﻪُ َﺟﻨَ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋ َِﻈﻴ َﻤ ٍﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫ َﺬﺍ ُﻣ َﺨﺎﻟِﻒٌ َﺫﺍﻙَ ‪ .‬ﺍﻷَ ﱠﻭ ُﻝ َﻛﺎﻷَ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ْﺤ ِﺮ ﺃَ ْﺭﺑَ َﻌﺔُ َﺣﻴَ َﻮﺍﻧَﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺽ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃُﻭﻗِ��ﻒَ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ ِﺭ ْﺟﻠَ� ْﻴ ِﻦ‬ ‫َﺼ� َ‬ ‫ﺎﺣ��ﺎﻩُ َﻭﺍ ْﻧﺘ َ‬ ‫َﻭ ُﻛ ْﻨ��ﺖُ ﺃَ ْﻧﻈُ� ُﺮ َﺣﺘﱠ��ﻰ ﺍ ْﻧﺘَﺘَ��ﻒَ َﺟﻨَ َ‬ ‫�ﻦ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫�ﺐ َﻋ� ِ‬

‫ﺎﻥ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(٤-۱ :۷‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺇِ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ْﻄ َﻲ ﻗَ ْﻠ َ‬ ‫َﻛﺈ ِ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃُﻋ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻷﺳ��ﺪ ﻓ��ﻲ ﻗﻮﺗ��ﻪ ﻳﺮﻣ��ﺰ ﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜ��ﺔ ﺑﺎﺑ��ﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺣ��ﺎﻥ ﻳﺸ��ﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﺳ��ﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸ��ﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﺠـَﻨـﱠﺢ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍً ﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺘﻬﻢ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻁﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺑ�ﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻋ�ﺎﺵ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧ�ﺎﺕ ﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﻋ�ﺮﻑ ﻗ�ﻮﺓ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠ�ﻲ‪ ...‬ﻭﻗ�ﺪ ﻳﺸ�ﻴﺮ ﺃﻳﻀ�ﺎ َ ً◌ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻋﻄ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻠﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺣﻜـــــــﻢ ﺑﻴﻠﺸﺎﺻﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻝ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺳ�ﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺒ�ﺮﻭﺕ ﻧﺒﻮﺧ�ﺬ ﻧﺼ�ﺮ ﻗ�ﺪ ﺑ�ﺪﺃ ﻳ�ﺰﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻋﺘ�ﺮﻑ‬ ‫ہﻠﻟ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﻄﺎ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻴ�ﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﻘﺎﺑ�ﻞ ﺍﻟ�ﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻫﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬﻧﺼﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣ� ٍﺪ َﻭﻓِ�ﻲ ﻓَ ِﻤ� ِﻪ ﺛَ�ﻼَ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ َ‬ ‫ﺙ‬ ‫ﱡﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓَ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﺷَ�ﺒِﻴ ٍﻪ ﺑِﺎﻟ�ﺪ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫�ﺎﺭﺗَﻔَ َﻊ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ َﺟ ْﻨ� ٍ‬ ‫ﺁﺧ َﺮ ﺛَ ٍ‬ ‫َﻭﺇِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِ َﺤﻴَ َﻮ ٍ‬

‫ﺳﻨَﺎﻧِ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻘَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ ﻟَﻪُ ﻫ َﻜ َﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﻗُ ْﻢ ُﻛ ْﻞ ﻟَ ْﺤ ًﻤﺎ َﻛﺜِﻴ ًﺮﺍ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(٥ :۷‬‬ ‫ﺿﻠُ ٍﻊ ﺑَﻴْﻦَ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺏ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ�ﻊ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺟﻨ�ﺐ ﻭﺍﺣ�ﺪ ﻷﻥ ﻓ�ﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻠﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ )ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔ�ﺮﺱ( ﻭﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ�ﺪﺏ‬ ‫ﻓ�ﻲ ﻓﻤ�ﻪ ﺛﻼﺛ��ﺔ ﺃﺿ�ﻠﻊ ﺑﻘﻴ�ﺔ ﺇﺣ��ﺪﻯ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺴ�ﻪ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻗ��ﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﺄﻛ�ﻞ ﻟﺤﻤ�ﺎ ً ﻛﺜﻴ��ﺮﺍً ﺇﺷ�ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ��ﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 81 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫* ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫‪َ ٦‬ﻭﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ُﻛ ْﻨﺖُ ﺃَ َﺭﻯ َﻭﺇِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِ َ‬ ‫ﺂﺧ َﺮ ِﻣ ْﺜ ِﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ِﻤ ِﺮ َﻭﻟَﻪُ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ ﻅَ ْﻬ� ِﺮ ِﻩ ﺃَ ْﺭﺑَ َﻌ�ﺔُ ﺃَ ْﺟﻨِ َﺤ� ِﺔ ﻁَ�ﺎﺋِ ٍﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻠﻄَﺎﻧًﺎ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(٦ :۷‬‬ ‫ْﻄ َﻲ ُ‬ ‫ﺱ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃُﻋ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺃَ ْﺭﺑَ َﻌﺔُ ُﺭﺅُﻭ ٍ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻛﺎﻥَ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﺤﻴَ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺮ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺍﻹﺳ�ﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘ�ﺪﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧ�ﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﺭﺑ�ﻊ ﺃﺟﻨﺤ�ﺔ ﺗﺸ�ﻴﺮ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻗ�ﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻳﻦ ﻳُﺮﻣ�ﺰ‬ ‫ﻟﻬ��ﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺑﻌ��ﺔ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌ��ﺪ ﻭﻓ��ﺎﺓ ﺍﻹﺳ��ﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﻋ��ﺎﻡ ‪۳۲۳‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﻗ �ـ ُ ﱢﺴ َﻤﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘ��ﻪ ﺑ��ﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺃﺭﺑ�ﻊ ﻣﻤﺎﻟ�ﻚ‪ ,‬ﻣ�ﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﻤ�ﺔ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻣﺼ�ﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ�ﻠﻮﻗﻴﻮﻥ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺳ�ﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺮ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺧﺬ ﻧﺼﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﻱ َﻭﺷَ� ِﺪﻳ ٍﺪ ِﺟ� ًّﺪﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑ�ﻊ ﻫَﺎﺋِ�ﻞ َﻭﻗَ� ِﻮ ﱟ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ُﻛ ْﻨﺖُ ﺃَ َﺭﻯ ﻓِﻲ ُﺭﺅَﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ْﻴ ِﻞ َﻭﺇِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِ َﺤﻴَ َﻮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ َﺭ ٍ‬ ‫َﺍﺱ ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ�ﺎﻗِ َﻲ ﺑِ ِﺮ ْﺟﻠَ ْﻴ� ِﻪ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﻛ�ﺎﻥَ ُﻣ َﺨﺎﻟِﻔً�ﺎ‬ ‫�ﺤ َ‬ ‫َﻭﻟَﻪُ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻭﺩ َ‬ ‫ﺳ َ‬ ‫ﻴ�ﺮﺓٌ‪ .‬ﺃَ َﻛ� َﻞ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻨَﺎﻥٌ ِﻣ�ﻦْ َﺣ ِﺪﻳ� ٍﺪ َﻛﺒِ َ‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﻭﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺇِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِﻘَ ْﺮ ٍﻥ‬ ‫ﻟِ ُﻜ ﱢﻞ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤﻴَ َﻮﺍﻧَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻥ‪ُ .‬ﻛ ْﻨﺖُ ُﻣﺘَﺄ َ ﱢﻣﻼً ﺑِﺎ ْﻟﻘُ ُﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﻗَ ْﺒﻠَﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟَﻪُ َﻋﺸ َ​َﺮﺓُ ﻗُ ُﺮ ٍ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫�ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﺧ َﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻥ ﺍﻷُﻭﻟَﻰ ِﻣ�ﻦْ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ ِﻣ� ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺇِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِ ُﻌﻴُ ٍ‬ ‫ﺻ ِﻐﻴ ٍﺮ ﻁَﻠَ َﻊ ﺑَ ْﻴﻨَ َﻬﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻗُﻠِ َﻌﺖْ ﺛَﻼَﺛَﺔٌ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟﻘُ ُﺮ ِ‬

‫ﺎﻥ ﻓِﻲ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْﺮ ِﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓَ ٍﻢ ُﻣﺘَ َﻜﻠﱢ ٍﻢ ﺑِ َﻌﻈَﺎﺋِ َﻢ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۸-۷ :۷‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِ‬ ‫َﻛ ُﻌﻴُ ِ‬ ‫ﻮﻥ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸ�ﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻗ��ﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﻤﺜﻠ��ﻮﺍ ﻋﺸ��ﺮﺓ ﻣﻠ��ﻮﻙ ﺗﺘ��ﺎﺑﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜ��ﺔ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﺲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ -۳ .‬ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﺲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -۷‬ﺳﻠﻮﻗﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ -۸ .‬ﻫﻠﻴﻮﺩﻭﺭﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫)ﻭﻫ��ﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﺘ��ﺎﻟﻲ‪ -۱ :‬ﺳ��ﻠﻮﻗﺲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺳﻠﻮﻗﺲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ -٥ .‬ﺳﻠﻮﻗﺲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -۹‬ﺑﻄﻠﻴﻤﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﺲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟ�ﺚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -۱۰‬ﺩﻳﻤﺘﺮﻳﻮﺱ‪(.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑ�ﻊ )ﺃﺑﻴﻔ�ﺎﻧﻴﻮﺱ( ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻫ��ﺰﻡ ﺁﺧ��ﺮ ﺛ��ﻼﺙ ﻣﻠ��ﻮﻙ ﻭﻫ��ﻢ ‪) ۱۰ ,۹ ,۸‬ﻗﻠ��ﻊ ﺛﻼﺛ��ﺔ ﻗ��ﺮﻭﻥ( ﻭﺃﺧ��ﺬ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻣ��ﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘ�ﺮﻥ ﺗﺸ�ﻴﺮ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺷ�ﺪﺓ ﺣ�ﺬﺭﻩ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋ�ﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔ�ﻢ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﻈ�ﺎﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺸ��ﻴﺮ ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋ��ﻪ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﻭﺻ��ﻞ ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﺣ��ﺪ ﺗﺤ��ﺪﻱ ﻋﺒ��ﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ ﻭﺍﺿ��ﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﺷ��ﻌﺐ ﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩﺍً ﻋﻨﻴﻔﺎ ً ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 82 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫*ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﺞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺿ � َﻌﺖْ ُﻋ � ُﺮ ٌ‬ ‫ﺳ �ﻪُ ﺃَ ْﺑ �ﻴَ ُ‬ ‫�ﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻟِﺒَﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺵ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺟﻠَ� َ‬ ‫ُﻛ ْﻨ��ﺖُ ﺃَ َﺭﻯ ﺃَﻧﱠ�ﻪُ ُﻭ ِ‬ ‫�ﺲ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ� ِﺪﻳ ُﻢ ﺍﻷَﻳﱠ� ِ‬ ‫ﺾ َﻛ��ﺎﻟﺜﱠ ْﻠ ِ‬ ‫ﻴ�ﺐ ﻧَ�ﺎ ٍﺭ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺑَ َﻜ َﺮﺍﺗُ�ﻪُ ﻧَ�ﺎ ٌﺭ ُﻣﺘﱠﻘِ� َﺪﺓٌ‪۱۰ .‬ﻧَ ْﻬ� ُﺮ‬ ‫َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻪ َﻛ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻘِ ﱢﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻋ َْﺮﺷُ�ﻪُ ﻟَ ِﻬ ُ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﺼ ِ‬ ‫ﺷ ْﻌ ُﺮ َﺭ ْﺃ ِ‬

‫ﺕ ُﻭﻗُﻮﻑٌ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻣﻪُ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻮﻑ ﺗ َْﺨ ِﺪ ُﻣﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺭﺑَ َﻮﺍﺕُ َﺭﺑَ َﻮﺍ ٍ‬ ‫ﻧَﺎ ٍﺭ َﺟ َﺮﻯ َﻭ َﺧ َﺮ َﺝ ِﻣﻦْ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ ِﻣ ِﻪ‪ .‬ﺃُﻟُﻮﻑُ ﺃُﻟُ ٍ‬ ‫ﺳﻔَﺎ ُﺭ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱۰-۹ :۷‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻷَ ْ‬ ‫ﻓَ َﺠﻠَ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﱢﻳﻦُ ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓُﺘِ َﺤ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺐ ﻭﺳﺠﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ...‬ﻭﻳﺼﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﻣﺰﺍً ﻷﺯﻟﻴﺘﻪ‪ ,‬ﻟﺒﺎﺳ�ﻪ ﻛ�ﺎﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭﺷ�ﻌﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻟﺼﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻭﺑﻜﺮﺍﺗ�ﻪ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻧ�ﺎﺭ ﻭﻧﻬ�ﺮ ﻧ�ﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﺍﻣ�ﻪ ﺇﺷ�ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒ�ﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻬ�ﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴ�ﻊ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺭﺑﻮﺍﺕ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍً ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻳﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻳﻧﻭﻧﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﻫﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧـُﺴﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﻟﻠﻮﻗ�ﻮﻑ ﺃﻣ�ﺎﻡ ﷲ ﺍﻟ�ﺪﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺗـُﻔﺘ�ـَﺢ ﺍﻷﺳ�ﻔﺎﺭ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻯ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ؟!! ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺳﻨﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺰﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻹﻟﻬ�ﻲ ﻭﻛ�ﻢ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺃﻣ�ﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻧ�ﺖ ﺗﺎﻓﻬ�ﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺮﻧ�ﺎ ﺳ�ﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﺯﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﷲ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﻟﻪ ‪ ........‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻫﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ِﻈﻴ َﻤ � ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِ��ﻲ ﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ� َﻢ ﺑِ َﻬ��ﺎ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ� ْ�ﺮﻥُ ‪.‬‬ ‫ُﻛ ْﻨ��ﺖُ ﺃَ ْﻧﻈُ � ُﺮ ِﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ � ٍﺬ ِﻣ��ﻦْ ﺃَ ْﺟ� ِ�ﻞ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﻠِ َﻤ��ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺻ� ْ�ﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ � ُﻤﻪُ َﻭ ُﺩﻓِ � َﻊ ﻟِ َﻮﻗِﻴ � ِﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ��ﺎ ِﺭ‪۱۲ .‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣ��ﺎ ﺑَ��ﺎﻗِﻲ‬ ‫ُﻛ ْﻨ��ﺖُ ﺃَ َﺭﻯ ﺇِﻟَ��ﻰ ﺃَﻥْ ﻗُﺘِ � َﻞ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤﻴَ� َ�ﻮﺍﻥُ َﻭ َﻫﻠَ��ﻚَ ِﺟ ْ‬

‫ﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓَﻨُ� ِﺰ َﻉ ﻋَ� ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ُ‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ َﻭ َﻭ ْﻗ� ٍ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤﻴَ َﻮﺍﻧَ�ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ� ْﻠﻄَﺎﻧُ ُﻬ ْﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟ ِﻜ��ﻦْ ﺃُ ْﻋﻄُ�ﻮﺍ ﻁُ��ﻮ َﻝ َﺣﻴَ��ﺎ ٍﺓ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﺯَ َﻣ� ٍ‬ ‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۱۲-۱۱ :۷‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺗﻌﺠ��ﺐ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻭﺣ��ﺰﻥ ﺟ��ﺪﺍً ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻈ��ﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘ��ﻲ ﺳ��ﻴﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻄﻴ��ﻮﺧﺲ ﺃﺑﻴﻔ��ﺎﻧﻴﻮﺱ‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ( ﺑﺸﻌﺐ ﷲ‪ ,‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤ�ﺎ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻜ�ﺮ ﻛﻴ�ﻒ ﻳﺘ�ﺮﻙ ﷲ ﻫ�ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪ 83 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺒﺚ ﺑﺸﻌﺒﻪ؟! ﺳﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻬ�ﻲ ﺑﻘﺘ�ﻞ ﻫ�ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﺮﻳﺮ )ﺍﻟﺤﻴ�ﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑ�ﻊ( ﻭﺇﺣ�ﺮﺍﻕ‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ ﺃَﺗَ�ﻰ َﻭ َﺟ�ﺎ َء‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫» ُﻛ ْﻨﺖُ ﺃَ َﺭﻯ ﻓِﻲ ُﺭﺅَﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ْﻴ ِﻞ َﻭﺇِ َﺫﺍ َﻣ َﻊ ُ‬ ‫�ﻦ ﺇِ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ُﺤ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺎ ِء ِﻣ ْﺜ ُﻞ ﺍ ْﺑ ِ‬ ‫‪۱٤‬‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻄﺎﻧًﺎ َﻭ َﻣ ْﺠﺪًﺍ َﻭ َﻣﻠَ ُﻜﻮﺗًﺎ ﻟِﺘَﺘَ َﻌﺒﱠ َﺪ ﻟَﻪُ ُﻛ� ﱡﻞ‬ ‫ْﻄ َﻲ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻢ ﺍﻷَﻳﱠ ِﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻘَ ﱠﺮﺑُﻮﻩُ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻣﻪُ‪ .‬ﻓَﺄُﻋ ِ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ِﺪ ِ‬

‫ﺳ� ْﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻱ َﻣ�ﺎ ﻟَ�ﻦْ ﻳَ� ُﺰﻭ َﻝ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣﻠَ ُﻜﻮﺗُ�ﻪُ َﻣ�ﺎ ﻻَ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻄﺎﻥٌ ﺃَﺑَ� ِﺪ ﱞ‬ ‫ﺳ� ْﻠﻄَﺎﻧُﻪُ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَ ِﺔ‪ُ .‬‬ ‫ﺏ َﻭﺍﻷُ َﻣ ِﻢ َﻭﺍﻷَ ْﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ُﻌﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺽ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱٤-۱۳ :۷‬‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﻨﻘَ ِﺮ ُ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺮﺭ ﺷﻌﺐ ﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻁﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﺲ ﺃﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﻴﻮﺱ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ) ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ( ﻭﻫﻲ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻳﺤﻠﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﺮﺑﻮﻩ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﻪ )ﻛﺬﺑﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻓﺪﺍ ًء‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ( ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﻭﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﺐ ﻻ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﺲ ﺃﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﻴﻮﺱ ﺑﻞ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻗﺴﻰ ﻭﺃ ﱠﻣﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻋﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪ ...‬ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﻛﺸﻔﻴﻊ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻭﻗﻒ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎ ً ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻓﺎ ًء ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻲ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎ ً ﻭﻣﺠﺪﺍً ﻓﻤﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻭﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﺮﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻂ ِﺟ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻲ ﻓِﻲ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻤﻲ َﻭﺃَ ْﻓﺰَ َﻋ ْﺘﻨِﻲ ُﺭﺅَﻯ َﺭ ْﺃ ِ‬ ‫»ﺃَ ﱠﻣﺎ ﺃَﻧَﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ﻓَ َﺤ ِﺰﻧَﺖْ ُﺭ ِ‬ ‫‪۱٦‬‬ ‫ﻮﻑ َﻭﻁَﻠَ ْﺒﺖُ ِﻣ ْﻨﻪُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤﻘِﻴﻘَﺔَ ﻓِﻲ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﻫ َﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﻓَﺄ َ ْﺧﺒَ َﺮﻧِﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺣ ٍﺪ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻮﻗُ ِ‬ ‫ﻓَﺎ ْﻗﺘ َ​َﺮ ْﺑﺖُ ﺇِﻟَﻰ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﺮ ﺍﻷُ ُﻣﻮ ِﺭ‪۱۷ :‬ﻫ ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤﻴَ َﻮﺍﻧَﺎﺕُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ِﻈﻴ َﻤﺔُ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ِﻫ َﻲ ﺃَ ْﺭﺑَ َﻌﺔٌ ِﻫ َﻲ ﺃَ ْﺭﺑَ َﻌﺔُ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻋ ﱠﺮﻓَﻨِﻲ ﺗَ ْﻔ ِ‬

‫‪۱۸‬‬ ‫ﺴﻮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ ﱢﻲ ﻓَﻴَﺄْ ُﺧ ُﺬﻭﻥَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺔَ َﻭﻳَ ْﻤﺘَﻠِ ُﻜﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﺽ‪ .‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣﺎ ﻗِﺪﱢﻳ ُ‬ ‫ُﻣﻠُ ٍ‬ ‫ﻮﻙ ﻳَﻘُﻮ ُﻣﻮﻥَ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺩﺕ( ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤﻘِﻴﻘَﺔَ ِﻣﻦْ ِﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺔَ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻷَﺑَ ِﺪ َﻭﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَﺑَ ِﺪ ﺍﻵﺑِ ِﺪﻳﻦَ ‪ِ ۱۹ .‬ﺣﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ُﺭ ْﻣﺖُ )‬

‫ﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ َﻛﺎﻥَ ُﻣ َﺨﺎﻟِﻔًﺎ ﻟِ ُﻜﻠﱢ َﻬﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫَﺎﺋِﻼً ِﺟ ًّﺪﺍ َﻭﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺳﻨَﺎﻧُﻪُ ِﻣﻦْ َﺣ ِﺪﻳ ٍﺪ َﻭﺃَ ْﻅﻔَﺎ ُﺭﻩُ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤﻴَ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ِ‬ ‫‪ 84 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪۲۰‬‬ ‫ﻭﻥ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﺸ َ​َﺮ ِﺓ‬ ‫ﺳ َﺤ َ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻭﺩ َ‬ ‫ﺱ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻗَ ْﺪ ﺃَ َﻛ َﻞ َﻭ َ‬ ‫َﻦ ﺍ ْﻟﻘُ ُﺮ ِ‬ ‫َﺍﺱ ﺍ ْﻟﺒَﺎﻗِ َﻲ ﺑِ ِﺮ ْﺟﻠَ ْﻴ ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻋ ِ‬ ‫ِﻣﻦْ ﻧُ َﺤﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧ ِﺮ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َﻦ‬ ‫ﺴﻘَﻄَﺖْ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻣﻪُ ﺛَﻼَﺛَﺔٌ‪َ .‬ﻭﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْﺮﻥُ ﻟَﻪُ‬ ‫ﻁﻠَ َﻊ ﻓَ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺑِ َﺮ ْﺃ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻋ ِ‬ ‫ﺷ ﱡﺪ ِﻣﻦْ ُﺭﻓَﻘَﺎﺋِ ِﻪ‪َ ۲۱ .‬ﻭ ُﻛ ْﻨﺖُ ﺃَ ْﻧﻈُ ُﺮ َﻭﺇِ َﺫﺍ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْﺮﻥُ‬ ‫ُﻋﻴُﻮﻥٌ َﻭﻓَ ٌﻢ ُﻣﺘَ َﻜﻠﱢ ٌﻢ ﺑِ َﻌﻈَﺎﺋِ َﻢ َﻭ َﻣ ْﻨﻈَ ُﺮﻩُ ﺃَ َ‬ ‫‪۲۲‬‬ ‫ﱢﻳﺴﻴﻦَ ﻓَ َﻐﻠَﺒَ ُﻬ ْﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﱢﻳﺴ ِﻲ‬ ‫ﻳُ َﺤﺎ ِﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍ ْﻟﻘِﺪ ِ‬ ‫ْﻄ َﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱢﻳﻦُ ﻟِﻘِﺪ ِ‬ ‫َﺣﺘﱠﻰ َﺟﺎ َء ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ِﺪﻳ ُﻢ ﺍﻷَﻳﱠ ِﺎﻡ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃُﻋ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﻮﻥَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺔَ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ ‪(۲۲ -۱٥ :۷‬‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ ﱢﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺑَﻠَ َﻎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻮ ْﻗﺖُ ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺎ ْﻣﺘَﻠَﻚَ ﺍ ْﻟﻘِﺪﱢﻳ ُ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻣ�ﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ ﺭﺁﻫ�ﺎ ﻓﺄﺻ�ﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔ�ﺰﻉ ﻭﻟﺠ�ﺄ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜ�ﺔ ﻳﻄﻠ�ﺐ ﺗﻔﺴ�ﻴﺮﺍً ﻭﻫﻨ�ﺎ ﺷ�ﺮﺡ ﻟ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ�ﺎ ﻛﻤ�ﺎ ﺳ�ﺒﻖ ﻭﺷ�ﺮﺣﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﻢ ﺃﺭﺑ�ﻊ ﻣﻠ�ﻮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑ�ﻊ ﻫ�ﻮ ﺃﺷ�ﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻄﺸ�ﺎ ً‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻌﺐ ﷲ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫُﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻲ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﻣﺘﻠﻜﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪۲۳‬‬ ‫ﺽ ُﻣ َﺨﺎﻟِﻔَ�ﺔٌ‬ ‫»ﻓَﻘَﺎ َﻝ ﻫ َﻜ� َﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣ�ﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤﻴَ َ�ﻮﺍﻥُ ﺍ ْﻟ ﱠﺮﺍﺑ� ُﻊ ﻓَﺘَ ُﻜ�ﻮﻥُ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ�ﺔٌ َﺭﺍﺑِ َﻌ�ﺔٌ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺤﻘُ َﻬﺎ‪َ ۲٤ .‬ﻭﺍ ْﻟﻘُ ُﺮﻭﻥُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﺸ َ​َﺮﺓُ ِﻣﻦْ‬ ‫ﺳ َﻬﺎ َﻭﺗَ ْ‬ ‫ﺽ ُﻛﻠﱠ َﻬﺎ َﻭﺗَﺪُﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﺎﺋِ ِﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﻤﺎﻟِ ِﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺘَﺄْ ُﻛ ُﻞ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻟِ َ‬

‫�ﻮﻙ ﻳَﻘُﻮ ُﻣ��ﻮﻥَ ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳَﻘُ��ﻮ ُﻡ ﺑَ ْﻌ � َﺪ ُﻫ ْﻢ َ‬ ‫ﺁﺧ � ُﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُﻫ� َ�ﻮ ُﻣ َﺨ��ﺎﻟِﻒٌ‬ ‫�ﻲ َﻋ َ‬ ‫ﺸ� َ�ﺮﺓُ ُﻣﻠُ� ٍ‬ ‫ﻫ � ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ � ِﺔ ِﻫ� َ‬ ‫‪۲٥‬‬ ‫�ﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷَ ﱠﻭﻟِ��ﻴﻦَ ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳُ� ِﺬ ﱡﻝ ﺛَﻼَﺛَ�ﺔَ ُﻣﻠُ� ٍ‬ ‫�ﻲ َﻭﻳُ ْﺒﻠِ��ﻲ ﻗِﺪ ِ‬ ‫�ﻮﻙ‪َ .‬ﻭﻳَ�ﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠ ُﻢ ﺑِ َﻜ�ﻼَ ٍﻡ ِ‬ ‫ﱢﻳﺴ��ﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ� ﱢ‬ ‫ﺿ� ﱠﺪ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ� ﱢ‬ ‫�ﻒ‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ َﻭﺃَ ْﺯ ِﻣﻨَ� ٍﺔ َﻭﻧِ ْ‬ ‫َﻭﻳَﻈُ��ﻦﱡ ﺃَﻧﱠ�ﻪُ ﻳُ َﻐﻴﱢ� ُﺮ ﺍﻷَ ْﻭﻗَ��ﺎﺕَ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻨﱠﺔَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ� ِ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻠﱠ ُﻤﻮﻥَ ﻟِﻴَ� ِﺪ ِﻩ ﺇِﻟَ��ﻰ ﺯَ َﻣ� ٍ‬ ‫‪۲٦‬‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻠﻄَﺎﻧَﻪُ ﻟِﻴَ ْﻔﻨَ ْﻮﺍ َﻭﻳَﺒِﻴ�ﺪُﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﱢﻳﻦُ )ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻝ( َﻭﻳَ ْﻨ ِﺰﻋُﻮﻥَ َﻋ ْﻨﻪُ ُ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓَﻴَ ْﺠﻠِ ُ‬ ‫ﺯَ َﻣ ٍ‬ ‫‪۲۷‬‬ ‫ﺴ� َﻤﺎ ِء ﺗُ ْﻌﻄَ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺴ� ْﻠﻄَﺎﻥُ َﻭ َﻋﻈَ َﻤ�ﺔُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ� ِﺔ ﺗ َْﺤ�ﺖَ ُﻛ� ﱢﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﻨﺘَ َﻬﻰ‪َ .‬ﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ�ﺔُ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻟِ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ ﺇِﻳﱠ��ﺎﻩُ ﻳَ ْﻌﺒُ �ﺪُﻭﻥَ‬ ‫ﻱ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺟ ِﻤﻴ � ُﻊ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫�ﻲ‪َ .‬ﻣﻠَ ُﻜﻮﺗُ�ﻪُ َﻣﻠَ ُﻜ��ﻮﺕٌ ﺃَﺑَ � ِﺪ ﱞ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻗِﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ � ْﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ �ﻼَ ِﻁ ِ‬ ‫ﱢﻳﺴ��ﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﻠِ� ﱢ‬

‫َﻭﻳُ ِﻄﻴ ُﻌ��ﻮﻥَ ‪۲۸ .‬ﺇِﻟَ��ﻰ ُﻫﻨَ��ﺎ ﻧِ َﻬﺎﻳَ�ﺔُ ﺍﻷَ ْﻣ � ِﺮ‪ .‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣ��ﺎ ﺃَﻧَ��ﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ��ﺂ َﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺄ َ ْﻓ َﻜ��ﺎ ِﺭﻱ ﺃَ ْﻓﺰَ َﻋ ْﺘﻨِ��ﻲ َﻛﺜِﻴ � ًﺮﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫َﻭﺗَ َﻐﻴﱠ َﺮﺕْ َﻋﻠَ ﱠﻲ َﻫ ْﻴﺌَﺘِﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺣﻔِ ْﻈﺖُ ﺍﻷَ ْﻣ َﺮ ﻓِﻲ ﻗَ ْﻠﺒِﻲ«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۸-۲۳ :۷‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻟ�ﺪﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺿ�ﺤﺎ ً ﻟ�ﻪ )ﺃﻥ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻠﻮﻗﻴﻴﻦ ﺳ�ﺘﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ۱۰‬ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺿﺤﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ً ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﻳﻬﺰﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ ۳‬ﻣﻠﻮﻙ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎ ً ﻣﻄﻠﻘ�ﺎ ً ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺷ�ﻌﺐ ﷲ ﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺤﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻁﻘﻮﺳﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳ�ﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪ 85 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻭﻧﺼﻒ )ﺯﻣ�ﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺯﻣﻨ�ﺔ ﻭﻧﺼ�ﻒ ﺯﻣ�ﺎﻥ( ﻭﻫ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﺪﺓ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺗﻮﻗ�ﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﻴﺤ�ﺔ ﺑﻌ�ﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺲ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺑﺢ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺑﻴﻴﻦ )‪۱‬ﻣﻜﺎ ‪(٥۲ :٤‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﻬﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻏﻴ�ﺔ ﻭﻳﻜ�ﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗ�ﻪ ﺃﺑ�ﺪﻳﺎ ً ﻭﻛ�ﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺗﺘﻌﺒ�ﺪ ﻟ�ﻪ ﻭﻫﻜ�ﺬﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻬ�ﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ�ﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟ�ﻰ ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﺃﻓﺰﻋﺘ�ﻪ ﺃﻓﻜ�ﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺣﻔ�ﻆ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﻜﺮﺍً ﺑﻪ ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻄﻐﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻳﺘﺠﺒﺮ‪ ...‬ﻭﻳﻨﺴﻰ ﷲ ﻭﻳﺘﻜﺒﺮ‪ ...‬ﻭﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺎ ً ﺑﺎﻟﺸ�ﺮ ﻳﺘﻔﺠ�ﺮ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺒﺮ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎ ً ﺇﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻔﺬﻭﺍ ﻓﺮﺻﻬﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺁﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺻﺒﺮ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻁﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﺸ�ﺮ ﺿ��ﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﻠ��ﻪ ﻳﺘ��ﻮﺏ ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ ﻓﺮﻋ��ﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳ��ﻲ ﻟ��ﻢ ﻳﻠ�ﻦ ﻗﻠﺒ��ﻪ ﻭﺍﺳ��ﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘ��ﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻄﻴ�ﻮﺧﺲ ﺃﺑﻴﻔ�ﺎﻧﻴﻮﺱ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﺻ�ﺎﻝ ﻭﺟ�ﺎﻝ ‪ ..‬ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻝ؛ ﻓﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻬﻼﻛﻪ ﻭﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﻟﻮﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍً ﻮﻧﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻴﺄﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻠ�ﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸ�ﺮ ﻭﻟﻨﺜ�ﻖ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ ﻻﺑ�ﺪ ﻟﻠﺸ�ﺮ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ�ﺔ ﻓ�ﺎہﻠﻟ ﻳﺘﻤﻬ�ﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺴﻰ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪...‬‬

‫‪ 86 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺩ = ﺑﺎﺑﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺏ = ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺳﻠﻭﻗﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ -2‬ﺃﻧﻁﻳﻭﺧﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺃﻧﻁﻳﻭﺧﺱ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ‪ -4‬ﺳﻠﻭﻗﺱ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﺳﻠﻭﻗﺱ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ‪ -6‬ﺃﻧﻁﻳﻭﺧﺱ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬ ‫‪ -7‬ﺳﻠﻭﻗﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬ ‫ﻧﻣﺭ = ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻧﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻟﻪ ‪ 10‬ﻗﺭﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻡ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻠﻭﻙ‬

‫‪ -8‬ﻫﻳﻠﻭﺩﻭﺭﺱ ‪ -9‬ﺑﻁﻠﻳﻣﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬ ‫‪ -10‬ﺩﻳﻣﺗﺭﻳﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻭﻣﻬﻡ ﺃﻧﻁﻳﻭﺧﺱ ﻭﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻙ ﻣﻧﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﺎء ﺍﺑﻥ ﺍﻧﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎء ﻟﻳﺧﻠﺹ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺑﻪ‬

‫‪ 87 ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻭﻗﻳﻳﻥ‬

‫ﺃﻧﻁﻳﻭﺧﺱ ﺃﺑﻳﻔﺎﻧﻳﻭﺱ‬ ‫=ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻁﻬﺩ ﺷﻌﺏ ﷲ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺑﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻗﺔ‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ‪:‬ﺍﻟﻛﺑﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻳﺱ )ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻳﻭﻧﺎﻥ(‬ ‫ﺻ َﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ ﻅَ َﻬ َﺮﺕْ ﻟِ�ﻲ ﺃَﻧَ�ﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ�ﺂ َﻝ ُﺭ ْﺅﻳَ�ﺎ ﺑَ ْﻌ� َﺪ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِ�ﻲ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟِﺜَ ِﺔ ِﻣﻦْ ُﻣ ْﻠ ِﻚ ﺑَ ْﻴ ْﻠﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫�ﺎﻱ َﻭﺃَﻧ�ﺎ ﻓِ�ﻲ ﺷُﻮﺷَ�ﺎﻥَ‬ ‫ﻅَ َﻬ َﺮﺕْ ﻟِ�ﻲ ﻓِ�ﻲ ﺍﻻ ْﺑﺘِ�ﺪَﺍ ِء ﻓَ َﺮﺃَ ْﻳ�ﺖُ ﻓِ�ﻲ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَ�ﺎ َﻭ َﻛ�ﺎﻥَ ﻓِ�ﻲ ُﺭ ْﺅﻳَ َ‬ ‫ﻱ )ﺩﺍ‪(۲:۱-۸‬‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ ِﺮ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻓِﻲ ِﻭﻻَﻳَ ِﺔ ِﻋﻴﻼَ َﻡ َﻭ َﺭﺃَ ْﻳﺖُ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ُﺮﺅﻳَﺎ َﻭﺃَﻧَﺎ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﻧَ ْﻬ ِﺮ ﺃُﻭﻻَ َ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ )ﺩﺍ‪ (۷‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻤ�ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧ�ﺖ ﺗﻜ�ﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﻟﻠﺮﺅﻳ�ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪٥٤۸‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻟﺒﻴﻠﺸﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳ�ﻘﻮﻁ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻌﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻛﺒﺸﺎ ً ﻗﻮﻳﺎ ً ﻳ�ﻨﻄﺢ ﺑﻘﺮﻧﻴ�ﻪ ﺛ�ﻢ ﺗﺒﻌ�ﻪ ﺗ�ﻴﺲ ﻋﻈ�ﻴﻢ ﻫ�ﺰﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺶ ﻭﺩﺍﺳﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﷲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﺸﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺶ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻧﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫��ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺶ َﻭﺍﻗِ ٍ‬ ‫��ﺎﻥ َﻭﺍﻟﻘَ ْﺮﻧَ ِ‬ ‫��ﻒ ِﻋ ْﻨ�� َﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ْﻬ�� ِﺮ َﻭﻟَ��ﻪُ ﻗَ ْﺮﻧَ ِ‬ ‫ﻓَ َﺮﻓَ ْﻌ��ﺖُ َﻋ ْﻴﻨَ�� ﱠﻲ َﻭ َﺭﺃَ ْﻳ��ﺖُ َﻭﺇِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِ َﻜ�� ْﺒ ٍ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺶ ﻳَ� ْﻨﻄَ ُﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﺣ ُﺪ ﺃَ ْﻋﻠَﻰ ِﻣ�ﻦَ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧ� ِﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷَ ْﻋﻠَ�ﻰ ﻁَ�ﺎﻟِ ٌﻊ ﺃَ ِﺧﻴ� ًﺮﺍ‪َ .‬ﺭﺃَ ْﻳ�ﺖُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ� ْﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻋَﺎﻟِﻴَ ِ‬

‫ﺿﺎﺗِ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺷ َﻤﺎﻻً َﻭ َﺟﻨُﻮﺑًﺎ ﻓَﻠَ ْﻢ ﻳَﻘِﻒْ َﺣﻴَــ َﻮﺍﻥٌ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻣﻪُ َﻭﻻَ ُﻣ ْﻨﻘِ ٌﺬ ِﻣﻦْ ﻳَ ِﺪ ِﻩ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓَ َﻌ َﻞ َﻛ َﻤ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫َﻏ ْﺮﺑًﺎ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫)ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ( َﻭ َﻋﻈُ َﻢ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(٤-۳ :۸‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺶ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺮﻧﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﺜﻼﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻵﺧ�ﺮ ﻷﻥ ﻓ�ﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻠﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ�ﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺳ�ﺘﻘﺮ ﻟﻬ�ﺎ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﻠ�ﻚ‪ ...‬ﻳ�ﻨﻄﺢ ﻏﺮﺑ�ﺎ ً ﻭﺷ�ﻤﺎﻻً ﻭﺟﻨﻮﺑ�ﺎ ً ﻷﻥ ﺃﻣ�ﻼﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻁﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳ�ﻴﺔ ﻗ�ﺪ ﺍﻣﺘ�ﺪﺕ ﻓ�ﻲ ﻛ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬ�ﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠ�ﻢ ﻳﺘﺠ�ﻪ ﻣﻠ�ﻮﻙ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﺷﺮﻗﺎ ً ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﻦ‪...‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻌ ِﺰ َﺟﺎ َء ِﻣﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻐ ِﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻪ ُﻛ� ﱢﻞ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﺑَ ْﻴﻨَ َﻤﺎ ُﻛ ْﻨﺖُ ُﻣﺘَﺄ َ ﱢﻣﻼً ﺇِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِﺘَ ْﻴ ٍ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫َﻭﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ َﻤ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺶ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫�ﺎﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﺻ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻗَ ْﺮﻥٌ ُﻣ ْﻌﺘَﺒَ ٌﺮ ﺑَﻴْﻦَ َﻋ ْﻴﻨَ ْﻴ� ِﻪ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﺟ�ﺎ َء ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ� ْﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺽ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﺻ� َﻞ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْﺮﻧَ ْﻴ ِﻦ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ َﺭﺃَ ْﻳﺘُﻪُ َﻭﺍﻗِﻔًﺎ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ْﻬ ِﺮ َﻭ َﺭ َﻛ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ﱠﺪ ِﺓ ﻗُ ﱠﻮﺗِ ِﻪ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﺭﺃَ ْﻳﺘُﻪُ ﻗَ ْﺪ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺇِﻟَ ْﻴ ِﻪ ﺑِ ِ‬ ‫ﺶ‬ ‫ﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺎ ْ‬ ‫ﺶ َﻭ َﻛ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ ْﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺿ َﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺳﺘَﺸَﺎﻁَ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ ِﻪ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧِ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺮ ﻗَ ْﺮﻧَ ْﻴ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻠَ ْﻢ ﺗَ ُﻜﻦْ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻜ ْﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ ْﺒ ِ‬

‫‪ 88 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺶ ُﻣ ْﻨﻘِ ٌ�ﺬ‬ ‫ﺽ َﻭﺩَﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﻮﺓٌ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻮﻗُ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟَ� ْﻢ ﻳَ ُﻜ�ﻦْ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻜ� ْﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﻮﻑ ﺃَ َﻣﺎ َﻣﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻁَ َﺮ َﺣﻪُ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻟ َﻤ ْﻌ ِﺰ ِﺟ ًّﺪﺍ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۸-٥ :۸‬‬ ‫ِﻣﻦْ ﻳَ ِﺪ ِﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﺘَ َﻌﻈﱠ َﻢ ﺗَ ْﻴ ُ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺲ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻁﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻟﻪ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎء ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐ�ﺮﺏ – ﻣ�ﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﻧﻴ�ﺔ – ﻭﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﻤ�ﺲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﺷ�ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺳ�ﺮﻋﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﻠ��ﺔ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻛﺘﺴ��ﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻌ��ﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻜﺄﻧ��ﻪ ﻳﻄﻴ��ﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤ��ﺲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ...‬ﻓﻘ��ﺪ ﺟ��ﺎء ﻭﺿ��ﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺶ ﻭﻛﺴ�ﺮ ﻗﺮﻧﻴ�ﻪ ﻭﺩﺍﺳ�ﻪ ﺇﺷ�ﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺳ�ﺤﻘﻪ ﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻔ�ﺮﺱ ﻭﺗﻌﻈ�ﻢ ﺍﻹﺳ�ﻜﻨﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻭﻟﻢ َ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻅﻬﺮ ﺳ�ﻨﺔ ‪۳۳۳‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﺭﺁﻩ ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ۲۰۰‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﻥ ُﻣ ْﻌﺘَﺒَ َ�ﺮ ٍﺓ ﻧَ ْﺤ َ�ﻮ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺮ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْﺮﻥُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ِﻈ�ﻴ ُﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻁَﻠَ� َﻊ ِﻋ َﻮ ً‬ ‫َﻭﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ ﺍ ْﻋﺘَ ﱠﺰ ﺍ ْﻧ َﻜ َ‬ ‫ﺿ�ﺎ َﻋ ْﻨ�ﻪُ ﺃَ ْﺭﺑَ َﻌ�ﺔُ ﻗُ� ُﺮ ٍ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﺻ� ِﻐﻴ ٌﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻋﻈُ� َﻢ ِﺟ� ًّﺪﺍ ﻧَ ْﺤ� َ�ﻮ‬ ‫�ﺎﺡ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﺣ� ٍﺪ ِﻣ ْﻨ َﻬ��ﺎ َﺧ� َ�ﺮ َﺝ ﻗَ� ْ�ﺮﻥٌ َ‬ ‫�ﻊ‪َ .‬ﻭ ِﻣ��ﻦْ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ� َﻤﺎ ِء ﺍﻷَ ْﺭﺑَ� ِ‬ ‫ِﺭﻳَ� ِ‬

‫ﺍﺿﻲ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۹-۸ :۸‬‬ ‫ﻕ َﻭﻧَ ْﺤ َﻮ ﻓَ ْﺨ ِﺮ ﺍﻷَ َﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﺠﻨُﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻭﻧَ ْﺤ َﻮ ﺍﻟﺸ ْﱠﺮ ِ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳ ِﻌﺶ ﺍﻹﺳ�ﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﻁ�ﻮﻳﻼً ﻓﻘ�ﺪ ﻣ�ﺎﺕ ﺷــﺎﺑــ�ـﺎ ً ﻭﻋﻤ�ﺮﻩ ‪ ۳۳‬ﻋﺎﻣ�ـﺎ ً‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜ�ﺬﺍ ﺍﻧﻜﺴ�ﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﻅﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺃﺭﺑﻌــــ�ـﺔ ﻗ�ﺮﻭﻥ )ﻭﻫ�ﻢ ﻗ�ﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌ�ﺔ( ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺘﺴ�ﻤﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻁﻮﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼ�ﻴﺐ ﺳ�ﻠﻮﻗﺲ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺲ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻠﻮﻗﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻳﻦ ﺟ�ﺎء ﻣ�ﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻏﻴ�ﺔ ﺃﻧﻄﻴ�ﻮﺧﺲ ﺃﺑﻴﻔ�ﺎﻧﻴﻮﺱ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘ�ﺮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﻈﻢ ﺟـــﺪﺍً ﻭﺃﺫﻝ ﻓﺨﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ )ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ ً‪...‬‬ ‫* ﻓﻈﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ﺽ‬ ‫َﻭﺗَ َﻌﻈﱠ َﻢ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ُﺟ ْﻨ ِﺪ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺕ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻁَ َﺮ َﺡ ﺑَ ْﻌ ً‬ ‫ﺎﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻀﺎ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺠ ْﻨ ِﺪ َﻭﺍﻟﻨﱡ ُﺠ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻮﻡ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﺤ َﺮﻗَ�ﺔُ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﺍﺋِ َﻤ�ﺔُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫُ� ِﺪ َﻡ‬ ‫َﻭﺩَﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﺠ ْﻨ ِﺪ ﺗَ َﻌﻈﱠ َﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺑِ ِﻪ ﺃُ ْﺑ ِﻄﻠَ� ِ‬ ‫ﺳ ُﻬ ْﻢ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺇِﻟَﻰ َﺭﺋِﻴ ِ‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ‫ﺼ�ﻴَ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻄَ� َ�ﺮ َﺡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ� ﱠ‬ ‫َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ� َﻜﻦُ َﻣ ْﻘ ِﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ� ِﻪ‪َ .‬ﻭ ُﺟ ِﻌ� َﻞ ُﺟ ْﻨ� ٌﺪ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﺤ َﺮﻗَ� ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﺍﺋِ َﻤ� ِﺔ ﺑِﺎ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺽ َﻭﻓَ َﻌ َﻞ َﻭﻧَ َﺠ َﺢ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱۲-۱۰ :۸‬‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬

‫‪ 89 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺗﻜﺒﺮ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺑﺸ�ﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻄ�ﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻛﻬﻨ�ﺔ ﷲ )ﺟﻨ�ﺪ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ(‬ ‫ﻣﺤ��ﺎﻭﻻً ﺇﺑﻄ��ﺎﻝ ﺩﻳ��ﺎﻧﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻨ��ﻊ ﺭﺋ��ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨ��ﺔ )ﺭﺋ�ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨ��ﺪ( ﻣ��ﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ��ﺮﺓ ﺧﺪﻣﺘ��ﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨ��ﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺘ��ﺎﻥ ﻭﺗﻘ��ﺪﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﺒﺖ ﻭﻣﻨ��ﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻴ��ﺎﺩ ﻭﺩﻧ��ﺲ ﻫﻴﻜ��ﻞ ﺍﻟ��ﺮﺏ ﺑﺈﻗﺎﻣ��ﺔ ﻫﻴﻜ��ﻞ‬ ‫ﻷﺻﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﺴﺠﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺻﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺃﻭﻻً !!‪ ......‬ﻭﻣ�ﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺫﻳﻠﺔ ﺩﺍﺧ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜ�ﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺑﻄ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻗ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤ�ﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺼ�ﺒﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺗﺄﺳ�ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜ�ﻞ ﻭﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﻣﺠ�ﻲء ﻫ�ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﺮﻳﺮ‪ ...‬ﻭﺇﻣﻌﺎﻧ�ﺎ ً ﻓ�ﻲ ﺗ�ﺪﻧﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜ��ﻞ ﻗ��ﺪﻡ ﺧﻨﺰﻳ��ﺮﺍً ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﻣ��ﺬﺑﺢ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺸ��ﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﻣﻴ��ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺣ��ﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﺳ��ﻔﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﻗﺘﻞ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﻻﻑ ﻭﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴ�ﺎء ﻋﺒﻴ�ﺪﺍً‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜ�ﺬﺍ ﺳ�ﻤﺢ ﷲ ﻟ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﺠﺢ‪ ,‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﷲ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣ�ﺎ ﻳﺸ�ﺎء ﻓﺘ�ﺮﺓ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣ�ﺎﻥ ﺛ�ﻢ ﻳﺒﻴ�ﺪﻩ ﺑﻨﻔﺨ�ﺔ ﻣ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺼﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺏ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪»۱٥ :‬ﻓَ َﻤﺘَ�ﻰ ﻧَﻈَ ْ�ﺮﺗُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻟِ�ﻴَ ْﻔ َﻬ ِﻢ‬ ‫» ِﺭ ْﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺔَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺨ َﺮﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﻘَ� ﱠﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ« ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻗَﺎ َﻝ َﻋ ْﻨ َﻬﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِ ﱡﻲ ﻗَﺎﺋِ َﻤﺔً ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﻜ� ِ‬ ‫‪۱۷‬‬ ‫‪۱٦‬‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﺎﻝ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟﻘَﺎ ِﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﺉ ﻓَ ِﺤﻴﻨَﺌِ ٍﺬ ﻟِﻴَ ْﻬ ُﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ْﻟﻴَ ُﻬﻮ ِﺩﻳﱠ ِﺔ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﺠﺒَ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ� ْﻄ ِ‬ ‫ﺷ ْﻴﺌًﺎ‪َ ۱۸ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ ﻓِ�ﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ْﻘ ِ�ﻞ ﻓَ�ﻼَ ﻳَ ْﺮﺟ� ْﻊ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ َﻭ َﺭﺍﺋِ� ِﻪ ﻟِﻴَﺄْ ُﺧ� َﺬ‬ ‫ﻓَﻼَ ﻳَ ْﻨ ِﺰ ْﻝ ﻟِﻴَﺄْ ُﺧ َﺬ ِﻣﻦْ ﺑَ ْﻴﺘِ ِﻪ َ‬

‫ﺛِﻴَﺎﺑَ �ﻪُ‪) « .‬ﻣ��ﺖ‪ (۱۷-۱٥ :۲٤‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗ��ﻨﺠﺲ ﺷ��ﺨﺺ ﻧﻘ��ﻮﻝ ﻋﻨ��ﻪ ﺃﻧ��ﻪ ﻧﺠ��ﺲ ﺃﻣ��ﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺗ��ﻨﺠﺲ ﻣﻜ��ﺎﻥ ﻓﻨ��ﺪﻋﻮﻩ ﺭﺟﺴ �ﺎ ً ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜ��ﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻘﺼ��ﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺟﺴ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﺨ��ﺮﺍﺏ ﻫ��ﻲ ﺗ��ﺪﻧﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻠ�ﻪ ﺛ�ﻢ ﺧﺮﺍﺑ�ﻪ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻳ�ﺪ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﺨ�ﻮﺱ ‪ ۱۷۰‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪ ..‬ﻭﺗﻜ�ﺮﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ُﺧ�ﺮﱢ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜ�ﻞ ﻭﺗ�ﺪﻧﺲ ﺛﺎﻧﻴ�ﺔ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻳ�ﺪ ﺗ�ﻴﻄﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ۷۰‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 90 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫* ﻣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻄﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣ ٌﺪ ﻟِﻔُﻼَ ٍﻥ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﺘَ َﻜﻠﱢ ِﻢ‪» :‬ﺇِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺘَﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﻳَﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠ ُﻢ‪ .‬ﻓَﻘَﺎ َﻝ ﻗُــــــــﺪ ٌ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻤ ْﻌﺖُ ﻗُﺪﱡﻭ ً‬ ‫ﻓَ َ‬ ‫ﱡﻭﺱ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺎ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟِﺒَ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ُﺠ ْﻨ�� ِﺪ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺼ��ﻴَ ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺨ َ‬ ‫��ﺮﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَ��ﺎ ِﻣ��ﻦْ ِﺟ َﻬ�� ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﺤ َﺮﻗَ�� ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﺍﺋِ َﻤ�� ِﺔ َﻭ َﻣ ْﻌ ِ‬ ‫��ﺬ ِﻝ ﺍ ْﻟﻘُ�� ْﺪ ِ‬ ‫‪۱٤‬‬ ‫ْﺱ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﺎ ٍء‪ ،‬ﻓَﻴَﺘَﺒَ ﱠﺮﺃُ ﺍ ْﻟﻘُﺪ ُ‬ ‫َﻣﺪُﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺡ َﻭ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺙ ِﻣﺌَ ِﺔ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻴ ِﻦ؟« ﻓَﻘَﺎ َﻝ ﻟِﻲ‪» :‬ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَ ْﻟﻔَ ْﻴ ِﻦ َﻭﺛَﻼَ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﺒ َ ٍ‬

‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۱٤-۱۳ :۸‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺳﻤﻊ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﺍً ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻳﺘﺴﺎءﻻﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨ�ﺮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﷲ ﻭﻛﻬﻨﺘﻪ؟‪ ....‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ‪ ۲۳۰۰‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪٦‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ‪۳‬ﺷﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ‪ ۲۰‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ً ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺴ�ﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺘ�ﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺿ�ﻄﻬﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﺲ ﺃﺑﻴﻔ�ﺎﻧﻴﻮﺱ ﻣ�ﻦ ‪۱۷۱‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪۱٦٥‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﻭﺑﻤﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﻬﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﷲ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻼﻛﻪ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪۱٥‬‬ ‫�ﻒ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻛ��ﺎﻥَ ﻟَ ﱠﻤ��ﺎ َﺭﺃَ ْﻳ��ﺖُ ﺃَﻧَ��ﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ��ﺂ َﻝ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺸ � ْﺒ ِﻪ ﺇِ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ َﻭﺍﻗِ� ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَ��ﺎ َﻭﻁَﻠَ ْﺒ��ﺖُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻌﻨَ��ﻰ‪ ،‬ﺇِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ� ٍ‬ ‫‪۱٦‬‬ ‫ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻨَ�ﺎﺩَﻯ َﻭﻗَ�ﺎ َﻝ‪» :‬ﻳَ�ﺎ ِﺟ ْﺒ َﺮﺍﺋِﻴ� ُﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓَ ﱢﻬ� ْﻢ‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ ﺑَ�ﻴْﻦَ ﺃُﻭﻻَ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮﺕَ ﺇِ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻤ ْﻌﺖُ َ‬ ‫ﻗُﺒَﺎﻟَﺘِﻲ‪َ .‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَ�ﺎ«‪۱۷ .‬ﻓَ َﺠ�ﺎ َء ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ َﺣ ْﻴ ُ‬ ‫�ﺚ َﻭﻗَ ْﻔ�ﺖُ ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟَ ﱠﻤ�ﺎ َﺟ�ﺎ َء ِﺧ ْﻔ�ﺖُ َﻭ َﺧ َ�ﺮ ْﺭﺕُ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ُﺟ� َﻞ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﻨﺘَ َﻬﻰ«‪َ ۱۸ .‬ﻭﺇِ ْﺫ َﻛﺎﻥَ ﻳَﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠ ُﻢ‬ ‫َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﻓَﻘَﺎ َﻝ ﻟِﻲ‪» :‬ﺍ ْﻓ َﻬ ْﻢ ﻳَﺎ ﺍﺑْﻦَ ﺁ َﺩ َﻡ‪ .‬ﺇِﻥﱠ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَﺎ ﻟِ َﻮ ْﻗ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ �ﻨِﻲ َﻭﺃَ ْﻭﻗَﻔَﻨِ�ﻲ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ َﻣﻘَ��ﺎ ِﻣﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻠَ َﻤ َ‬ ‫َﻣ ِﻌ��ﻲ ُﻛ ْﻨ��ﺖُ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺴ �ﺒﱠ ًﺨﺎ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻬ��ﻲ ﺇِﻟَ��ﻰ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫‪۱۹‬‬ ‫ﺴ� َ‬ ‫��ﺨ ِﻂ‪ .‬ﻷَﻥﱠ ﻟِ ِﻤﻴ َﻌ���ﺎ ِﺩ ﺍﻻ ْﻧﺘِ َﻬ���ﺎ َء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺧ��� ِﺮ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫َﻭﻗَ���ﺎ َﻝ‪» :‬ﻫﺄَﻧَ��� َﺬﺍ ﺃُﻋ ﱢَﺮﻓُ���ﻚَ َﻣ���ﺎ ﻳَ ُﻜ���ﻮﻥُ ﻓِ���ﻲ ِ‬ ‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۱۹-۱٥ :۸‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ��ﺎ ﻭﺗﺤﻴ��ﺮ ﻣﻨﻬ��ﺎ ﻭﻟ��ﻢ ﻳﻔﻬ��ﻢ ‪ ..‬ﻓﻄﻠ��ﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴ��ﻴﺮ ﻓﺄﺭﺳ��ﻞ ﻟ��ﻪ ﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺗﻌﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺳﺠﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ً ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺳ�ﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ�ﺎ ‪ ...‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋ�ﺬ ﻟﻤﺴ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﻼﻙ ﻭﺃﻭﻗﻔ�ﻪ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻗﺪﻣﻴ�ﻪ ﻭﺑ�ﺪﺃ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺒﺮﺍً ﺇﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 91 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ...‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﻘﻘ�ﺖ ﺳ�ﻨﺔ ‪۷۰‬ﻡ ﺑﺘ�ﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﺃﻭﺭﺷ�ﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺗﻴﻄﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻓﻚ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫‪۲۰‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌﺎﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺱ‪َ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺃَ ﱠﻣﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ ْﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﺶ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ َﺭﺃَ ْﻳﺘَﻪُ َﺫﺍ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ْﺮﻧَ ْﻴ ِﻦ ﻓَ ُﻬ َﻮ ُﻣﻠُﻮ ُﻙ َﻣﺎ ِﺩﻱ َﻭﻓَﺎ ِﺭ َ‬ ‫‪۲۲‬‬ ‫ﺴ� َ�ﺮ‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ ْﻟﻘَ� ْ�ﺮﻥُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ِﻈ�ﻴ ُﻢ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ ﺑَ�ﻴْﻦَ َﻋ ْﻴﻨَ ْﻴ� ِﻪ ُﻫ� َ�ﻮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ� ُﻚ ﺍﻷَ ﱠﻭ ُﻝ‪َ .‬ﻭﺇِ ِﺫ ﺍ ْﻧ َﻜ َ‬ ‫َﻣﻠِ� ُﻚ ﺍ ْﻟﻴُﻮﻧَ ِ‬

‫ﺲ ﻓِ�ﻲ ﻗُ ﱠﻮﺗِ� ِﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﺘَﻘُﻮ ُﻡ ﺃَ ْﺭﺑَ ُﻊ َﻣ َﻤﺎﻟِﻚَ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍﻷُ ﱠﻣ� ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟ ِﻜ�ﻦْ ﻟَ� ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺿﺎ َﻋ ْﻨﻪُ‪ ،‬ﻓَ َ‬ ‫َﻭﻗَﺎ َﻡ ﺃَ ْﺭﺑَ َﻌﺔٌ ِﻋ َﻮ ً‬ ‫‪۲۳‬‬ ‫ﺎﺻﻲ ﻳَﻘُﻮ ُﻡ َﻣﻠِ� ٌﻚ َﺟ�ﺎﻓِﻲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻮ ْﺟ� ِﻪ َﻭﻓَ�ﺎ ِﻫ ُﻢ ﺍ ْﻟ ِﺤﻴَ ِ�ﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺧ ِﺮ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜﺘِ ِﻬ ْﻢ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺗَ َﻤ ِﺎﻡ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﻌ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﻓِﻲ ِ‬ ‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۲۳-۲۰ :۸‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ ً ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺶ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓ�ﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬ�ﺎ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧ�ﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌ�ﺎﻓﻲ( ﻭﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻠﻮﻛﻬ�ﺎ ﻫ�ﻮ ﺍﻹﺳ�ﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺒ�ﺮ ﻭﺑﻌ��ﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻪ )ﺍﻧﻜﺴ�ﺮ( ﺍﻧﻘﺴ�ﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜ�ﺔ ﺑ�ﻴﻦ ﻗ�ﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸ�ﺎﺭ ﺇﻟ�ﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﺭﺑﻌ�ﺔ ﻗ�ﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ )ﺃﻱ ﻛﻤ�ﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﻴ�ﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻭﺟ�ﻮﺏ ﺗ�ﺄﺩﻳﺒﻬﻢ( ﻳﻈﻬ�ﺮ ﻗ�ﺮﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮ )ﻣﻠﻚ ﺟﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﻓﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻞ= ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﺲ ﺃﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﻴﻮﺱ( ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺗ�ﻰ‪ ,‬ﻭﺳ�ﻤﺢ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﻟﻴﺆﺩﺏ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻏﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪۲٤‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﺑِﻘُ ﱠﻮﺗِ� ِﻪ‪ .‬ﻳُ ْﻬﻠِ� ُﻚ ﻋ َ​َﺠﺒً�ﺎ َﻭﻳَ� ْﻨ َﺠ ُﺢ َﻭﻳَ ْﻔ َﻌ� ُﻞ َﻭﻳُﺒِﻴ� ُﺪ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻌﻈَ َﻤ�ﺎ َء‬ ‫َﻭﺗَ ْﻌﻈُ ُﻢ ﻗُ ﱠﻮﺗُﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟ ِﻜ�ﻦْ ﻟَ� ْﻴ َ‬ ‫‪۲٥‬‬ ‫ﻀ��ﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻜ�� ُﺮ ﻓِ��ﻲ ﻳَ�� ِﺪ ِﻩ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳَ��ﺘَ َﻌﻈﱠ ُﻢ ﺑِﻘَ ْﻠﺒِ�� ِﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﱢﻳﺴ��ﻴﻦَ ‪َ .‬ﻭﺑِ َﺤ َﺬﺍﻗَﺘِ�� ِﻪ ﻳَ�� ْﻨ َﺠ ُﺢ ﺃَ ْﻳ ً‬ ‫َﻭﺷَ�� ْﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﻟﻘِﺪ ِ‬

‫ﺴ� ُﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅَ َ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﺎ ِء‪َ ،‬ﻭﺑِ�ﻼَ ﻳَ� ٍﺪ ﻳَ ْﻨ َﻜ ِ‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ ﻳُ ْﻬﻠِ� ُﻚ َﻛﺜِﻴ� ِﺮﻳﻦَ ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳَﻘُ�ﻮ ُﻡ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ َﺭﺋِ�ﻴ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﻓِﻲ ﺍﻻ ْﻁ ِﻤ ْﺌﻨَ ِ‬ ‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۲٥-۲٤ :۸‬‬

‫‪ 92 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻯ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜ�ﺎﺑﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴ�ﺮ ﻋ�ﻦ ﺗﻠ�ﻚ ﺍﻷﻳ�ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺼ�ﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ ﻋﺎﺷ�ﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻬ�ﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻏﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﺲ ﺃﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﻴﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻮﺭﻳــﺎ ‪ ۱۷۱‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻗ��ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜ��ﺎﻫﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﻴ��ﺎ ﺑ��ﻦ ﺳ��ﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﺑﺜ��ﻮﺭﺓ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺳ��ﻨﺔ ‪ ۱٦۰ -۱٦۷‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ﻓﺤﻄﻤ��ﻮﺍ ﻣ��ﺬﺍﺑﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺘﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻏﻴ�ﺔ ﻗ�ﺎﻡ ﻳﻬ�ﻮﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜ�ﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺑ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺘﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﻴﺶ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﺲ ﻭﺣﺮﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﺷ�ﻠﻴﻢ ﻣ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﻭﺧﻠﺼﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧ�ﺎﻓﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻏﻴ�ﺔ ﻭﻟﻤ�ﺎ ﺳ�ﻤﻊ ﺍﻧﻄﻴ�ﻮﺧﺲ ﻭﻫ�ﻮ ﻓ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﺑﻤ�ﺎ ﺣ�ﺪﺙ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﺳ�ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭﺭﺷ�ﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮﻫ�ﺎ ﻭﺗﻄﻬﻴ�ﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜ�ﻞ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺛ�ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﺟﻴﺸ�ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺭﻓ�ﻰ ﻏﻀ�ﺐ ﺍﻟﻌ�ﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺷ�ﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘ�ﺎﻡ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺑﻨ�ﻰ ﺇﺳ�ﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺻﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺒﺮﺓ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻮﺩﺗﻪ ﺃﺻﻴﺐ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺮﺽ ﺧﻔﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺣﺸﺎﺋﻪ ﻻ ﺩﻭﺍء ﻟﻪ ﻭﺑﻤﻐﺺ ﺃﻟﻴﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺟﻮﻓ�ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ�ﺎﺕ ﻭﻫ�ﻮ ﻳ�ﺎﺋﺲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻋﻠ��ﻦ ﻓ��ﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗ��ﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﻴ��ﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﺿ��ﻪ ﻭﻣﻮﺗ��ﻪ ﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ��ﺔ ﻟﺸ��ﺮﻩ ﺿ��ﺪ ﻋﺒ��ﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟ��ﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺗﺤﻘﻘﺖ ﻧﺒﺆﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺩﻗﺔ "ﻭﻳﻘ�ﻮﻡ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺭﺋ�ﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﺳ�ﺎء‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻼ ﻳﺪ ﻳﻨﻜﺴﺮ"‪ ...‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺃﺑﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻨﻔﺨﺔ ﻓﻤﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﻌﺪ ﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜ�ﺎﺑﻲ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺷ�ﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﺘﻄﻬﻴ�ﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜ�ﻞ ﻭﺗﺮﻣﻴﻤ�ﻪ ﻭﺑﻨ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﺑﺤﺎ ً ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍً ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺮﻗﺔ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﻧﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﺫﺑﻴﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﻗ�ﺎﻣﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻴ��ﺪﺍً ﻟﻤ��ﺪﺓ ﺳ��ﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻳ��ﺎﻡ ﺳ��ﻨﺔ ‪ ۱٦٥‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻭ ُﺳ� ﱢﻤﻲ ﻋﻴ��ﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺪﻳ��ﺪ ﻭﻗ��ﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻔ��ﻞ ﺑ��ﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪) .‬ﻳﻮ‪(۲۲:۱۰‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَﺎ ﻷَﻧﱠ َﻬﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَﻳﱠ ٍﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻗِﻴﻠَﺖْ ِﻫ َﻲ َﺣ ﱞ‬ ‫ﻖ‪ .‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣﺎ ﺃَ ْﻧﺖَ ﻓَﺎ ْﻛﺘ ُِﻢ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺴﺎ ِء َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓَ ُﺮ ْﺅﻳَﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺒ َ ِ‬ ‫‪۲۷‬‬ ‫ﺿ ُﻌ ْﻔﺖُ َﻭﻧَ َﺤ ْﻠﺖُ ﺃَﻳﱠﺎ ًﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛُ ﱠﻢ ﻗُ ْﻤﺖُ َﻭﺑَﺎﺷ َْﺮﺕُ ﺃَ ْﻋ َﻤﺎ َﻝ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﻠِ ِﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻴﺮ ٍﺓ«‪َ .‬ﻭﺃَﻧَﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ َ‬ ‫َﻛﺜِ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَﺎ َﻭﻻَ ﻓَﺎ ِﻫ َﻢ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۷-۲٦ :۸‬‬ ‫َﻭ ُﻛ ْﻨﺖُ ُﻣﺘ َ​َﺤﻴﱢ ًﺮﺍ ِﻣﻦَ ﱡ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺘﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜ�ﻦ ﻓﺎﻫﻤ�ﺎ ً ﻋﻤ�ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺻ�ﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ ﻳﺴ�ﻤﺢ ﻓﻴﻬ�ﺎ ﷲ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ�ﺎ ً ﺑﻨﺼ�ﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﺮ‬ ‫‪ 93 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻭﻁﻐﻴﺎﻧ�ﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ��ﻪ ﻛ��ﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳـــ��ـﺎ ﻛﻤ��ﺎ ﻁ�ـُﻠِﺐ ﻣﻨ��ﻪ ﻭﻗ��ﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﺒﺎﺷ��ﺮ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟ��ﻪ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ��ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺮﺓ‪...‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻛﺑﺵ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻧﻳﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻹﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺑﺭ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻛﺎﺳﺎﻧﺩﺭ ﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻧﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻟﻳﺳﻳﻣﺎﺧﻭﺱ ﺣﻛﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺑﻁﻠﻳﻣﻭﺱ ﺣﻛﻡ ﻣﺻﺭ ﻭﻟﻳﺑﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻛﺳﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻗﺭﻭﻥ‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺳﻠﻭﻗﺱ ﺣﻛﻡ ﺳﻭﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﻓﻠﺳﻁﻳﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻁﻳﻭﺧﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ ﺃﺑﻳﻔﺎﻧﻳﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬ ‫)ﻣﻥ ﻧﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻭﻗﻳﻳﻥ(‬

‫ﺍﺿﻁﻬﺩ ﺷﻌﺏ ﷲ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺑﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 2300‬ﻳﻭﻡ‬

‫ﺑﺭﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﺗﻁﻬﻳﺭﻩ‬

‫‪ 94 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺻﻼﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ )ﺍﻟﺳﺑﻌﻭﻥ ﺃﺳﺑﻭﻋﺎ ً(‬ ‫* ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻞ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤﺎ ِﺩﻳﱢﻴﻦَ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ُﻣﻠﱢ�ﻚَ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﻮﺱ ْﺑ ِﻦ ﺃَ ْﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻭﺵ ِﻣﻦْ ﻧَ ْ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺸ ِﻮﻳ ُﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَ ِﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﻟَﻰ ﻟِﺪَﺍ ِﺭﻳُ َ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﻋَ� َﺪ َﺩ‬ ‫َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ ْﻠﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﱢﻴﻦَ ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَ ِﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﻟَﻰ ِﻣﻦْ ُﻣ ْﻠ ِﻜ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻧَﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ﻓَ ِﻬ ْﻤﺖُ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻜﺘُ ِ‬

‫ﺳ�ﻨَﺔً َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺴﻨِﻴﻦَ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ َﻛﺎﻧَﺖْ َﻋ ْﻨ َﻬﺎ َﻛﻠِ َﻤﺔُ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺳ� ْﺒ ِﻌﻴﻦَ َ‬ ‫�ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟِ َﻜ َﻤﺎﻟَ� ِﺔ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺇِ ْﺭ ِﻣﻴَ�ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِ ﱢ‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫ﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻴﱢ ِﺪ ﻁَﺎﻟِﺒً�ﺎ ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺃُﻭ ُﺭﺷَ�ﻠِﻴ َﻢ‪ .‬ﻓَ َﻮ ﱠﺟ ْﻬ�ﺖُ َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻬ�ﻲ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﷲِ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ�ﻼَ ِﺓ َﻭﺍﻟﺘﱠ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ﱡ�ﺮﻋَﺎ ِ‬ ‫َﺧ َﺮﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ َﻣﺎ ِﺩ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۳-۱ :۹‬‬ ‫ﺼ ْﻮ ِﻡ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺬﻟﻼً‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ﻓﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ً‪" :‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻪُ ﻫ َﻜ َﺬﺍ ﻗَﺎ َﻝ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﻟِ َﺢ ﺑِ َﺮ ﱢﺩ ُﻛ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﻨَﺔً ﻟِﺒَﺎﺑِ َﻞ ﺃَﺗَ َﻌﻬﱠ ُﺪ ُﻛ ْﻢ َﻭﺃُﻗِﻴ ُﻢ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻛﻼَ ِﻣﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﺒ ِﻌﻴﻦَ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱡﺏ‪ :‬ﺇِﻧﱢﻲ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺗَ َﻤ ِﺎﻡ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺃَﻧَﺎ ُﻣ ْﻔﺘَ ِﻜ ٌﺮ ﺑِ َﻬﺎ َﻋ ْﻨ ُﻜ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳَﻘُﻮ ُﻝ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱡﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻊ‪ .‬ﻷَﻧﱢﻲ َﻋ َﺮ ْﻓﺖُ ﺍﻷَ ْﻓ َﻜ َ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ُﺼﻠﱡﻮﻥَ ﺇِﻟَ ﱠﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻼَ ٍﻡ ﻻَ َ‬ ‫ﺁﺧ َﺮﺓً َﻭ َﺭ َﺟﺎ ًء‪ .‬ﻓَﺘَ ْﺪﻋُﻮﻧَﻨِﻲ َﻭﺗ َْﺬ َﻫﺒُﻮﻥَ َﻭﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺃَ ْﻓ َﻜ َ‬ ‫ْﻄﻴَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ِ‬ ‫ﺷ ّﺮ ﻷُﻋ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﻓَﺄ َ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﺟ ُﺪ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻳَﻘُﻮ ُﻝ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺳ َﻤ ُﻊ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻭﺗَ ْﻄﻠُﺒُﻮﻧَﻨِﻲ ﻓَﺘ َِﺠﺪُﻭﻧَﻨِﻲ ﺇِ ْﺫ ﺗَ ْﻄﻠُﺒُﻮﻧَﻨِﻲ ﺑِ ُﻜ ﱢﻞ ﻗَ ْﻠﺒِ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻓَﺄ ُ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺿ ِﻊ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻁَ َﺮ ْﺩﺗُ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﺇِﻟَ ْﻴ َﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳَﻘُﻮ ُﻝ‬ ‫َﻭﺃَ ُﺭ ﱡﺩ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﺒﻴَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻭﺃَ ْﺟ َﻤ ُﻌ ُﻜ ْﻢ ِﻣﻦْ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺍﻷُ َﻣ ِﻢ َﻭ ِﻣﻦْ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َﻮ ِ‬

‫ﺳﺒَ ْﻴﺘُ ُﻜ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻨﻪُ‪) ".‬ﺇﺭ‪(۱٤-۱۰ :۲۹‬‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻊ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱡﺏ َﻭﺃَ ُﺭ ﱡﺩ ُﻛ ْﻢ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫* ﺻﻼﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬

‫�ﻮﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻﻠﱠ ْﻴﺖُ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟ� ﱠﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟ�ﻪُ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ِﻈ�ﻴ ُﻢ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ُﻬ ُ‬ ‫َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬ�ﻲ َﻭﺍ ْﻋﺘ َ​َﺮ ْﻓ�ﺖُ َﻭﻗُ ْﻠ�ﺖُ ‪» :‬ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬ�ﺎ ﺍﻟ� ﱠﺮ ﱡﺏ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻳَﺎﻩُ‪٥ .‬ﺃَ ْﺧﻄَﺄْﻧَﺎ َﻭﺃَﺛِ ْﻤﻨَﺎ َﻭ َﻋ ِﻤ ْﻠﻨـ�ـ َﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ� ﱠﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫َﺣﺎﻓِﻆَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ِﺪ َﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ْﺣ َﻤ ِﺔ ﻟِ ُﻤ ِﺤﺒﱢﻴ ِﻪ َﻭ َﺣﺎﻓِ ِﻈﻲ َﻭ َ‬

‫‪٦‬‬ ‫ﺳ� ِﻤ ْﻌﻨَﺎ ِﻣ�ﻦْ َﻋﺒِﻴ� ِﺪﻙَ ﺍﻷَ ْﻧﺒِﻴَ�ﺎ ِء‬ ‫ﺻ�ﺎﻳَﺎﻙَ َﻭﻋَ�ﻦْ ﺃَ ْﺣ َﻜﺎ ِﻣ�ﻚَ ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﻣ�ﺎ َ‬ ‫َﻭﺗَ َﻤ ﱠﺮ ْﺩﻧَﺎ َﻭ ِﺣ� ْﺪﻧَﺎ ﻋَ�ﻦْ َﻭ َ‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﺳ�ﻴﱢ ُﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﺑِﺎ ْ‬ ‫ﺽ‪ .‬ﻟَ�ﻚَ ﻳَ�ﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻤﻚَ َﻛﻠﱠ ُﻤﻮﺍ ُﻣﻠُﻮ َﻛﻨَﺎ َﻭ ُﺭﺅَ َ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﺎ َءﻧَﺎ َﻭﺁﺑَﺎ َءﻧَ�ﺎ َﻭ ُﻛ� ﱠﻞ ﺷَ� ْﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬

‫ﺷ�ﻠِﻴ َﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﺃُﻭ ُﺭ َ‬ ‫�ﺎﻝ ﻳَ ُﻬ��ﻮ َﺫﺍ َﻭﻟِ ُ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟﺒِ ﱡ�ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣ��ﺎ ﻟَﻨَ��ﺎ ﻓَ ِﺨ� ْﺰ ُ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻮ ُﺟ��ﻮ ِﻩ‪َ ،‬ﻛ َﻤ��ﺎ ﻫ َُ�ﻮ ﺍ ْﻟﻴَ� ْ�ﻮ َﻡ ﻟِ ِﺮ َﺟ� ِ‬ ‫ﺴ� ﱠﻜ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻁَ َﺮ ْﺩﺗَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺇِﻟَ ْﻴ َﻬﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﻣﻦْ ﺃَ ْﺟ ِﻞ‬ ‫َﻭﻟِ ُﻜ ﱢﻞ ﺇِ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ َﺮﺍﺋِﻴ َﻞ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ ِﺮﻳﺒِﻴﻦَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ِﻌﻴ ِﺪﻳﻦَ ﻓِﻲ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺍﻷَ َﺭ ِ‬ ‫‪ 95 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﺳ��ﺎﺋِﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺳ �ﻴﱢ ُﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟَﻨَ��ﺎ ِﺧ� ْ�ﺰ ُ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻮ ُﺟ��ﻮ ِﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟِ ُﻤﻠُﻮ ِﻛﻨَ��ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟِ ُﺮﺅَ َ‬ ‫ِﺧﻴَ��ﺎﻧَﺘِ ِﻬ ِﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِ��ﻲ َﺧ��ﺎﻧُﻮﻙَ ﺇِﻳﱠﺎ َﻫ��ﺎ‪ .‬ﻳَ��ﺎ َ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣ ُﻢ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻐﻔِ َ�ﺮﺓُ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَ�ﺎ ﺗَ َﻤ ﱠﺮ ْﺩﻧَ�ﺎ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ� ِﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻭﻵﺑَﺎﺋِﻨَﺎ ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﺃَ ْﺧﻄَﺄْﻧَﺎ ﺇِﻟَ ْﻴﻚَ ‪ .‬ﻟِﻠ� ﱠﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬﻨَ�ﺎ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َ�ﺮ ِ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫َ�ﺮﺍﺋِ ِﻌ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِ�ﻲ َﺟ َﻌﻠَ َﻬ�ﺎ ﺃَ َﻣﺎ َﻣﻨَ�ﺎ ﻋَ�ﻦْ ﻳَ� ِﺪ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬﻨَﺎ ﻟِﻨَ ْ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮﺕَ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻠُﻚَ ﻓِ�ﻲ ﺷ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻤ ْﻌﻨَﺎ َ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻣﺎ َ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﺴ� َﻤ ُﻌﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺳ َ�ﺮﺍﺋِﻴ َﻞ ﻗَ� ْﺪ ﺗَ َﻌ�ﺪﱠﻯ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ ﺷَ� ِﺮﻳ َﻌﺘِﻚَ ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺣ�ﺎﺩُﻭﺍ ﻟِ�ﺌَﻼﱠ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫َﻋﺒِﻴ ِﺪ ِﻩ ﺍﻷَ ْﻧﺒِﻴَﺎ ِء‪َ .‬ﻭ ُﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺇِ ْ‬

‫ﺳﻰ َﻋ ْﺒ ِﺪ ﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ُﻮﺏ ﻓِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﺷ ِﺮﻳ َﻌ ِﺔ ُﻣﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻜﺒْﺖَ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴﻨَﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ْﻌﻨَﺔَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ْﻠﻒَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻜﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮﺗَﻚَ‪ ،‬ﻓَ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬ ‫ﻀ ْ�ﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻀ�ﺎﺗِﻨَﺎ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻳﻦَ ﻗَ َ‬ ‫ﺃَ ْﺧﻄَﺄْﻧَﺎ ﺇِﻟَ ْﻴ ِﻪ‪َ .‬ﻭﻗَ ْﺪ ﺃَﻗَﺎ َﻡ َﻛﻠِ َﻤﺎﺗِ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ ﺑِ َﻬ�ﺎ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴﻨَ�ﺎ َﻭ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ ﻗُ َ‬

‫ﻱ َﻋﻠَ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴﻨَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺷ ًّﺮﺍ ﻋ َِﻈﻴ ًﻤﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳُ ْﺠ َﺮ ﺗ َْﺤﺖَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺕ ُﻛﻠﱢ َﻬ�ﺎ َﻛ َﻤ�ﺎ ﺃُ ْﺟ� ِﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻟَﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴَ ْﺠﻠِ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺷﻠِﻴ َﻢ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱۲-٤ :۹‬‬ ‫ﺃُﻭ ُﺭ َ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻳﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺰﺍً ﺛﻤﻴﻨ�ﺎ ً ﻣ�ﻦ ﺻ�ﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﺟ�ﺎﻝ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴ�ﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ‪ ...‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﻒ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ – ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ – ﻣ�ﺎ ﺳ�ﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻷﻭﺭﺷ�ﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﻥ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻭﻟﺒﺲ ﺍﻟ ِﻤﺴﺢ )ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺧﺸﻨﺔ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺨ�ﻴﺶ( ﻭﺟﻠ�ﺲ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣ�ﺎﺩ ﺻ�ﺎﺋﻤﺎ ً‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺘﺬﻟﻼً ﺇﻟﻰ ﷲ ﻟﻴﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻌﺔ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺃﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺗﺭﺍﻑ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨ�ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺸ�ﻌﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴ�ﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻄﺎﻳ�ﺎﻩ ﻭﻳﻌﺘ�ﺮﻑ ﺑﻬ�ﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭﺭﻏ�ﻢ ﻛ�ﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻً ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧ�ﻪ ﻭﻗ�ﻒ ﻳﺼ�ﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﻓ�ﺎ ً ﻋ�ﻦ ﺷ�ﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﺨﻄﺎﻳ�ﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﺛﻘ�ﺎ ً ﺃﻧﻬ�ﻢ ﺟﺴ�ﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻤﺎ ًﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻋ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻌﺐ ﻟﻴﻐﻔ�ﺮ ﷲ ﻟﻬ�ﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨ�ﺎ ﻧ�ﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﺒ�ﺮ ﻧﻔﺴ�ﻪ ﺃﻓﻀ�ﻞ ﺣ�ﺎﻻً ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑ�ﻞ ﺍﻋﺘ�ﺮﻑ ﺑﻠﺴ�ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋ�ﺔ ﻛﺄﻧ��ﻪ ﻣﺸ��ﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻌﻬ��ﻢ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴ��ﺔ ‪ -‬ﻣ�ﻊ ﺃﻧ��ﻪ ﻟ��ﻢ ﻳﻜ��ﻦ ﻛ��ﺬﻟﻚ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻜ��ﺬﺍ ﻧﺠ��ﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﻲ ﺧﻄﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﻨ��ﺎ ﻅ��ﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﺒﻲ ﻓ���ﻼ ﺑ��ﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﻗ��ﻊ ﺃﻧ��ﻪ ﺳ��ﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺻ���ﻼﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺗﺐ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻤﺢ ﺑﻬ�ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻝ‪ ,‬ﻭﻫ�ﺎ ﻫ�ﻮ ﻳﺘﺒﺎﻁ�ﺄ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻫﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﺠ�ﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻜ�ﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘ�ﺪ ﺑ�ﺪﺃ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﺻ�ﻼﺗﻪ ﺑﺘﺴ�ﺒﻴﺢ ﷲ ﻭﺫﻛ�ﺮ ﺻ�ﻔﺎﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤ��ﺔ ﺛ��ﻢ ﺑ��ﺪﺃ ﺑ��ﺬﻛﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﻳ��ﺎ ﺍﻟﺸ��ﻌﺐ ﻭﻛﻴ��ﻒ ﺃﻫﻤﻠ��ﻮﺍ ﻛ��ﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴ��ﺎء ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﺣ��ﺬﺭﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪ 96 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﻛﻌﻘﻮﺑ�ﺔ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺧﻄﺎﻳ�ﺎﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜ�ﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻸﺳ�ﻒ ﺃﻏﻠﻘ�ﻮﺍ ﺁﺫﺍﻧﻬ�ﻢ ﻋ�ﻦ ﻛ�ﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻈﻮﺭ ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻼﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻟ�ﻮﻡ ہﻠﻟ‪ ،‬ﺑ�ﻞ ﺑ�ﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻟﻘ�ﺪ ﺍﻋﺘ�ﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﺑ�ﺎﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﺒﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ��ﺔ ﺣﺘﻤﻴ��ﺔ ﻟﺨﻄﺎﻳ��ﺎﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘ��ﺪ ﺗﻤ��ﺮﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﷲ ﻓﺤﻠ �ـ ﱠﺖ ﻋﻠ��ﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻨ��ﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪ ...‬ﻁﻮﺑ�ﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﻬ�ﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒ�ﻮﺏ ﻛ�ﻢ ﻧﺤﺘ�ﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﻧ�ﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻨ�ﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻜﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻮﻡ ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺮﺭﻳﻦ ﺫﻭﺍﺗﻨﺎ ﻛﺄﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﻼ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ!‬ ‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﷲ ﺑﻮﻋﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫َﻀ ﱠﺮ ْﻉ ﺇِﻟَﻰ َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗَ ْﺪ َﺟﺎ َء َﻋﻠَ ْﻴﻨَﺎ ُﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸ ﱢﱠﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟَ ْﻢ ﻧَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺷ ِﺮﻳ َﻌ ِﺔ ُﻣﻮ َ‬ ‫َﻛ َﻤﺎ ُﻛﺘِ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻬ َﺮ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱡﺏ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﺸ ﱢﱠﺮ َﻭ َﺟﻠَﺒَﻪُ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬﻨَﺎ ﻟِﻨَ ْﺮﺟ َﻊ ِﻣﻦْ ﺁﺛَﺎ ِﻣﻨَﺎ َﻭﻧَ ْﻔ ِﻄﻦَ ﺑِ َﺤﻘﱢﻚَ ‪ .‬ﻓَ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮﺗَﻪُ‪َ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥَ‬ ‫ﺎﺭ ﻓِﻲ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺃَ ْﻋ َﻤﺎﻟِ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ َﻋ ِﻤﻠَ َﻬﺎ ﺇِ ْﺫ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻧَ ْ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺇِﻟ َﻬﻨَﺎ ﺑَ ﱞ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَ ْﻴﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤ ْﻊ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻚَ‬ ‫ﺴﻴﱢ ُﺪ ﺇِﻟ ُﻬﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﺃَ ْﺧ َﺮ ْﺟﺖَ َ‬ ‫ﺽ ِﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ ﺑِﻴَ ٍﺪ ﻗَ ِﻮﻳﱠ ٍﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺟ َﻌ ْﻠﺖَ ﻟِﻨَ ْﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺷ ْﻌﺒَﻚَ ِﻣﻦْ ﺃَ ْﺭ ِ‬

‫ﺐ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ َﺭ ْﺣ َﻤﺘِ َﻚ‬ ‫ﺳ ًﻤﺎ َﻛ َﻤﺎ ﻫ َُﻮ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍ ْﻟﻴَ ْﻮ َﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗَ ْﺪ ﺃَ ْﺧﻄَﺄْﻧَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻋ ِﻤ ْﻠﻨَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﱢﺪُ‪َ ،‬ﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺷ ًّﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻳَﺎ َ‬ ‫ْﺳﻚَ‪ ،‬ﺇِ ْﺫ ﻟِ َﺨ َ‬ ‫ﻄﺎﻳَﺎﻧَﺎ َﻭﻵﺛَ ِﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻀﺒَﻚَ ﻋَﻦْ َﻣ ِﺪﻳﻨَﺘِﻚَ ﺃُﻭ ُﺭ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﺳ َﺨﻄَﻚَ َﻭ َﻏ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺻ ِﺮﻑْ َ‬ ‫ﺷﻠِﻴ َﻢ َﺟﺒَ ِﻞ ﻗُﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ َﻤ ِﻊ ﺍﻵﻥَ ﻳَﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﻠِﻴ ُﻢ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺭﺕْ ﺃُﻭ ُﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ َﺣ ْﻮﻟَﻨَﺎ‪ .‬ﻓَﺎ ْ‬ ‫ﺻ َ‬ ‫ﺁﺑَﺎﺋِﻨَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺷ ْﻌﺒُﻚَ ﻋَﺎ ًﺭﺍ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ َﺟ ِﻤ ِ‬

‫ﺏ ِﻣﻦْ ﺃَ ْﺟ ِﻞ‬ ‫ﺻﻼَﺓَ َﻋ ْﺒ ِﺪﻙَ َﻭﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟ َﻬﻨَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻚَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺨ ِﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺿ ْﺊ ﺑِ َﻮ ْﺟ ِﻬﻚَ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣ ْﻘ ِﺪ ِ‬ ‫َﻀ ﱡﺮﻋَﺎﺗِ ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ َﻤ ْﻊ‪ .‬ﺍِ ْﻓﺘ َْﺢ َﻋ ْﻴﻨَ ْﻴﻚَ َﻭﺍ ْﻧﻈُ ْﺮ ِﺧ َﺮﺑَﻨَﺎ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ِﺪﻳﻨَﺔَ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ُﺩ ِﻋ َﻲ‬ ‫ﺴﻴﱢ ِﺪ‪ .‬ﺃَ ِﻣ ْﻞ ﺃُ ُﺫﻧَﻚَ ﻳَﺎ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬﻲ َﻭﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺳ ُﻤﻚَ َﻋﻠَ ْﻴ َﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻪُ ﻻَ ﻷَ ْﺟ ِﻞ ﺑِ ﱢﺮﻧَﺎ ﻧَ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﺣ ِﻤ َﻚ‬ ‫ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﻄ َﺮ ُﺡ ﺗ َ‬ ‫َﻀ ﱡﺮﻋَﺎﺗِﻨَﺎ ﺃَ َﻣﺎ َﻡ َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻬﻚَ ‪ ،‬ﺑَ ْﻞ ﻷَ ْﺟ ِﻞ َﻣ َﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻨَ ْﻊ‪ .‬ﻻَ ﺗُﺆَ ﱢﺧ ْﺮ ِﻣﻦْ ﺃَ ْﺟ ِﻞ‬ ‫ﺻ ِﻎ َﻭ ْ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﱢ ُﺪ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﱢ ُﺪ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﱢ ُﺪ ﺍ ْﻏﻔِ ْﺮ‪ .‬ﻳَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺳ َﻤ ْﻊ‪ .‬ﻳَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ِﻈﻴ َﻤ ِﺔ‪ .‬ﻳَﺎ َ‬

‫ﺷ ْﻌﺒِﻚَ «‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱۹-۱۳ :۹‬‬ ‫ﺳ َﻤﻚَ ُﺩ ِﻋ َﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣ ِﺪﻳﻨَﺘِﻚَ َﻭ َﻋﻠَﻰ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻚَ ﻳَﺎ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻥﱠ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﻧَ ْﻔ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺘﺮﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻀﺮﻋﻮﺍ ہﻠﻟ ﻁﻠﺒﺎ ً ﻟﻠﺮﺣﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﻏﻀﺐ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻐﺎﺿﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮﱢ ﻩ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺭﺣﻮﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪ ...‬ﻭﺑﺪﺃ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻳُﺬﻛـﱢﺮﻩ ﺑﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺑﻌﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 97 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺗﻀﺮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﺫﻧﻪ ﻟﺼﻼﺗﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺸﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻻ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻘﺎﻗﻬﻢ ﺑﻞ ﻷﺟﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ُﺩﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻪ )ﺷﻌﺐ ﷲ( ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺘﻪ )ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ( ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻄﻒ ﷲ ﻟﻴﺮﺩ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻌﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺿﻬﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ )‪ ۷۰‬ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎ ً(‬ ‫ﺳ� َ�ﺮﺍﺋِﻴ َﻞ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَ ْﻁ� َ�ﺮ ُﺡ‬ ‫ﺻ�ﻠﱢﻲ َﻭﺃَ ْﻋﺘَ� ِﺮﻑُ ﺑِ َﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺘِ��ﻲ َﻭ َﺧ ِﻄﻴﱠ� ِﺔ َ‬ ‫ﺷ� ْﻌﺒِﻲ ﺇِ ْ‬ ‫َﻭﺑَ ْﻴﻨَ َﻤ��ﺎ ﺃَﻧَ��ﺎ ﺃَﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ� ُﻢ َﻭﺃُ َ‬ ‫ﺼ �ﻼَ ِﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇِ َﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَﻧَ��ﺎ ُﻣ�ﺘَ َﻜﻠﱢ ٌﻢ ﺑَ ْﻌ � ُﺪ ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫َﻀ� ﱡ�ﺮ ِﻋﻲ ﺃَ َﻣ��ﺎ َﻡ ﺍﻟ� ﱠﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬ��ﻲ َﻋ��ﻦْ َﺟﺒَ� ِ�ﻞ ﻗُ� ْﺪ ِ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَ��ﺎ ﻓِ��ﻲ ﺍﻻ ْﺑﺘِ �ﺪَﺍ ِء ُﻣﻄَ��ﺎ ًﺭﺍ )ﻁ��ﺎﺋﺮﺍً( َﻭﺍ ِﻏﻔً��ﺎ‬ ‫ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱠﺮ ُﺟ� ِ�ﻞ ِﺟ ْﺒ َﺮﺍﺋِﻴ � َﻞ ﺍﻟﱠ � ِﺬﻱ َﺭﺃَ ْﻳﺘُ �ﻪُ ﻓِ��ﻲ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺴ��ﺎ ِء‪َ .‬ﻭﻓَ ﱠﻬ َﻤﻨِ��ﻲ َﻭﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ� َﻢ َﻣ ِﻌ��ﻲ َﻭﻗَ��ﺎ َﻝ‪» :‬ﻳَ��ﺎ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺗَ ْﻘ ِﺪ َﻣ � ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫)ﻣﺴ��ﺮﻋﺎ ً( ﻟَ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺴ �ﻨِﻲ ِﻋ ْﻨ � َﺪ َﻭ ْﻗ� ِ‬ ‫َﻀ ﱡ�ﺮﻋَﺎﺗِﻚَ َﺧ َ�ﺮ َﺝ ﺍﻷَ ْﻣ� ُﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَﻧَ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻧﱢﻲ َﺧ َﺮ ْﺟﺖُ ﺍﻵﻥَ ﻷُ َﻋﻠﱢ َﻤﻚَ ﺍ ْﻟﻔَ ْﻬ َﻢ‪ .‬ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ْﺑﺘِ َﺪﺍ ِء ﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَﺎ‪).‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۳-۲۰ :۹‬‬ ‫ﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻓَﺘَﺄ َ ﱠﻣ ِﻞ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﻼَ َﻡ َﻭﺍ ْﻓ َﻬ ِﻢ ﱡ‬ ‫ِﺟﺌْﺖُ ﻷُ ْﺧﺒِ َﺮﻙَ ﻷَﻧﱠﻚَ ﺃَ ْﻧﺖَ َﻣ ْﺤﺒُ ٌ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻧﺒ�ﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﺭﻣﻴ�ﺎ )ﺇﺭ‪ (۱٤-۱۰ :۲۹‬ﻓﻌ�ﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻣ�ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺒﻲ ﺳ�ﺒﻌﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ً ﻣﻀﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٦۸‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ً )ﻣﻦ ‪٦۰٦‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ‪٥۳۸:‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ = ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ( ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺒ�ﺪﺃ ﻳﺘﻀ�ﺮﻉ ﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﻳ�ﺮﺣﻢ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﻴﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺷ�ﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﷲ ﺗﺬﻟﻠ�ـﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﺴ�ﺤﺎﻗﻪ ﻓﺄﺭﺳ�ﻞ ﺇﻟﻴ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﻼﻙ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﻄﻤﺌﻨﻪ ‪ -‬ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ -‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧ�ﻼﺹ ﻛ�ﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺸ�ﺮﻳﺔ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺧ�ﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﻫ��ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ��ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘ��ﻲ ﻋ��ﺮﻑ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬ��ﺎ ﺃﻧ��ﻪ ﺑﻌ��ﺪ ﺳ��ﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﺳ��ﺒﻮﻋﺎ ً ﺳ��ﺘﺒﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻣ��ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺑﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ )ﺍﻟﺬﺑﻴﺤﺔ( ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﺑﻤﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺑﻭﺏ‪ :‬؟‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻞ ﷲ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ؟‬ ‫ﻛﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺤﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻘﺒﺎ ً ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺎ ً‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺩﻋﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌــــﺬﺭﺍء‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﺌﺔ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـُﻘـﱢﺐ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺄﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎء‪...‬ﺇﻟﺦ‬ ‫‪ 98 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻧ�ﺖ ﻛ��ﻞ ﺻ��ﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﺗﺆﻫﻠ��ﻪ ﻷﻥ ﻳﺼ��ﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑ�ﺎ ً ﻓﻔ�ﻲ ﻓﺠ��ﺮ ﺷ��ﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﻓ��ﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘ��ﻨﺠﺲ ﺑﺄﻁﺎﻳ��ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ��ﻚ ﻭﺧﻤ��ﺮﻩ ﺑ��ﻞ ﺟﻌ��ﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺧ��ﺬ ﻧﺼ��ﺮ ﻳﻌﺘ��ﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﻈﻤ��ﺔ ﷲ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺣﺎﻛﻮﺍ ﻣﺆﺍﻣﺮﺓ ﻹﻫﻼﻛﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑ�ﻞ ﺻ�ﻠﻰ ﻭﺳ�ﺠﺪ ﻛﻌﺎﺩﺗ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺎﻓﺬﺗﻪ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺃﻭﺭﺷ�ﻠﻴﻢ ‪ ...‬ﻭﺑﻨﺠﺎﺗ�ﻪ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﻟ�ﺐ ﺍﻷﺳ�ﻮﺩ ﻭﺃﻧﻴﺎﺑﻬ�ﺎ ﺍﻋﺘ�ﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻮﺱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﺃﻥ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻹﻟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻀ�ﺮﻉ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻨﺴ��ﺐ ﻟﻨﻔﺴ��ﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄ��ﺄ )ﺭﻏ��ﻢ ﺃﻧ��ﻪ ﺃﺣ��ﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﺋ��ﻞ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻳﻦ ﻟ��ﻢ ﻳ��ﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻬ��ﻢ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻄ��ﺄ( ﻭﻟ��ﻢ‬ ‫ﺴﺐ ہﻠﻟ ﺟﻬﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻅﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻄﻔﻪ ﻟﻴﻐﻔﺮ ﺇﺛﻢ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ‪ ...‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟ�ﻚ ﻛﻴ�ﻒ ﻻ ﻳﻜ�ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﺎ ً! ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﻤﻨ�ﺬ ﺑﺪﺍﻳ�ﺔ ﺻ�ﻼﺗﻪ ﺃﻣ�ﺮ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﻼﻙ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴ�ﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸ�ﺮﺡ ﻟ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ "ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﺧﻔﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ؟"‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ ﷲ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﻴﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ؟‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎ‬ ‫‪۲٤‬‬ ‫ﺼ�ﻴَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﻀﻴَﺖْ َﻋﻠَﻰ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﺒ ُﻌﻮﻥَ ﺃُ ْ‬ ‫ﺷ ْﻌﺒِﻚَ َﻭ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣ ِﺪﻳﻨَﺘِﻚَ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﻘَ ﱠﺪ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻴ�ﻞ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺒُﻮﻋًﺎ ﻗُ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ� ِﺔ ﻟِﺘَ ْﻜ ِﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَ�ﺎ َﻭﺍﻟﻨﱡﺒُ� ﱠﻮ ِﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻱ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟِ َﺨ� ْﺘ ِﻢ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻹ ْﺛ ِ�ﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟِﻴُ ْ�ﺆﺗَﻰ ﺑِ�ﺎ ْﻟﺒِ ﱢﺮ ﺍﻷَﺑَ� ِﺪ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻴﻢ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺨﻄَﺎﻳَ�ﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟِ َﻜﻔﱠ َ‬ ‫َﻭﺗَ ْﺘ ِﻤ ِ‬ ‫�ﺎﺭ ِﺓ ِ‬

‫‪۲٥‬‬ ‫ﺷﻠِﻴ َﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺝ ﺍﻷَ ْﻣ ِﺮ ﻟِﺘ َْﺠ ِﺪﻳ ِﺪ ﺃُﻭ ُﺭ َ‬ ‫َﻭﻟِ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍ ْﻟﻘُﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻗُﺪﱡﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﱡﻭﺳﻴﻦَ ‪ .‬ﻓَﺎ ْﻋﻠَ ْﻢ َﻭﺍ ْﻓ َﻬ ْﻢ ﺃَﻧﱠﻪُ ِﻣﻦْ ُﺧ ُﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺒُﻮﻋًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳَ ُﻌﻮ ُﺩ َﻭﻳُ ْﺒﻨَﻰ‬ ‫ﺳ ﱡﺘﻮﻥَ ﺃُ ْ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﺒ َﻌﺔُ ﺃَ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﺑِﻨَﺎﺋِ َﻬﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺑِﻴ َﻊ َﻭﺍ ْﺛﻨَ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﺢ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮﺋِﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ِ‬ ‫‪۲٦‬‬ ‫�ﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺳﻮ ٌ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﺘﱢﻴﻦَ ﺃُ ْ‬ ‫ﻕ َﻭ َﺧﻠِ ٌ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ُ‬ ‫ﻴﺞ ﻓِﻲ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﺒُﻮﻋًﺎ ﻳُ ْﻘﻄَ� ُﻊ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﻖ ﺍﻷَ ْﺯ ِﻣﻨَ� ِﺔ‪َ .‬ﻭﺑَ ْﻌ� َﺪ ﺍ ْﺛﻨَ� ْﻴ ِﻦ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺿ ِ‬

‫ﺲ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻟَﻪُ )ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﻷﺟﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺸ�ﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺎﻗﻄﺔ(‪َ ،‬ﻭﺷَ� ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫َﻭﻟَ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺐ َﺭﺋِ�ﻴ ٍ‬ ‫�ﺎﺭﺓ )ﻁﻮﻓ�ﺎﻥ( ٍ◌‪،‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻳُ ْﺨ ِﺮ ُ‬ ‫ْﺱ )ﺗ�ﻴﻄﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣ�ﺎﻧﻲ(‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍ ْﻧﺘِ َﻬ�ﺎ ُﺅﻩُ ﺑِ َﻐ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ِﺪﻳﻨَﺔَ َﻭﺍ ْﻟﻘُ�ﺪ َ‬ ‫ﺁ ٍ‬ ‫‪۲۷‬‬ ‫ﻮﻉ‬ ‫�ﻲ ﺑِ َﻬ�ﺎ‪َ .‬ﻭﻳُﺜَﺒﱢ�ﺖُ َﻋ ْﻬ�ﺪًﺍ َﻣ� َﻊ َﻛﺜِﻴ� ِﺮﻳﻦَ ﻓِ�ﻲ ﺃُ ْ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻭ ِﺧ َ�ﺮ ٌ‬ ‫َﻭﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ َﻬﺎﻳَ ِﺔ َﺣ ْﺮ ٌ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻗُ ِ‬ ‫ﻀ َ‬ ‫ﺳ �ﺒ ُ ٍ‬ ‫ﻮﻉ ﻳُﺒَﻄﱢ � ُﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫�ﻂ ﺍﻷُ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺑِ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺣ � ٍﺪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓِ��ﻲ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺳ� ِ‬ ‫َﻭ ِ‬ ‫�ﺎﺡ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ َﺟ��ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﺤ �ﺔَ َﻭﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻘ ِﺪ َﻣ �ﺔَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻋﻠَ �ﻰ َﺟﻨَ� ِ‬ ‫ﺳ �ﺒ ُ ِ‬

‫ﺏ«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۷-۲٤ :۹‬‬ ‫ﺼ ﱠ‬ ‫ُﻣ َﺨ ﱠﺮ ٌ‬ ‫ﺏ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﻳَﺘِ ﱠﻢ َﻭﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ﱡﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ َﺨ ﱢﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻘ ِ‬

‫‪ 99 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻓﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﻠ�ﺐ ﺧ�ﻼﺹ ﺷ�ﻌﺒﻪ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺒﻲ ﻓﺄﻋﻄ�ﺎﻩ ﺃﻛﺜ�ﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻔﺘﻜﺮ‪ ,‬ﺃﻋﻄ�ﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﻋ�ﺪ ﺧ�ﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺸ�ﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻬ�ﺎ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺳ�ﺒﻲ ﺇﺑﻠ�ﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺻﻠﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎ ً ﻫﻲ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﺎ ً‪ ,‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ‪ ٤۹۰= ۷ ۷۰‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ً‪.‬‬‫ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎ ً ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺷ�ﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬ�ﺎ ﺳ�ﻨﺔ ‪٤٥۷‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‬‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﺭﺗﺤﺸﺴﺘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻧﺤﻤﻴﺎ )ﻋﺰﺭﺍ ‪.(۷:۷‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎ ً ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ۷ :‬ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺃﻯ ‪ ٤۹ = ۷  ۷‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﻫ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ ﺍﺳ�ﺘﻐﺮﻗﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻤﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺷ�ﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜ�ﻞ )ﻣ�ﻦ ‪٤۰۸ : ٤٥۷‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪ (.‬ﻭﺗ�ﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻨ�ﺎء‬ ‫ﻓ���ﻲ ﺿ���ﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨ���ﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺤ���ﺖ ﺍﻻﺿ���ﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣ���ﺔ ﻓﻜ���ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬ���ﻮﺩ ﻳﺒﻨ���ﻮﻥ ﺑﻴ���ﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺎﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻤﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺡ )ﻧﺢ‪.(٤‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴ��ﻢ ﺍﻟﺜ��ﺎﻧﻲ‪ ٦۲ :‬ﺃﺳ��ﺒﻮﻋﺎ ً ﺃﻯ ‪ ٤۳٤ = ۷  ٦۲‬ﺳ��ﻨﺔ )ﻣ��ﻦ ‪ ٤۰۸‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۲٦‬ﻡ‪ (.‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘ�ﻲ ﻋ�ﺎﺵ ﻓﻴﻬ�ﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻬ�ﻮﺩ ﺣﻴ�ﺎﺓ ﺿ�ﻴﻖ ﻷﻥ ﷲ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﺮﺳ�ﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻴ�ﺎ ًء‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﺑﺪﺃ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ�ﺎﺱ ﻳ�ﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﻓ��ﻲ ﻁ��ﻮﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑ��ﺔ )ﻳُﺒﻨ��ﻰ ﺳ��ﻮﻕ( ﻭﻳﻌﻤ��ﺪﻫﻢ ﻓ��ﻲ ﻧﻬ��ﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ )ﺧﻠ��ﻴﺞ( ﺑﻌ��ﺪ ﺟﻔ��ﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﺩﺍﻡ ‪٤‬ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ) ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻳُﻈﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪۲٦‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻓﻴ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﻴﺢ ﺧﺪﻣﺘ�ﻪ ﻭﻋﻤ�ﺮﺓ ‪۳۰‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ً )ﻳُﻈﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﻳ�ﻨﻘﺺ ‪ ٤‬ﺳ�ﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻋ�ﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘ�ﻪ( ﻭﻫﻜ�ﺬﺍ ﻧﺠ�ﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪۲٦‬ﻡ ﻭﺑﺪﺃ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳ�ﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﺛ�ﻼﺙ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ = ‪ ۷‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﺼ��ﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ = ‪ ۳٫٥‬ﺳ��ﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫ��ﻲ ﻣ��ﺪﺓ ﺧﺪﻣ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ��ﻴﺢ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﺟ��ﺎء‬ ‫ﺻﻠِﺐ ﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻔـﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﻼ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ )ﻳُﻘﻄـ َﻊ = ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﻼ ﺫﻧﺐ(‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ُ‬ ‫‪ 100 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺪﻡ ﺗﻴﻮﺱ ﻭﻋﺠﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺸﺄﻧﻪ‪...‬‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺻ�ﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﻴﺢ ﺣﺘ�ﻰ‬‫ﺍﺳﺘﺸ��ﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﺳ��ﻄﻔﺎﻧﻮﺱ ‪ ۳۳‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺣ��ﻴﻦ ﺑ��ﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻴﻬ��ﻮﺩ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﺿ��ﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺴ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ��ﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﺑ��ﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳ��ﺘﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﻣ��ﺎ ﺣ��ﺪﺙ ﻟﻬ��ﻢ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﻳ��ﺪ ﺗ��ﻴﻄﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣ �ﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﺧ��ﺮﺏ ﺃﻭﺭﺷ��ﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﻤﺎ ً ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ " ُﻫ َﻮ َﺫﺍ ﺑَ ْﻴﺘُ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻳُ ْﺘ َﺮ ُﻙ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﺧ َﺮﺍﺑًﺎ" )ﻣﺖ‪(۳۸:۲۳‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺑﻌ���ﺪ ﻭﻳﺮﻣ���ﺰ ﻟﻬ���ﺎ ﺑﻤ���ﺪﺓ ‪ ٤۲‬ﺷ���ﻬﺮﺍً‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴ���ﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜ���ﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻫ���ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘ���ﺮﺓ ﻟ���ﻢ ﺗ���ﺄ ِ‬‫)ﺭﺅ‪ (۱۰-۱ :۱۳‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻬ�ﻮﺩ ﺿ�ﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﻴﺢ ﻭﺑ�ﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺑﻴﺪ ﺗﻴﻄﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻳﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ )ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎ ً(‬

‫ﺃﺭﺗﺣﺷﺳﺗﺎ ﻳﺄﻣﺭ ﺑﺗﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻳﻡ‬

‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ‬

‫‪457‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‬

‫‪408‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‬

‫ﺑﺩء ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻣﺩﺍﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻳﺢ‬

‫ﺻﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻳﺢ ﻭﺇﺑﻁﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻗﺔ‬

‫‪30‬ﻡ‬

‫‪26‬ﻡ‬

‫‪ 101 ‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺷﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﻧﻭﺱ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﺟﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‬

‫ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺿﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺭﺳﻝ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﷲ ﺃﻧﺑﻳﺎء‬

‫‪33‬ﻡ‬

‫‪ 7‬ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻳﻊ‬ ‫‪ 49‬ﺳﻧﺔ‬

‫‪ 62‬ﺃﺳﺑﻭﻋﺎً = ‪ 434‬ﺳﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﺑﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭ‬ ‫‪3.5 3.5‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﻳﺎﻝ ﻳﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻳﺳﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻣﺟﺩﻩ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤ�ﺪﻳﺚ ﻋ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ�ﺎ ﺍﻷﺧﻴ�ﺮﺓ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺣﻴ�ﺎﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻭﻗ�ﺪ ﺭﺁﻫ�ﺎ ﺑﻌ�ﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻋ�ﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻬ�ﻮﺩ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫ�ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ�ﺎ ﺗﺒ�ﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻷﺣ�ﺪﺍﺙ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺯﻣ�ﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺴ��ﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﺘ��ﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ��ﺔ ﺍﻷﻳ��ﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻤﺘ��ﺪ ﻫ��ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ��ﺎ ﻋﻠ��ﻰ ﻣ��ﺪﻯ ﺁﺧ��ﺮ ﺛ��ﻼﺙ‬ ‫ﺇﺻﺤﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪) .‬ﺹ‪ -۱۰‬ﺹ‪(۱۲‬‬ ‫ ﺹ‪ :۱۰‬ﻅﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬‫ ﺹ‪ :۱۱‬ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺣﺮﻭﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ )ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﻴﻦ( ﻭﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺏ )ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﻤﺔ(‪.‬‬‫ ﺹ‪ :۱۲‬ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ‪.‬‬‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﺳ� ِ�ﻢ‬ ‫ﺳ� ﱢﻤ َﻲ ﺑِﺎ ْ‬ ‫ﻓِ��ﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺸ��ﻒَ ﺃَ ْﻣ� ٌﺮ ﻟِ�ﺪَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ ُ‬ ‫�ﻚ ﻓَ��ﺎ ِﺭ َ‬ ‫�ﻮﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺴ�ﻨَ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟِﺜَ� ِﺔ ﻟِ ُﻜ� َ‬ ‫ﺱ ُﻛ ِ‬ ‫ﺵ َﻣﻠِ� ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَ���ﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫��ﺮ‪َ .‬ﻭﺍﻷَ ْﻣ��� ُﺮ َﺣ��� ﱞ‬ ‫��ﺮ َﻭﻟَ���ﻪُ َﻣ ْﻌ ِﺮﻓَ���ﺔُ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻠﻄَﺸَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ِﺠ َﻬ���ﺎ ُﺩ ﻋ َِﻈ���ﻴ ٌﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓَ ِﻬ��� َﻢ ﺍﻷَ ْﻣ� َ‬ ‫ﺻ� َ‬

‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۱ :۱۰‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟ�ﻰ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺣﻜ�ﻢ ﻛ�ﻮﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺰﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻗﺪ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺄﻥ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺃﺑﻘﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻴﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ�ﺎ ﺍﺳ�ﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻌﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ )ﺩﺍ‪(۱۳ :۱۲‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻠﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘ�ﻲ ﻭﺃﻧﻬ�ﺎ ﺳﺘﺘﻀ�ﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴ�ﺮ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌ�ﺐ ﻟﺸ�ﻌﺐ ﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍً ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ ً‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺻﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻀﺮﻋﻪ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﻴﻊ ﺃَﻳﱠ ٍﺎﻡ ‪۳‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺁ ُﻛ� ْﻞ ﻁَ َﻌﺎ ًﻣ�ﺎ ﺷَ� ِﻬﻴًّﺎ َﻭﻟَ� ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺗِ ْﻠﻚَ ﺍﻷَﻳﱠ ِﺎﻡ ﺃَﻧَﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ ُﻛ ْﻨﺖُ ﻧَﺎﺋِ ًﺤﺎ ﺛَﻼَﺛَﺔَ ﺃَ َ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺑِ ِ‬ ‫��ﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳَ���ﺪ ُْﺧ ْﻞ ﻓِ���ﻲ ﻓَ ِﻤ���ﻲ ﻟَ ْﺤ��� ٌﻢ َﻭﻻَ َﺧ ْﻤ��� ٌﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟَ��� ْﻢ ﺃَ ﱠﺩ ِﻫ���ﻦْ َﺣﺘﱠ���ﻰ ﺗَ ﱠﻤ���ﺖْ ﺛَﻼَﺛَ���ﺔُ ﺃَ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻊ ﺃَﻳﱠ� ٍ‬ ‫ﺳ���ﺎﺑِ ِ‬

‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۳-۲ :۱۰‬‬

‫‪ 102 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﺋﻤﺎ ً ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺛ�ﺔ ﺃﺳ�ﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺭﻏ�ﻢ ﺷ�ﻴﺨﻮﺧﺘﻪ ) ﺣﻴ�ﺚ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﻗ�ﺪ ﺟ�ﺎﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ً( ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﻮﺡ ﺣﺰﻧ�ﺎ ً ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺗﻘ�ﺎﻋﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﻬ�ﻮﺩ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻳﻦ ﺭﻓﻀ�ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌ�ﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ﻷﻥ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺴ َﻤﺢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻓﻀ�ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺑ��ﺈﺭﺍﺩﺗﻬﻢ! ‪ ...‬ﻭﻟ��ﺬﻟﻚ ﻧ��ﺎﺡ ﻭﺗﻀ��ﺮﻉ ﻭﺻ��ﺎﻡ ﻣﻤﺘﻨﻌ �ﺎ ً ﻋ��ﻦ ﻛ��ﻞ ﻟﺤ��ﻢ ﻭﺧﻤ��ﺮ ﻭﻁﻌ��ﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ً ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﻣﻨﺎ‪) .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﻲ(‬ ‫* ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ْﻬ � ِﺮ‬ ‫�ﻊ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ ِﻌ ْ‬ ‫ﺸ � ِﺮﻳﻦَ ِﻣ��ﻦَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺸ � ْﻬ ِﺮ ﺍﻷَ ﱠﻭ ِﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇِ ْﺫ ُﻛ ْﻨ��ﺖُ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ َﺟﺎﻧِ � ِ‬ ‫َﻭﻓِ��ﻲ ﺍ ْﻟﻴَ� ْ�ﻮ ِﻡ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮﺍﺑ� ِ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ِﻈ� ِ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻛﺘﱠﺎﻧً��ﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺣ ْﻘ� َ�ﻮﺍﻩُ ُﻣﺘَﻨَﻄﱢﻘَ� ِ‬ ‫�ﻴﻢ ُﻫ� َ�ﻮ ِﺩ ْﺟﻠَ�ﺔُ‪َ ،‬ﺭﻓَ ْﻌ��ﺖُ َﻭﻧَﻈَ� ْ�ﺮﺕُ ﻓَ�ﺈ ِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِ َﺮ ُﺟ��ﻞ ﻻَﺑِ� ٍ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫ﺎﺣ ْﻲ‬ ‫ﻕ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻋ ْﻴﻨَ�ﺎﻩُ َﻛ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺃُﻭﻓَﺎﺯَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﺟ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ �ﺒ َ َ‬ ‫ﺑِ َﺬ َﻫ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ� ُﻤﻪُ َﻛﺎﻟ ﱠﺰﺑَ ْﺮ َﺟ� ِﺪ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻭ ْﺟ ُﻬ�ﻪُ َﻛ َﻤ ْﻨﻈَ� ِﺮ ﺍ ْﻟﺒَ ْ�ﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ُﺟ ْﻤ ُﻬﻮ ٍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮﺕُ َﻛﻼَ ِﻣ ِﻪ َﻛ َ‬ ‫ﻮﻝ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺼﻘ ُ ِ‬ ‫ﻧَﺎ ٍﺭ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﺫ َﺭﺍﻋَﺎﻩُ َﻭ ِﺭ ْﺟﻼَﻩُ َﻛ َﻌ ْﻴ ِﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱡ َﺤﺎ ِ‬

‫)ﺩﺍ‪(٦-٤ :۱۰‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺩﺟﻠﺔ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻫ�ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈ�ﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻈ�ﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ��ﺬﻱ ﺷ��ﺎﺑﻪ ﻣ��ﺎ ﺭﺃﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨ��ﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴ��ﺐ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺟﺰﻳ��ﺮﺓ ﺑﻄﻤ��ﺲ‪ ...‬ﻛﺎﻧ��ﺖ ﻫ��ﺬﻩ ﻫ��ﻲ ﺇﺣ��ﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﻅﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺠﺴﺪﻩ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘ�ﺎﻥ ﻷﻧ�ﻪ ﺭﺋ�ﻴﺲ ﻛﻬﻨ�ﺔ ﻭﺣﻘ�ﻮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﻄﻘﺎﻥ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ ﺍﺳ�ﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﻌﻤ�ﻞ )ﻳﺴ�ﺘﻌﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺴ�ﺪ( ﺃﻣ�ﺎ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺳ�ﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ�ﺎ ﻓﻜ�ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﻨﻄﻘﺎ ً ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ ﺑﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍً ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺰﺑﺮﺟﺪ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻛﺮﻳﻢ ﺃﺧﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺮﻕ ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﻄﻔﺊ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ�ﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻨ�ﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﺸ�ﻤﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ .....‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺣﺴ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﻁﺎﻗ��ﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟ���ﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻴﻨ��ﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﻟﻨ���ﺎﺭ ﺗﺨﺘﺮﻗ��ﺎﻥ ﺃﺳ���ﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻈ��ﻼﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﻔ���ﻰ ﻋﻠﻴ��ﻪ ﺷ���ﻲء‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳ��ﺪﺍﻩ ﻭﺭﺟ��ﻼﻩ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﺤ �ﺎﺱ ﺭﻣ��ﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧ��ﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﺻ��ﻮﺗﻪ ﻗ��ﻮﻱ ﻛﺼ��ﻮﺕ ﺟﻤﻬ��ﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﻋ��ﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﻸﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 103 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ‬

‫)ﺩﺍ‪(٦-٥ :۱۰‬‬

‫)ﺭﺅ‪(۱٦-۱۳ :۱‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﻛﺘﺎﻧﺎ ً‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﺘﺴﺮﺑﻞ ﺑﺜﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺣﻘﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﻤﻨﻄﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻭﻓﺎﺯ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﺘﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺛﺪﻳﻴﻪ ﺑﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺟﺴﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﺰﺑﺮﺟﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻳﺪﺍﻩ ﺣﻠﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﺮﺻﻌﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺑﺮﺟﺪ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻛﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻀﻲء ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻋﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻛﻤﺼﺒﺎﺣﻲ ﻧﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻋﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻛﻠﻬﻴﺐ ﻧﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺭﺟﻼﻩ ﻛﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﻣﺼﻘﻮﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺭﺟﻼﻩ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻧﺤﺎﺱ ﻧﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﻤﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻛﺼﻮﺕ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻛﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫* ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ َﺟﺎ ُﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَﺎ َﻭ ْﺣ ِﺪﻱ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻓَ َﺮﺃَ ْﻳﺖُ ﺃَﻧَﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟ ِﻜﻦْ َﻭﻗَ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ َﻛﺎﻧُﻮﺍ َﻣ ِﻌﻲ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ َﺮ ْﻭﺍ ﱡ‬

‫َﻋﻠَ�� ْﻴ ِﻬ ِﻢ ﺍ ْﺭﺗِ َﻌ��ﺎ ٌﺩ ﻋ َِﻈ��ﻴ ٌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓَ َﻬ َﺮﺑُ��ﻮﺍ ﻟِﻴَ ْﺨﺘَﺒِﺌُ��ﻮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَ��ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓَﺒَﻘِﻴ��ﺖُ ﺃَﻧَ��ﺎ َﻭ ْﺣ � ِﺪﻱ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺭﺃَ ْﻳ��ﺖُ ﻫ � ِﺬ ِﻩ ﱡ‬

‫�ﺎﺭﺗِﻲ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ِﻈﻴ َﻤ �ﺔَ‪َ .‬ﻭﻟَ � ْﻢ ﺗَ ْﺒ � َ‬ ‫ﻀ� َ‬ ‫ﻖ ﻓِ � ﱠﻲ ﻗُ � ﱠﻮﺓٌ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻧَ َ‬ ‫ﺿ �ﺒِ ْﻂ ﻗُ � ﱠﻮﺓً‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ��ﺎ ٍﺩ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟَ � ْﻢ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺗ َ​َﺤ ﱠﻮﻟَ��ﺖْ ﻓِ � ﱠﻲ ﺇِﻟَ��ﻰ ﻓَ َ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﺳ��� ِﻤ ْﻌﺖُ‬ ‫��ﻮﺕَ َﻛﻼَ ِﻣ��� ِﻪ‪َ .‬ﻭﻟَ ﱠﻤ���ﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺳ��� ِﻤ ْﻌﺖُ َ‬ ‫َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺻ� ْ‬

‫ﺴ�ﺒﱠ ًﺨﺎ َﻋﻠَ��ﻰ َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻬ��ﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻ� ْ�ﻮﺕَ َﻛﻼَ ِﻣ� ِﻪ ُﻛ ْﻨ��ﺖُ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺽ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۹-۷ :۱۰‬‬ ‫َﻭ َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻬﻲ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑﻌ��ﺪ ﻁ��ﻮﻝ ﻫ��ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤ��ﺪﺓ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ��ﺒﻲ ﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻟ��ﻪ ﺗﻼﻣﻴ��ﺬ ﻭﺃﺗﺒ��ﺎﻉ ﻳﺮﺍﻓﻘﻮﻧ��ﻪ ﻓ��ﻲ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻓﺄﺻ�ﺎﺑﺘﻬﻢ ﺭﻋ�ﺪﺓ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺭﻫﺒ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗ�ﻒ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻟﻴﺨﺘﺒﺌﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﺗ�ﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻬ�ﻢ ﻭﺣ�ﺪﻩ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﺤﺘﻤ�ﻞ ﻫ�ﻮ ﺍﻵﺧ�ﺮ ﻋﻈﻤ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻬﺎء ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ‪ ,‬ﺳﻘﻂ ﻣﺴﺒﺨﺎ ً )ﻛﻤﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻣﺎ ً ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺎ ً(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 104 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻳﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ﻱ‪َ ۱۱ .‬ﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﻟِﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺴ ْﺘﻨِﻲ َﻭﺃَﻗَﺎ َﻣ ْﺘﻨِﻲ ُﻣ ْﺮﺗ َِﺠﻔًﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﺭ ْﻛﺒَﺘَ ﱠﻲ َﻭ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻛﻔﱠ ْﻲ ﻳَ َﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫َﻭﺇِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِﻴَ ٍﺪ ﻟَ َﻤ َ‬

‫ﻮﺏ ﺍ ْﻓ َﻬ ِﻢ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﻼَ َﻡ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﺃُ َﻛﻠﱢ ُﻤﻚَ ﺑِ ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻗُ ْﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﻘَﺎ ِﻣ َﻚ‬ ‫»ﻳَﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃَ ﱡﻳ َﻬﺎ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ُﺟ ُﻞ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﺤﺒُ ُ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻠﺖُ ﺇِﻟَ ْﻴﻚَ «‪َ .‬ﻭﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ ﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ َﻣ ِﻌﻲ ﺑِﻬ َﺬﺍ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﻼَ ِﻡ ﻗُ ْﻤﺖُ ُﻣ ْﺮﺗَ ِﻌﺪًﺍ‪۱۲ .‬ﻓَﻘَﺎ َﻝ ﻟِﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻷَﻧﱢﻲ ﺍﻵﻥَ ﺃُ ْﺭ ِ‬

‫»ﻻَ ﺗ َ​َﺨﻒْ ﻳَﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ ُﻝ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻪُ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟﻴَ ْﻮ ِﻡ ﺍﻷَ ﱠﻭ ِﻝ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻱ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ َﺟ َﻌ ْﻠﺖَ ﻗَ ْﻠﺒَﻚَ ﻟِ ْﻠﻔَ ْﻬ ِﻢ َﻭ ِﻹ ْﺫﻻَ ِﻝ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻤ َﻊ َﻛﻼَ ُﻣﻚَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَﻧَﺎ ﺃَﺗَ ْﻴﺖُ ﻷَ ْﺟ ِﻞ َﻛﻼَ ِﻣﻚَ ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﺭﺋِ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﻚَ ﻗُﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ﺇِﻟ ِﻬﻚَ ‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫ﻴﺲ َﻣ ْﻤﻠَ َﻜ ِﺔ ﻓَﺎ ِﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻧَ ْﻔ ِ‬

‫ﺸ ِﺮﻳﻦَ ﻳَ ْﻮ ًﻣﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫ َُﻮ َﺫﺍ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪًﺍ َﻭ ِﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﺳﺎ ِء ﺍﻷَ ﱠﻭﻟِﻴﻦَ‬ ‫ﺍﺣ ٌﺪ ِﻣﻦَ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅَ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺨﺎﺋِﻴ ُﻞ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﻗَﻒَ ُﻣﻘَﺎﺑِﻠِﻲ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫‪۱٤‬‬ ‫ﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺼ ُ‬ ‫ﻮﻙ ﻓَﺎ ِﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺱ‪َ .‬ﻭ ِﺟﺌْﺖُ ﻷُ ْﻓ ِﻬ َﻤﻚَ َﻣﺎ ﻳُ ِ‬ ‫َﺟﺎ َء ِﻹﻋَﺎﻧَﺘِﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃَﻧَﺎ ﺃُ ْﺑﻘِﻴﺖُ ُﻫﻨَﺎﻙَ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ُﻣﻠُ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَﻳﱠ ٍﺎﻡ ﺑَ ْﻌ ُﺪ«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱٤-۱۰ :۱۰‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻴﺮ ِﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻥﱠ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺷ ْﻌﺒَﻚَ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﻳﱠ ِﺎﻡ ﺍﻷَ ِﺧ َ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺳ�ﻘﻂ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻭﺟﻬ��ﻪ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺭﻫﺒ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ��ﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﺭﺳ�ﻞ ﻟ��ﻪ ﺍﻟ�ﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤ��ﻼﻙ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻳﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻫﺪﻭءﻩ‪ ...‬ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻭﺃﺧ�ﺬ ﻳﻜﻠﻤ�ﻪ ﺑﻠﻄ�ﻒ ﻣ�ﺬﻛﺮﺍً ﺇﻳ�ﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ ً ﻟﻴﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻨ�ﺎ ﻧ��ﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﻗ��ﺪ ﺍﺳ��ﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻁﻠﺒ��ﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﻣﻨ�ﺬ ﺍﻟﻴ��ﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺃﺭﺳ��ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤ��ﻼﻙ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻠﺒﻲ ﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻗﺪ ﻻﻗﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺸ�ﻴﺮ ﺇﻟ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺧﻄﻂ ﷲ ﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﻅﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻳﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺧﻄﻄ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻣﻴﺨﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻧﺪﺗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪۱٥‬‬ ‫ﺻ َﻤﺖﱡ ‪َ ۱٦ .‬ﻭﻫ َُﻮ َﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺽ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻓَﻠَ ﱠﻤﺎ ﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ َﻣ ِﻌﻲ ﺑِ ِﻤ ْﺜ ِﻞ ﻫ َﺬﺍ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﻼَ ِﻡ َﺟ َﻌ ْﻠﺖُ َﻭ ْﺟ ِﻬﻲ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺃَ َﻣﺎ ِﻣﻲ‪» :‬ﻳَﺎ‬ ‫ﺲ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﺒ ِﻪ ﺑَﻨِﻲ ﺁ َﺩ َﻡ ﻟَ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻔَﺘ َْﺤﺖُ ﻓَ ِﻤﻲ َﻭﺗَ َﻜﻠ ﱠ ْﻤﺖُ َﻭﻗُ ْﻠﺖُ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻮﺍﻗِ ِ‬ ‫َﻛ ِ‬ ‫ﺷﻔَﺘَ ﱠ‬ ‫‪۱۷‬‬ ‫ﺴﺘَ ِﻄﻴ ُﻊ َﻋ ْﺒ ُﺪ‬ ‫ﺿﺒَ ْﻄﺖُ ﻗُ ﱠﻮﺓً‪ .‬ﻓَ َﻜﻴْﻒَ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﱢ ِﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑِ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺃَ ْﻭ َﺟﺎ ِﻋﻲ ﻓَ َﻤﺎ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﺮ ْﺅﻳَﺎ ﺍ ْﻧﻘَﻠَﺒَﺖْ َﻋﻠَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﱢ ِﺪﻱ ﻫ َﺬﺍ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ( َﻭﺃَﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﱢ ِﺪﻱ ﻫ َﺬﺍ )ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ( ﺃَﻥْ ﻳَﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ َﻣ َﻊ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫‪۱۸‬‬ ‫ﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓَ َﺤﺎﻻً‪ ،‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَ ْﺜﺒُﺖْ ﻓِ ﱠﻲ ﻗُ ﱠﻮﺓٌ َﻭﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَ ْﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻨِﻲ َﻛ َﻤ ْﻨﻈَ ِﺮ ﺇِ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﺔٌ؟«‪ .‬ﻓَ َﻌﺎ َﺩ َﻭﻟَ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻖ ﻓِ ﱠﻲ ﻧَ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍ‬ ‫‪۱۹‬‬ ‫ﺸ ﱠﺪ ْﺩ‪ .‬ﺗَﻘَ ﱠﻮ«‪َ .‬ﻭﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻼَ ٌﻡ ﻟَﻚَ ‪ .‬ﺗَ َ‬ ‫َﻭﻗَ ﱠﻮﺍﻧِﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ‪» :‬ﻻَ ﺗ َ​َﺨﻒْ ﺃَﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ُﺟ ُﻞ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﺤﺒُ ُ‬ ‫ﻮﺏ‪َ .‬‬

‫‪ 105 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺳﻴﱢ ِﺪﻱ ﻷَﻧﱠﻚَ ﻗَ ﱠﻮ ْﻳﺘَﻨِﻲ«‪۲۰ .‬ﻓَﻘَﺎ َﻝ‪َ » :‬ﻫ ْﻞ َﻋ َﺮ ْﻓﺖَ ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َﺫﺍ‬ ‫َﻛﻠﱠ َﻤﻨِﻲ ﺗَﻘَ ﱠﻮ ْﻳﺖُ َﻭﻗُ ْﻠﺖُ ‪» :‬ﻟِﻴَﺘَ َﻜﻠ ﱠ ْﻢ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ .‬ﻓَﺈ ِ َﺫﺍ َﺧ َﺮ ْﺟﺖُ ﻫ َُﻮ َﺫﺍ َﺭﺋِ ُ‬ ‫ِﺟﺌْﺖُ ﺇِﻟَ ْﻴﻚَ ؟ ﻓَﺎﻵﻥَ ﺃَ ْﺭﺟ ُﻊ َﻭﺃُ َﺣﺎ ِﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﻴﺲ ﻓَﺎ ِﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺏ َﺭﺋِ َ‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫ﺴ ُﻚ َﻣ ِﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻖ‪َ .‬ﻭﻻَ ﺃَ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﻳَﺘَ َﻤ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ ﻳَﺄْﺗِﻲ‪َ .‬ﻭﻟ ِﻜﻨﱢﻲ ﺃُ ْﺧﺒِ ُﺮﻙَ ﺑِﺎ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﺮ ُ‬ ‫ﻮﻡ ﻓِﻲ ِﻛﺘَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟﻴُﻮﻧَ ِ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻫ ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﺇِﻻﱠ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﻜ ْﻢ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۲۱-۱٥ :۱۰‬‬ ‫ﻴﺨﺎﺋِﻴ ُﻞ َﺭﺋِﻴ ُ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻻﺫ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻫﻮﻝ‪ ,‬ﻓﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺷﻔﺘﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺘﺤﺪﺙ‪ ,‬ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺎءﻝ ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮﺍً ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ؟! ﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻳﻠﻤﺴﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﺰﻉ ﺧﻮﻓﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻜﻤﻞ ﺣﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻣﻴﺨﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ً‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻧﺟﺢ ﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﻳﻁﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻳﻥ؟!‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻛﻌﺼﺎ ﺗﺄﺩﻳﺐ ﺿﺪ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺼﻮﺍ‪ ,‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ً‬ ‫– ﺑﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻣﻨﻪ – ﻟﻴﺼﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺑﺸﻮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻁ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ )‪۲‬ﻛﻮ‪.(۱۲‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﷲ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ً ﻟﻴﻐﺮﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﻓﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺗﺘﺮﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻄﺔ ﻧﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻮﺍﺋﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻓﻨﺘﺬﻣﺮ ﻭﻧﺸﻜﻮ ﻭﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﻧﺸﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻻ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ – ﻟﺠﻬﻠﻨﺎ – ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺰﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻨﺎ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻮء ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺟﻮ ﺧﻴﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﻓﺎﺋﺪﺗﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﷲ ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣ�ﻦ ﻣ�ﺮﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳ�ﺔ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺣﻠ�ﻢ ﺗﻤﺜ�ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺧ��ﺬ ﻧﺼ��ﺮ )ﺩﺍ‪ (۲‬ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﺍﻟ��ﺮﺅﻯ ﺍﻟﺘ��ﻲ ﻳﺮﻣ��ﺰ ﻓﻴﻬ��ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﺎﻟ��ﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧ��ﺎﺕ )ﺩﺍ ‪۷‬ﻭ‪(۸‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺻ�ﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺤ�ﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸ�ﺮ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﺳ�ﻮﻑ ﻧﺄﺧ�ﺬ ﻓﻜ�ﺮﺓ ﻣﺒﺴ�ﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑـﻲ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫‪ 106 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻗﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻋﺮﻓﻨ��ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧ��ﺎﻥ ﺳ��ﺘﻌﻘﺐ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻔ��ﺮﺱ ﺛ��ﻢ ﻳﻤ��ﻮﺕ ﺍﻹﺳ��ﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺒ��ﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻛ���ﺎ ً ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘ���ﻪ ﻟﺘﻘﺴ���ﻢ ﺑ���ﻴﻦ ﻗ���ﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌ���ﺔ ﻭﻣ���ﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ���ﻠﻮﻗﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﺨ���ﺮﺝ ﺃﻧﻄﻴ���ﻮﺧﺲ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻴﻔﺎﻧﻴﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣ�ﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺼ�ﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑ�ﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﻗ�ﺮﺏ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ�ﺔ ﺍﻷﻳ�ﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻨﺘﻬ�ﻲ ﺑﻈﻬ�ﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺩﻣﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻀﻄﻬﺪ ﺷﻌﺐ ﷲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻛ�ﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻄﻴ�ﻮﺧﺲ ﻳﺸ�ﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ�ﺔ ﻣﺼ�ﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌ�ﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻟﻤ�ﺔ ﺗﺴ�ﻤﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨ�ﻮﺏ‪ ,‬ﻭﻣﻤﻠﻜ�ﺔ ﺳ�ﻮﺭﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻠﺴ��ﻄﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌ��ﺔ ﻟﻠﺴ��ﻠﻮﻗﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧ��ﺖ ﺗﺴ��ﻤﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﺸ��ﻤﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧ��ﺎ ﻳﻤ��ﺜﻼﻥ ﺃﻗ��ﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﻭﻟ�ﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺣ�ﺮﻭﺏ ﻁﺎﺣﻨ�ﺔ ﺑ�ﻴﻦ ﻣﻠ�ﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨ�ﻮﺏ ﺣﺘ�ﻰ ﺟ�ﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣ�ﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻀ�ﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎ ً‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻧﺎﻥ ﺳﺣﻘﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺑﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻛﺎﺳﺎﻧﺩﺭ ﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻧﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻟﻳﺳﻳﻣﺎﺧﻭﺱ ﺣﻛﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺑﻁﻠﻳﻣﻭﺱ ﺣﻛﻡ ﻣﺻﺭ ﻭﻟﻳﺑﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻧﻭﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﺳﻣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻗﺳﺎﻡ‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺳﻠﻭﻗﺱ ﺣﻛﻡ ﺳﻭﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﻓﻠﺳﻁﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻣﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺣﺭﺏ ﺿﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﻠﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺟﻧﻭﺏ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺕ ﺑﻣﺟﻲء ﺍﻟﺭﻭﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺑﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛﺗﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻳﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻛﻠﻪ‬

‫‪ 107 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻫﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺻﺤﺎﺡ )ﺩﺍ‪ (۱۲‬ﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻔﺮ ﻛﻤ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻀ��ﻤﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒ��ﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴ��ﺮﺓ ﻟ��ﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺣ��ﺪﺍﺙ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ��ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ��ﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣ��ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧ��ﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪...‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻳَﻘُ�ﻮ ُﻡ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ ِﻈ�ﻴ ُﻢ ﺍ ْﻟﻘَ�ﺎﺋِ ُﻢ ﻟِﺒَﻨِ�ﻲ ﺷَ� ْﻌﺒِﻚَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳَ ُﻜ�ﻮﻥُ‬ ‫ﻴﺨﺎﺋِﻴ� ُﻞ ﺍﻟ� ﱠﺮﺋِ ُ‬ ‫» َﻭﻓِﻲ ﺫﻟِﻚَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻮ ْﻗ� ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻳُﻨَ ﱠﺠ��ﻰ‬ ‫ﺖ‪َ .‬ﻭﻓِ��ﻲ ﺫﻟِ��ﻚَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻮ ْﻗ � ِ‬ ‫ﺿ��ﻴﻖ ﻟَ� ْﻢ ﻳَ ُﻜ��ﻦْ ُﻣ ْﻨ� ُﺬ َﻛﺎﻧَ��ﺖْ ﺃُ ﱠﻣ �ﺔٌ ﺇِﻟَ��ﻰ ﺫﻟِ��ﻚَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻮ ْﻗ� ِ‬ ‫ﺯَ َﻣ��ﺎﻥُ ِ‬

‫ﺴ ْﻔ ِﺮ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱ :۱۲‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻮﺟ ُﺪ َﻣ ْﻜﺘُﻮﺑًﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺷ ْﻌﺒُﻚَ‪ُ ،‬ﻛ ﱡﻞ َﻣﻦْ ﻳُ َ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻈ�ﻴﻢ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ�ﺔ ﺍﻷﻳ�ﺎﻡ ﻭﻣ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺼﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﻟﻜﻨ�ﻪ ﻳﻄﻤﺌﻨ�ﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﻟ��ﻦ ﻳﺘ��ﺮﻛﻬﻢ ﺑ��ﻞ ﻳﺮﺳ��ﻞ ﻟﻬ��ﻢ ﺍﻟﻤ��ﻼﻙ ﻣﻴﺨﺎﺋﻴ��ﻞ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﻜﻠ��ﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳ��ﺔ ﺑﺒﻨ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸ��ﺮ‬ ‫ﺲ‬ ‫ﺳﻴَ ْﻠﺒَ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺠﻮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪َ " .‬ﻣﻦْ ﻳَ ْﻐﻠِ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓَﺬﻟِﻚَ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ْﻔ ِﺮ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ‪) ".‬ﺭﺅ‪(٥ :۳‬‬ ‫ﻀﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟَﻦْ ﺃَ ْﻣ ُﺤ َﻮ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺛِﻴَﺎﺑًﺎ ﺑِﻴ ً‬ ‫ﺳ َﻤﻪُ ِﻣﻦْ ِ‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﺴ���ﺘَ ْﻴﻘِﻈُﻮﻥَ ‪ ،‬ﻫ��� ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﺇِﻟَ���ﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺤﻴَ���ﺎ ِﺓ‬ ‫ﺽ ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻛﺜِﻴ��� ُﺮﻭﻥَ ِﻣ���ﻦَ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮﺍﻗِ��� ِﺪﻳﻦَ ﻓِ���ﻲ ﺗُ� َ‬ ‫��ﺮﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻷَ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷَﺑَ ِﺪﻳﱠ � ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫ � ُﺆﻻَ ِء ﺇِﻟَ��ﻰ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ��ﺎ ِﺭ ﻟِ� ْ‬ ‫ﻀ �ﻴَﺎ ِء‬ ‫�ﻼﺯ ِﺩ َﺭﺍ ِء ﺍﻷَﺑَ � ِﺪ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻀ��ﻴﺌُﻮﻥَ َﻛ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ‪َ .‬ﻭﺍ ْﻟﻔَ��ﺎ ِﻫ ُﻤﻮﻥَ ﻳَ ِ‬

‫ﺐ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ ﺃَﺑَ� ِﺪ ﺍﻟ� ﱡﺪﻫُﻮ ِﺭ‪ »٤ .‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣ�ﺎ ﺃَ ْﻧ�ﺖَ ﻳَ�ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ َﺠﻠَ ِﺪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳﻦَ َﺭﺩﱡﻭﺍ َﻛﺜِﻴ ِﺮﻳﻦَ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍ ْﻟﺒِ ﱢﺮ َﻛﺎ ْﻟ َﻜ َﻮﺍ ِﻛ� ِ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜ���ﻼَ َﻡ َﻭ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﺧ���ﺘِ ِﻢ ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫َﺼ���ﻔﱠ ُﺤﻮﻧَﻪُ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ َﻬﺎﻳَ��� ِﺔ‪َ .‬ﻛﺜِﻴ��� ُﺮﻭﻥَ ﻳَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺴ��� ْﻔ َﺮ ﺇِﻟَ���ﻰ َﻭ ْﻗ��� ِ‬ ‫ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ��ﺂ ُﻝ ﻓَ���ﺄ َ ْﺧ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻌ ِﺮﻓَﺔُ ﺗ َْﺰﺩَﺍ ُﺩ«‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(٤-۲ :۱۲‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑﻌ��ﺪ ﺯﻣ��ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻀ��ﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤ��ﺔ ﻳﻤ��ﻮﺕ ﺍﻟ��ﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺗ��ﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣ��ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧ��ﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﻧ��ﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻐ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬ�ﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳ�ﺪ ﻓﻬ�ﻮ ﻳ�ﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻷﻣ�ﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍﻗ�ﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﺸ�ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤ�ﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴ�ﺪﻱ ﺑ�ﺎﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﺳ��ﻮﻑ ﻳﺴ�ﺘﻴﻘﻈﻮﻥ ﻣﻨ�ﻪ ﻛﻤ�ﺎ ﻓﻌ��ﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﻴﺢ ﻋﻨ�ﺪﻣﺎ ﻗ��ﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬﻩ‪ " :‬ﻟﻌﺎﺯﺭ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻲ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﻷﻭﻗﻈﻪ‪".‬‬

‫‪ 108 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒ�ﻲ ﻧﻬ�ﺎﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻻ ﺛﺎﻟ�ﺚ ﻟﻬﻤ�ﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻣ�ﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻴ�ﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳ�ﺔ )ﻧﺼ�ﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ( ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ) ﻧﺼ�ﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺷ�ﺮﺍﺭ(‪ .‬ﺛ�ﻢ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﺑﻌ�ﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻵﺏ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﺆﻻء ﺃﺷ�ﺨﺎﺹ ﻳﻀ�ﻴﺌﻮﻥ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺑﻬ�ﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻋ�ﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻫﻤﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﷲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺭﺳ�ﻮﻥ ﻛ�ﻼﻡ ﷲ ﻭﻳﺤﻔﻈﻮﻧ�ﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﻔﺬﻭﻧ�ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻭﻟﺌ�ﻚ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﺎﻋ��ﺔ ﻣ��ﻦ ﺍﻟﺨ��ﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻨﻴ��ﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛ��ﺐ‪ ,‬ﻛﺎﻧ��ﺖ ﺧ��ﺪﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﺗﺘﻤﺜ��ﻞ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴ �ﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺿ�ﻼَ ِﻝ ﻁَ ِﺮﻳﻘِ� ِﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺎﻁﺌًﺎ ﻋَ�ﻦْ َ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﺬﺑﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻀﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ َ◌ .‬ﻓ ْﻠﻴَ ْﻌﻠَ ْﻢ ﺃَﻥﱠ َﻣﻦْ َﺭ ﱠﺩ َﺧ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺘُ ُﺮ َﻛ ْﺜ َﺮﺓً ِﻣﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﺨ َ‬ ‫ﻄﺎﻳَﺎ‪) .‬ﻳﻊ‪(۲۰ :٥‬‬ ‫ﺕ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ﻳُ َﺨﻠﱢ ُ‬ ‫ﺺ ﻧَ ْﻔ ً‬ ‫ﺴﺎ ِﻣﻦَ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻁُﻠ�ﺐ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻔ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﻜ�ﻼﻡ ﻭﻳﺨ�ﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻔﺮ )ﺳ�ﻔﺮ ﻏ�ﺎﻣﺾ(‬ ‫ﺇﻟ���ﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳ���ﺄﺗﻲ ﻭﻗ���ﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳ���ﺔ )ﻛ���ﺎﻥ ﻭﻗ���ﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳ���ﺔ ﻻﻳ���ﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﻌﻴ���ﺪﺍً(‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛ���ﻞ ﻣ���ﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺘﺼﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺳ�ﻨﺘﻴﻘﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺷ�ﻲء ﺑﺪﻗ�ﺔ ﻣﻨ�ﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳ�ﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﻨ�ﺎ ﻗ�ﺪ ﺃﻣ�ﺮ ﷲ ﺑ�ﺎﻟﺨﺘﻢ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻝ ﻧُﺒُ ﱠﻮ ِﺓ ﻫ� َﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺐ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻻَ ﺗ َْﺨﺘِ ْﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺃَ ْﻗ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻳﺐ‪) .‬ﺭﺅ‪(۱۰ :۲۲‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻥﱠ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻮ ْﻗﺖَ ﻗَ ِﺮ ٌ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎ ِ‬ ‫* ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٥‬ﻓَﻨَﻈَ ْﺮﺕُ ﺃَﻧَﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴﺂ َﻝ َﻭﺇِ َﺫﺍ ﺑِﺎ ْﺛﻨَ ْﻴ ِﻦ َ‬ ‫َﺎﻁ ِﺊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ْﻬ� ِﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣ ٌﺪ ِﻣﻦْ ُﻫﻨَﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺷ ِ‬ ‫ﺁﺧ َﺮ ْﻳ ِﻦ ﻗَ ْﺪ َﻭﻗَﻔَﺎ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﺁﺧ ُﺮ ِﻣﻦْ ُﻫﻨَﺎﻙَ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺷ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﺘﱠ ِ‬ ‫َﺎﻁ ِﺊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ْﻬ ِﺮ‪َ .‬ﻭﻗَﺎ َﻝ ﻟِﻠ ﱠﺮ ُﺟ ِﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﱠﺑِ ِ‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ ِﻣ�ﻦْ ﻓَ ْ�ﻮ ِ‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫�ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱠ� ِﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻤ ْﻌﺖُ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺮ ُﺟ� َﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﱠﺑِ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ؟« ﻓ َ َ‬ ‫ِﻣﻴَﺎ ِﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ْﻬ ِﺮ‪» :‬ﺇِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺘَﻰ ﺍ ْﻧﺘِ َﻬﺎ ُء ﺍ ْﻟ َﻌ َﺠﺎﺋِ ِ‬ ‫�ﺲ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﺘﱠ ِ‬

‫ﺕ َﻭ َﺣﻠَ�ﻒَ ﺑِ�ﺎ ْﻟ َﺤ ﱢﻲ ﺇِﻟَ�ﻰ‬ ‫ﻕ ِﻣﻴَﺎ ِﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ْﻬ ِﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇِ ْﺫ َﺭﻓَ� َﻊ ﻳُ ْﻤﻨَ�ﺎﻩُ َﻭﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َ�ﺮﺍﻩُ ﻧَ ْﺤ َ�ﻮ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ� َﻤ َ‬ ‫ِﻣﻦْ ﻓَ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﻒ‪ .‬ﻓَ�ﺈ ِ َﺫﺍ ﺗَ� ﱠﻢ ﺗَ ْﻔ ِﺮﻳ� ُ‬ ‫ﺎﻥ َﻭﺯَ َﻣﺎﻧَ ْﻴ ِﻦ َﻭﻧِ ْ‬ ‫ﻖ ﺃَ ْﻳ� ِﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ� ْﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺼ ٍ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤﻘَ� ﱠﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻷَﺑَ ِﺪ‪ » :‬ﺇِﻧﱠﻪُ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺯَ َﻣ ٍ‬

‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﺁﺧ� ُﺮ ﻫ� ِﺬ ِﻩ؟«‬ ‫ﺳ ِﻤ ْﻌﺖُ َﻭ َﻣﺎ ﻓَ ِﻬ ْﻤﺖُ ‪ .‬ﻓَﻘُ ْﻠﺖُ ‪» :‬ﻳَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺗَﺘِ ﱡﻢ ُﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ«‪َ .‬ﻭﺃَﻧَﺎ َ‬ ‫�ﻲ ِ‬ ‫ﺳ�ﻴﱢ ِﺪﻱ‪َ ،‬ﻣ�ﺎ ِﻫ َ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ َﻬﺎﻳَ � ِﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓَﻘَ��ﺎ َﻝ‪ْ » :‬ﺍﺫ َﻫ� ْ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻣ ْﺨﻔِﻴﱠ �ﺔٌ َﻭ َﻣ ْﺨﺘُﻮ َﻣ �ﺔٌ ﺇِﻟَ��ﻰ َﻭ ْﻗ � ِ‬ ‫�ﺐ ﻳَ��ﺎ ﺩَﺍﻧِﻴ��ﺂ ُﻝ ﻷَﻥﱠ ﺍ ْﻟ َﻜﻠِ َﻤ��ﺎ ِ‬

‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۹-٥ :۱۲‬‬

‫‪ 109 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻤﻼﻛ�ﻴﻦ ﻗ�ﺪ ﻅﻬ�ﺮﺍ ﻟ�ﻪ ﻭﻭﻗﻔ�ﺎ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﺟ�ﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺮ ﺩﺟﻠﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ( ﻭﺍﻗﻔﺎ ً ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ ﻣﻤﺴﻜﺎ ً ﺑﺰﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ�ﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤ�ﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬ�ﺪﺃ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻄﻴﻌﻪ )ﻣﺮ‪ (٤۱:٤‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻒ )ﻣﺮ‪.(٤۹:٦‬‬ ‫ﺛ�ﻢ ﺳ�ﺄﻝ ﺃﺣ��ﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ��ﻴﺢ ﻋ�ﻦ ﻣﻴﻌ��ﺎﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ�ﺔ ﻛ�ﻞ ﻫ��ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋ�ﺐ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻤ��ﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺯﻣ�ﺎﻥ ﻭﺯﻣ�ﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺼ�ﻒ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ )‪ (۳٫٥‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎ ً‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻳ�ﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻘ�ﺪﺱ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺑﻄ�ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻗ�ﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻮﺩ )ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ( ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺐ ﷲ )ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜ��ﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ��ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ��ﻜﻴﻦ ﻛ��ﺎﻥ ﻗ��ﺪ ﺗﻌ��ﺐ ﻣ��ﻦ ﻛﺜ��ﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻟﻐ��ﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣ��ﺎﺕ ﻓ��ﺄﻋﻠﻦ ﺗﻌﺒ �ﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﺋﻼً ﻣﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﺽ ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺷ�ﻴﺌﺎ ً‪ .‬ﻓﻄﻤﺄﻧ�ﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺳﻴﻈﻞ ﻏﺎﻣﻀﺎ ً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺳﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ﺷ � ًّﺮﺍ‪َ .‬ﻭﻻَ‬ ‫ﺼ��ﻮﻥَ ‪ ،‬ﺃَ ﱠﻣ��ﺎ ﺍﻷَ ْ‬ ‫ﺷ� َ�ﺮﺍ ُﺭ ﻓَﻴَ ْﻔ َﻌﻠُ��ﻮﻥَ َ‬ ‫ﻀ��ﻮﻥَ َﻭﻳُ َﻤ ﱠﺤ ُ‬ ‫َﻛﺜِﻴ� ُﺮﻭﻥَ ﻳَﺘَﻄَﻬﱠ � ُﺮﻭﻥَ َﻭﻳُﺒَﻴﱠ ُ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺇِﺯَﺍﻟَ ِﺔ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ ْﺤ َﺮﻗَ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﺍﺋِ َﻤ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﻔ َﻬ ُﻢ ﺃَ َﺣ ُﺪ ﺍﻷَﺷ َْﺮﺍ ِﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟ ِﻜ ِﻦ ﺍ ْﻟﻔَﺎ ِﻫ ُﻤﻮﻥَ ﻳَ ْﻔ َﻬ ُﻤﻮﻥَ ‪َ .‬ﻭ ِﻣﻦْ َﻭ ْﻗ ِ‬

‫ﺴ ُﻌﻮﻥَ ﻳَ ْﻮ ًﻣﺎ‪۱۲ .‬ﻁُﻮﺑَﻰ ﻟِ َﻤ�ﻦْ ﻳَ ْﻨﺘ َِﻈ� ُﺮ َﻭﻳَ ْﺒﻠُ� ُﻎ‬ ‫َﺎﻥ َﻭﺗِ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍ ْﻟ ُﻤ َﺨ ﱠﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺃَ ْﻟﻒٌ َﻭ ِﻣﺌَﺘ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﺇِﻗَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ ِﺭ ْﺟ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺔ َﻭﺍﻟﺜﱠﻼَﺛِﻴﻦَ ﻳَ ْﻮ ًﻣﺎ‪) .‬ﺩﺍ‪(۱۲ -۱۰ :۱۲‬‬ ‫ﺙ ِﻣﺌَ ٍﺔ َﻭﺍ ْﻟ َﺨ ْﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻭﺍﻟﺜﱠﻼَ ِ‬ ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻷَ ْﻟ ِ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻳﺸﺒﻬﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﺜﻼً ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ( ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻧﻘﻴﺎ ً ﻣﻦ ﺷﻮﺍﺋﺒﻪ ﻭﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻠﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﻴﺢ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺤﺘﺮﻕ ﻭﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﺴﺎﺩﻩ‪ ...‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻄﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ 110 ‬‬

‫* ﺭﺅﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﻟﺨﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺬﻣﺮ ﻭﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻩ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺟﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺑَ ْﻌ ُﺪ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﻣﻦْ ﻫ َُﻮ ﺑَﺎ ﱞﺭ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻓَ ْﻠﻴَﺘَﻨَ ﱠﺠ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ " َﻣﻦْ ﻳَ ْﻈﻠِ ْﻢ ﻓَ ْﻠﻴَ ْﻈﻠِ ْﻢ ﺑَ ْﻌ ُﺪ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﻣﻦْ ﻫ َُﻮ ﻧَ ِﺠ ٌ‬ ‫ﱠﺱ ﺑَ ْﻌ ُﺪ"‪) .‬ﺭﺅ‪(۱۱ :۲۲‬‬ ‫ﱠﺱ ﻓَ ْﻠﻴَﺘَﻘَﺪ ْ‬ ‫ﻓَ ْﻠﻴَﺘَﺒَ ﱠﺮ ْﺭ ﺑَ ْﻌ ُﺪ‪َ .‬ﻭ َﻣﻦْ ﻫ َُﻮ ُﻣﻘَﺪ ٌ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗ�ﻢ ﺫﻛ�ﺮ ﺯﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﻀ�ﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤ�ﺔ = ‪ ) ۱۲۹۰‬ﻣ�ﺪﺓ ﺧ�ﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜ�ﻞ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻧ�ﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬ��ﻮﺩ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺯﻣ��ﻦ ﺃﻧﻄﻴ��ﻮﺧﺲ ﻭﺫﻟ��ﻚ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨ��ﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳ��ﺐ( ﻭ ﺗﺸ��ﻴﺮ ﺃﻳﻀ�ﺎ ً ﺇﻟ��ﻰ ﻣ��ﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﷲ ﻣ�ﻦ ﺍﻟ�ﺪﺟﺎﻝ‪ ....‬ﻭﻁ�ﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﻤ�ﻦ ﻳﺤﺘﻤ�ﻞ ﺗﻠ�ﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺠﻲء ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜ�ﺎﻧﻲ= ‪ ۱۳۳٥‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﻌ�ﺪ ﺇﻧﺘﻬ�ﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺑـ ‪ ٤٥‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ً‪ ).‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺃﻧﻄﻴﻮﺧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ(‬ ‫* ﻧﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗَﻘُﻮ َﻡ ﻟِﻘُﺮ َﻋﺘِﻚَ ﻓِﻲ ﻧِ َﻬﺎﻳَ ِﺔ ﺍﻷَﻳﱠ ِﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫◌َ ﺃ ﱠﻣﺎ ﺃَ ْﻧﺖَ ﻓَ ْﺎﺫﻫ َْﺐ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ َﻬﺎﻳَ ِﺔ ﻓﺘَ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺘَ ِﺮ َ‬ ‫)ﺩﺍ‪(۱۳ :۱۲‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻴ�ﺎﺓ ﻁﻮﻳﻠ��ﺔ ﺣﺎﻓﻠ��ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌ��ﺐ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﻜ��ﻒ ﻓﻴﻬ��ﺎ ﻟﺤﻈ��ﺔ ﻋ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺸ�ﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻹﻟﻬ��ﻪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴ��ﺎﺓ ﺻ��ﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻤﻠﻮءﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺨﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪...‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻭﺑﻌ��ﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣ��ﺔ ﻳﻘ��ﻮﻡ ﻣ��ﺮﺓ ﺃﺧ��ﺮﻯ ﻟﻘﺮﻋﺘ��ﻪ )ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧ��ﺔ( ﺍﻟﺘ��ﻲ ﺳ��ﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻓ��ﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴ��ﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻀ�ﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ�ﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ�ﻴﺢ ﺍﻟ�ﺬﻱ ﻛﺜﻴ�ﺮﺍً ﻣ�ﺎ ﺭﺃﻩ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘ�ﺪﻳﻢ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺻ�ﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻫﺘ�ﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺼﺮﻩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻣﺠﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﻌﺪﻩ ﻓ�ﻲ ﺫﻟ�ﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗ�ﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺒﺼﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﻩ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻭﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻣ�ﺎ ﻟ�ﻢ ﻳﺨﻄ�ﺮ ﻋﻠ�ﻰ ﻗﻠ�ﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﺪﻩ ﷲ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﺒﻮﻧ�ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘ�ﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴ�ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒ�ﻲ ﻗ�ﺪ ﺗﻨ�ﻴﺢ ﻋ�ﺎﻡ ‪٥۳٤‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻌﻴ��ﺪ ﻟ��ﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺴ��ﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻄﻴ��ﺔ ﻓ��ﻲ ﻳ��ﻮﻡ ‪ ۲۳‬ﺑﺮﻣﻬ��ﺎﺕ )ﺃﻭﻝ ﺃﺑﺮﻳ��ﻞ( ﻣ��ﻦ ﻛ��ﻞ ﻋ��ﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻌﻄﻨﺎ ﷲ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺭﺗــﻪ ﻭﺑﺼﻴﺮﺗـﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﻁﻠﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻠﺘﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻨﺎ ﺁﻣﻴﻦ‪ .‬‬ ‫‪ 111 ‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫" ﺻﺩﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ "‬ ‫‪-۱‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻣﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔـﺭ ﻣﻳﺧـــــﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪-۲‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻣﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔـــﺭ ﺻـﻔﻧﻳـﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪-۳‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻣﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻳــــــﺎﺓ ﺁﺩﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٤‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻣﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻳــﺎﺓ ﻳﻭﺳــﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٥‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻣﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻳﺎﺓ ﺟﺩﻋــــﻭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٦‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻣﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺭ ﻧﺣﻣﻳـــــﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪-۷‬‬

‫ﺣﻳــــﺎﺓ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻣـﻠﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪-۸‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻳــﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺧـــﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪-۹‬‬

‫ﺣﻳﺎﺓ ﺇﻳﻠﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺭﻳــــﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - ۱۰‬ﺃﺑﻭﻧــــــــﺎ ﺇﺑﺭﺍﻫﻳــــﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ - ۱۱‬ﻣﻭﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻳﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﺑﻳــﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫‪ - ۱۲‬ﺣﻳــــﺎﺓ ﺃﻟﻳﺷــــﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ - ۱۳‬ﺩﺍﻧﻳــــﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺑــﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 112 ‬‬